INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 8. The woman fell to-the-ground. 9. They traveled from the midst of the city toward-the-mountain. 10. Those men also did not remember. (b) Translate: .ay1? n1?™ nsw "riaan j .inn Q'nbKa rtsrar 2 .rnn -irnrrrw n"Svn 3 .Dyn-n« mil" rns -ras nnarj-ns on-iain i .dip mrr -3 p^tn-ra nnnaii? ith 5 .rain pjfca u*ia -ton -ran nVfta 0 .rafrn-Eaj urns -i#k nnarrnK nnir ify u (c) Write in Hebrew: 1. Who said to you that the camp is near the river? 2. The man is a just judge. 3. Did you see the moon and the stars? 4. God did not find a righteous man in the evil city. 5. These are the words which we saw in the law. 6. Great and good is the earth which the Lord created. 7. The people came forth from that land in that year. 8. The king was pleased with the woman (lit. the woman found favor etc.). [54] LESSON 13 60. Sentences with a Nominal Predicate. One of the simplest of all sentence types in Hebrew is that in which two nouns (or noun phrases) are juxtaposed to indicate a predication: ait: -fib in Dan-id melek fob (1) David is a good king. The demonstrative pronouns Kin hit', (Hp hi', and their plurals are often used in sentences of this type in the following way: aio rfcb ton in Duwid hu melek 0b (2) sir? aio in Dawid melek fob hu' (3) Although it is probable that the use of the demonstrative pronoun places a greater emphasis on one or another of the sentence elements, it is impossible for us to determine this nuance with any accuracy, since there are no informants available who speak Biblical Hebrew, It is likely that (2) answers the question "Who is a good king?" and that (3) answers "What is David?", while the first type (1) is a neutral statement of fact without a question in mind. 61. The Verb rrn hayah (to be). In the preceding lessons we have studied four types of non-verbal sentences: (1) with adjectival predicate: utkti aiu tob hais [55] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW lesson 13] (2) with adverbial predicate: rráa iřxn hati babbúyi; (3) with existential predicate: irá ttí; yfS 'fš (4) with nominal predicate: sio ij^fi TH Dawid mélek u>b None of these has any specific tense value, which must rather depend on the context in which the sentence occurs. All of these sentences, however, may be converted into verbal sentences by using the verb rrn hayah, which in the perfect has the normal tense values of that form: (1) niti u^xn rrn hayah hati \ob The man was good. (2) rraa trxn rrn hayah h&'U babbáyit The man was in the house. (3) i?? n;n hayah késep There was silver. (4) 310 n;n in Dawid háydh mélek (oh David was a good king. Each is negated with řó Id'. Note that t£ is replaced by n;n in (3) and that a negative existential sentence like qps |"X becomes HDD n;n Kb, In sentences of the type 3iD yfctj1? 1H n;n hayah Dawld hmélek (ob the preposition adds the nuance of "becoming" to the verb of being. Although such a sentence equates two nominal elements, it is nevertheless of type (2). Note the following use of "?: m& arms'? řTifc nrrn hayatah Šarah ti Abraham tiiššáh which may be translated "Sarah became Abraham's wife" or "Sarah became a wife of Abraham's" or "Sarah was Abraham's wife." If we replace b with 3, the idea is that of "acting in the place or capacity of, but not actually being": 3X3 -is?1? ui'Nn n;n hayah hati lannďar ka'ab The man was like a father to the youth, or The man became the youth's father, as it were. Of course V rrn, as the past tense of1? %, may be used to translate possession in past time: ^l??1? njn hayah so(')n h'Abraham Abraham possessed cattle. Sentences with a participial predicate, such as nip w-xri, the man is (was) writing, are seldom converted with n;n. Why this is so will become clearer when we have taken up the syntax of Hebrew narrative below. 62. Noun Plurals (concluded). Feminine nouns ending in -et, -at, -at, -it, -6t, or -in show much variety in the plural. The words given below are a sufficient sampling of this group, [56] whose forms must be learned singly as they occur. None of these words represents a frequent type. ns bat daughter pi. ni33 bänôt n» 'ét time trna 'it lim délet door dsiätót mtiinéret office niiatiiD mtimärôt nxtjn hauät sin nixtjn hauä'ôt ľPJľj hanit spear D'rran húnitim malkůl kingdom rvraba malkíiyôt 63. Vocabulary 13. Nouns: nKtpn □iVn na nrjsu; T\m Verbs: n;n Kun □Vn Exercises: /wffá(')r (pk "i"1?1-1) sin (f.) halóm (pl. -ót) dream ůaí (pl. nij3 ) daughter 'ěmáh fear, terror, dread lipháh (pí. -ót) maidservant, female slave 'amah (pl. irreg. 'ámahót ninax) maidservant, female slave hayah to be, become ( +"? ) ha(a to sin (against: V ) hálam to dream lakad to capture, take captive (a) Give the Hebrew for the following sentences orally: 1. Samuel is a just judge. 2. Jerusalem is a great city. 3. This servant is a righteous man. 4. The sun and moon are in the heavens. 5. The blessing which he spoke is good. 6. The cloud is very large. 7. There are many stars in the sky. 8. He has many daughters. 9. The warriors are in the camp. (b) Transform the sentences of (a) into past tense with the appropriate form of the verb n'n . (c) Translate: .jrja -iwh nyn-nx-axi trnri f-ifta -i\bh Dnsrrnx rif? i .-na^ri -rax oibnn nri oiVn -RQ^rj nV4a i .x-aarrbx nnsim-nx nwxn nri1™ 3 .vm-h ixpn *a am-\v nW-rs na-x nf?£« 4 ÍJ71 INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW .nis,,i rriai_ maa ^ bp 5 .train T»a ecin u^n sV g .dtjVkV riKon -itfK ni«Dnn nia-i b .□Vrt n»x DiVna nm -ton o'na^rrnK -iDoa ana 9 (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. We made no treaty with these people. 2. There was no joy in the city that day. 3. We did not find Favor in the eyes of the prophet. 4. Where did they find you? 5. These words are a great blessing for the people. 6. The king is a just and righteous man. [58] LESSON I ^ 64 The Perfect of Dp, qam and to ba'. The two verbs op, qam (he arose) and xa ba (he came) represent a new type of root not mentioned previously. These verbs have essentially biconsonantal roots so far as their verbal inflections are concerned, but because there are sometimes associated with them nouns exhibiting a second form of the same root with Waw or Yodli in the middle, these roots are classified as II-Waw or ll-Yodli in traditional grammar. They are also spoken of as Hollow Verbs. In the standard lexicon of Biblical Hebrew Dfj and sa are listed under the roots Dip and xia respectively. The distinction between roots W-Waw and W-Yodh will become clear only when certain forms are taken up later; for the present the distinction is immaterial. Dg will be taken as the norm of this class: qam he arose qamu they arose nnpT qamali she arose ™P- qamta you (m. s.) arose °™p. qamtem you (m. pi.) arose ™p. qdmt you (f. s.) arose vm qam ten you (f. pi.) arose qdmfi I arose qdmnit we arose Note that the stem vowel is short in alt persons other than the 3rd. The length of the stem vowel is almost completely dependent on whether or not the stem syllable is open or closed. Unlike verbs previously learned, the accent remains on the stem in the forms of the 3rd fern. sing, and the 3rd common plural. (59] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Because K3 has K as its final root consonant, we find the same kind of deviation here as with K2tn. The full paradigm of this important verb is ma bait they came N3 ba he came HK3 ba'ah she came nS3 ba(')ta you (m. s.) came BRK| ba(')tem you (m. pi.) came n»a ba(')t you (f. s.) came inn? ba{')ien you (f. pi.) came -HhS ba(')ti I came una 6a(')«a we came The stem of the participle in these verbs is the same as that of the 3rd masc. sing, perfect: Singular Plural masc. Q]? qam □"n,? qamlm fern. naj? cjamah niDj? qamot Stress is normal in these forms, being on the ultima (final syllable). Note that the fern. sing. part, is distinguished from the 3rd fern. sing. perf. only by the position of the stress: nn£ qamah she arose, but nn]? qamah arising. Given a sentence such as □fp ursn ha'is qam, we may, unless we have the context in which the sentence occurs, translate "the man arose" (perfect) or "the man is arising" (participle). The only criterion that can be applied to an isolated sentence is that the perfect more frequently precedes its subject, while the participle follows it. The above sentence, then, without further information, is more probably participial. 65. The Prepositions ]ii min and 3 ko with pronominal suffixes. 'sä» mimminm from me mimmennii from us span mimmakä from you (m. s.) dm mikkem from you (m. pi.) w? mimmek from you (f. s.) w mikken from you (f. pi.) mimmennii from him mehem from them (m. pi.) mimmennäh from her melten 1 from them (f. pi.) mehennäh 1 kämöni like me wins kämönü like us kämökä like you (m. s.) käkem like you (m. pi.) kämök like you (f. s.) 1?? käken like you (f. pi.) kämöhü like him ort? kähem like them (m. pi.) ni»f kämöhä like her m kähen like them (f. p!.) The forms of the suffixed pronouns with these two prepositions are somewhat different from those already studied. Although a comparison is helpful, it is best to learn these forms as a new paradigm. [60] lesson 14] The forms kamont etc. may be used in a quasi-pronominal sense "anyone like me" etc. y-$3 iniB3 l"K 'en kamohit baares There is no one like him in the land, or There is not his like (or equal) in the land. 66. Vi> kol. The word ^3 kol in one form or another corresponds variously to English "each, every, all, the whole." The uninflected form precedes the noun it modifies and may be joined with maqqep as "ba kol- or stand independently as *?3 kol. The following examples represent typical usage. Note carefully the constructions translated with "each, every," as opposed to "all." 0V-I?3 kol-ydm each day, every day ni'rrbs kol-hayyom all the day, the whole day, all day D,n;n"173 kol-hayyamim all the days "TV""73 kol-'ir each city, every city -psrrVs kol-hah- all the city, the whole city D'lsrrrbs kol-he'arim all the cities. The expression "WN"1^ kol-'aser is used as a compound relative "everything which (or that)." As the object of a verb it is preceded by 'et-\ PDpr iffiK-Vs-riK jro natan 16 'et-kol-'aser qanah He gave him everything that he had acquired. With an adjective "73 has an indefinite pronominal sense: wnn-bs anything new 67. Vocabulary 14. Nouns Verbs: Other: in1?» w N3 d? "is nntf ^3 kail (pi. irreg. a"1?? ) vessel, utensil 'e'reb evening Sulliön (pi. -or) table bdqer morning qam to arise swn to put, set, place ba to come, enter (may be followed by a noun of place without a preposition) säm to fast gär to sojourn sätäh to drink 'ad (Prep.) to, as far as, by, until köl all, each, every [61] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Exercises: (a) Give the Hebrew For the following orally: 1. He is better than I. 2. There is none like us. 3. He took the money from us. 4. Have you seen a woman like her? 5. in the whole land which is before the people 6. every joy and every deliverance which I have given to you 7. all the sins which you have sinned 8. each treaty which I have made with the people 9. all the gold and all the silver 10. everything I own (lit. everything which is to me). (b) Translate: .ntff am arms? sbn .jn'pim-'jj? d^srrriK unf 2 .pi>enT3 ~\m Vnin bvrh rrr on 'a noini 3nja cr'psrrnK ws 3 .nanVaa nyiEP nrrrj onV ,3 nbra nnoiva ny-in osn ixa 4 .D^-irfiiii Kb) on1? sbi ai'rj-^D uai s .nirj Dun ^ina n-ian o-'ipjsri n1?^ c .•Carta anpb i$j "iQrj-nH nasi nb-n 7 an nb ■'S h?t ,3 narr oniaarr'td iNa 8 ft ■■' tv .._ t t •l^b qdV arnna -iein tir«n m io (c) Write in Hebrew: She did not see the men who were coming on the road toward the city. The righteous are fasting day and night. God has given us a great victory today. He set out for Jerusalem in the evening. The Lord is God, and there is none like Him in the earth and in the heavens. They set a large table before the king. They sat there all that night until morning. Many and great are the sins that we have committed. [62] LESSON I 5 68. The Perfect of 330 sabab. The root of this verbal type is peculiar in having identical second and third root consonants. The Perfect is as follows: 330 sabah he went around n330 sababah she went around niao sabbota you (m. s.) " niao sabbot you (f. s.) ■niao sabboti 1 went around 133D sabubu they went around □niap jrviao ttiao sabbotem sabboten sabhonti you (m. pi.) " you (f. pi.) " we went around Here we find a new feature: before all suffixes beginning with a consonant the stem is sabbo-. Otherwise the forms are relatively normal, but note a for a, in accordance with § 11 (2). When the last two root consonants are a guttural or r, the forms where we should expect doubling are replaced with ones showing compensatory they cursed you (m. pi.) cursed you (f. pi.) cursed we cursed [63] lengthening. T1H 'arar he cursed 'iiraru rniK 'ararah she cursed ninK 'arota you (m. s.) cursed ani-iK 'arotem nnK 'aroi you (f. s.) cursed 'ardten 'finN 'arott I cursed 'arotrit INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 69. The Prepositions as 'im and "n« 'et with Pronominal Suffixes. 'ay 'immi with me may ?|Sir 'immakä with you (m. s.) osay ■qay 'immäk with you (f. s.) pay iau 'immo with him de» nay 'immäh with her jay 'immanu with us 'immakem with you (m. pi.) 'immaken with you (f. pi.) 'immam with them (m. pi.) 'immdn with them (f. pi.) An equally common variant of the 1st pers. sing, is nay 'immadi, with me; and of nay 'immam: anas; 'immdhem, with them. ■"nx "i/tf with me uns 7//; -itfx TW hä'ir 'äser yäsab säm the city to which he went -> the city which he went thither na# i^n -ity« Tyn hä'ir 'äser hälak sämmäh The resumptive pronoun is optional when -\m refers to the direct object of the verb: the man whom I sent ink ,nn1?© itfs u*sn or simply (and normally) ■•Pin^iy -mx ip'xn the man who I sent him hä'is 'äser säldhti 'ötö lesson 15] In this and previous paragraphs (§§32, 55) we have outlined the more or less normative uses of -rox as a close correspondent of the English relative pronouns. Many instances of "MX are met, however, which do not tally with the simple treatment given here. Most of these uses can be dealt with as they are met if two general tendencies are kept in mind: (1) -re?s tends to take on a compound relative meaning "that which." As such, it may stand as a conjunction at the head of a clause with the force "the fact that..." and further may require the translation value of "since, because," or some other English subordinating conjunction. The exhaustive classification of all these independent pronominal and quasi-conjunctional uses is beyond the scope of an elementary grammar. (2) Because "iws acquires an independent pronominal status ("that which"), it may occasionally be found with a preceding preposition, quite contrary to common usage. Resulting from these tendencies and in regular use as conjunctions are it?*? IV. yd'an 'user because (lit. because of the fact that) 'ahdre 'aser after ~\WK3 ka'aser as, according as, when Finally, although most relative clauses are signalled with "itpx, it is possible to use a clause to modify a preceding noun with no formal mark of the relationship whatever (the term asyndetic is used to describe this): Gen. 15:13 on1? X1? fT&S in a land (which is) not theirs I Sam. 6:9 w| rrn xin rnj?a It was a chance thing (that) happened to us. This type of relative clause in more frequent in poetry than in prose, and more frequent after an indefinite antecedent than a definite one. 71. Vocabulary 15. Nouns : ms» miswäh (pi. -at) commandment nix 'or (pi. -im) light hosek darkness TX 'öyeb (pi. -im) enemy Verbs : 33D säbab to surround, go around T1X 'a rar to curse 31? 'äzab to abandon 13S 'äbar to cross (a place); to transgress (a commandment) vrv yäras to inherit raw säkah to forget Conjunction: ka'äser as, according as, when [65] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Exercises: (a) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. the vessel in which there is water 2. the man whom the king summoned 3. the house in which we found a table 4. the evening in which we ate and drank 5. the people with whom he is sojourning 6. the day during (lit. in) which we fasted 7. the cloud from which fire came forth 8. the year in which many fell in battle 9. the law in which there are blessings and wisdom 10. the heavens in which he created the sun, moon, and stars (b) Translate: .□sn -:sb K'ojn uv -\m ni?»rrnN may i .tr&tfa "wk caaten-nR 'rrft-i iai oVrn 'nn^n «inn nV?3 i .tik onb f8 'a -qaifia tra^n nyri 5 .av topt 11*61 nVj1? -q^fi1? crn^n »qpT b •■ns tin roni mn'1? nian niKBn -nKun ^a mrra nsw;,l? fKj ^ iaao a^a^n 7 .□sn-^s-nK irnrn "vyrrrw tra^n iaao -a iriJn a™ nyairr^y inay 8 .^a/nna a^arrVa-™ mpb-ay) -ryrrriN naj? 9 .an1? dtiVn nnx -rax nisn? ins QVC1"1'3^ S1n ^iTP? 10 (c) Write in Hebrew: 1. Light is better than darkness. 2. Have you forgotten the words which I wrote for you in the book? 3. I have transgressed all the laws and all the commandments which you gave to me. 4. The Lord cursed the evil city and all the wicked people who were in it. 5. There are no enemies in this land. 6. The old man gave me good advice, for he knew that I had not done those evil things. [66] LESSON I (5 72. The Construct Chain. There is in BH no preposition having the same range of meaning expressed by English "of." The of-relationship, the genitive case of the classical languages, has its correspondent in the construct chain: N'san ^ip gól hannabY the voice 'of the prophet V"!$7 T?£ mélek lui'ares the king of the land As these examples show, the simple juxtaposition of two nouns serves to mark a modifying relationship. The first noun in such a chain is said to be in the construct state. In more modern terminology, the first noun occurs in a bound form as opposed to the normal or free form (absolute) used elsewhere. The construct or bound form of a noun is frequently different from the absolute. This difference has arisen mainly because of the stress situation involved: the first noun loses its primary stress and becomes proclitic to the second noun. Loss of stress may be complete, as commonly with |3 (note the maqqěp): "|3 ben-hammelek the son of the king but more commonly the first noun retains its stress: 7"$n T?£ melek ha ares the king of the land [67] n INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW More important than stress difference, however, is the change in vocalization found in many words: •f?&7\ -ut ttebar hammelek the word of the king This will be taken up below. Only the final noun in a construct chain may have the definite article. The definiteness of the entire expression depends on the second noun: if it is made definite with the article or is a proper name, the first noun is also definite: K^an bip qol hannahT the voice of the prophet bmmi *7ip qol sdinit'el the voice of Samuel as contrasted with teas bip qöl tiäbi' a voice of a prophet r\bhb ^W) "if! döhär {'äser) lammelek trfo -rinra trüzmör teDäwid a word of the king a psalm of David Either noun of a construct chain may be pluralized. The special forms of the plural construct will be dealt with in Lesson 18. For the present note that HO^ dibre is the construct form of D^~t2i: □'K^in TST ddbar hamwbi'im the word of the prophets jraan 'nrn dibre liannabV the words of the prophet □"'fpaan ,"ia'!T dibre hannabi'im the words of the prophets Any adjective modifying either noun must follow the entire chain. Some ambiguity may occur here, but agreement in number and gender or the general context is usually a sufficient guide. Be sure all of the following examples are clear {TW& and TO are the construct forms of nwH and t™ respectively): inn tcaao the word of the evil prophet or, the evil word of the prophet □'inn (raarr nan the evil words of the prophet □'inn Dwaan 121 the word of the evil prophets aieri t^Nn r\wk the wife of the good man rnian rwrr rrot? the good wife of the man rriDjn irwrr TO the beautiful wives of the man QnD'n OTOKn TO the wives of the handsome men [68] Thus, the nouns of a construct chain will correspond generally to English "the...of the..." or "a ... of a..," In order to express explicitly "a ... of the the preposition "? is used (often with iiptj) with the normal (absolute) form of the noun: lesson 16] The use of two adjectives, one modifying each noun, is avoided. But two adjectives may modify either noun, as in -itjpn) aien -qVan '"ini the words of the good and just king p-Hirm D'aiori -j'jari ,"13'!1 the good and just words of the king The construct chain may be extended to three or more nouns, but examples of four or more are very rare: (raarr]? rwi& the wife of the son of the prophet The same rules for definiteness and adjectival modification apply. Occasionally, and usually with fixed expressions, the first or second noun of a construct chain may be replaced by a longer phrase. The following types are considered anomalous and should not be used in the exercises: p.ftrn wbm the king of heaven and earth (second noun replaced by noun + noun) TjVrarj 1p»#i nai the words and deeds of the king (first noun replaced by noun + noun) "PSjjSj nnntfl the joy of (or in) the harvest (preposition used with second noun; possibly a contamination with the verbal idiom satnC'"h ha to rejoice in) Active participles may be construed with a following object (1) as verbs niinrrns in^ri the one who is (now actually) keeping the law or (2) in a construct relationship as nouns minrr "ini!/ the one who (in general) keeps the law. As indicated, there is frequently a difference in meaning: as a verb, the reference is real and particular; as a noun, general and non-particular. The precise meaning of the construct chain is difficult to define. While a rough translation using "of or the possessive, as in "the king's son," will often suffice, there are many instances where an adjective or prepositional phrase is better: a stone tablet ]3§n rvh the stone tablet tfjj? "in a holy mountain D'd ,l73 a vessel for water The student should keep in mind the fact that in a construct chain the second noun modifies or restricts the first in some way; from this general rule he may proceed to a correct translation as demanded by the context and by [69] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW proper English usage. Slavish adherence to a single translation pattern should be avoided. 73. The Form of the Construct Singular. The construct form of a singular noun (exclusive of feminines in -ah and a few others) may be derived from the absolute by the application of the following rules: (1) Unstressed e and a arc replaced by 3. (2) a in a final closed syllable is replaced by a. (3) e in a final closed syllable usually remains unchanged, but in a small group of words is replaced by a. Below are listed examples of the most frequent noun types: Absolute Construct Ride applied T yad T yad 2 mpa macjdm Dipp msqdm 1 nabV mbY 1 3313 kokab 3313 kokab 2 liekal hekal 2 Os$n mispSt mispat 2 gannab 3M gannab 2 -i:n dabar dabar 1 and 2 m zciqen m zaqcm 1 and 3 (with change) DDt? sopet sopet 3 (without change) lebdb 331? hbah 1 and 2 mclek melek none -IDD seper IDD seper none (the e is stressed) nd'ar 1»3 nd'ar none 74. Vocabulary 16 Nouns: J3& 'eben (pi. -im) stone (f.) n daj? (pi. -/hi) fish [The fern, nil (/ago/i is used as a collective term.] "sn Itdst (no. pi.) half d; yam (pi. trnr yammim) sea; note n»jyammah seaward, westward. niS hYh (pi. -or) tablet H3nSb mslaOkuh occupation, work fps 'op (coll., no pi.) birds, fowl 3ira 'eie6 (coll.) grass, herbage ub% selem (pi. -im) image, likeness [70] Verbs : Other: Exercises: lesson 16] 131» sdbar to break, smash an© scima' to hear; + Sn or "? to heed, listen to; -(- Sip1?/a to obey. natc sabai to cease, rest na1? Idmmah Why'.' [Before the gutturalsx ,n , and 2 the form nliS \amah is preferred.] (a) Form the construct singular of the following nouns (all according to rule): 3$ 118 p8 "113J Saa "if -I3T Trt ID arn N03 (9) /naSn n™ tri^ro 'jy&n -wftj a^n-ns -bid; irtn -ij?an -"Bag (in) .Kosn-1?? am oiv ira -|Van ni (n) .rrclKri Vip-^k yaw kV -q^nni ^an ^pb ntfsrj rma (12) ibn nisas aw frta □,at?ni n-ri^Nri ^ip-^k □,yatt* o»n Di*n Tixni nV^a (13) .an1? jnj (e) Write in Hebrew: [72] He crossed the road of the city. Why have you abandoned me to the enemy? Who broke this vessel? He cursed us because we forgot the word of the law. The wicked king took captive the people of Jerusalem. He abandoned me because I sinned against him and did not listen to him. They did not rest until the evening. LESS ON 17 75, The Construct Singular: Minor Types. (a) The two words ax and nit show a suffixed -1 in the construct, with regular reduction of the stem vowel: ^3K 'ab'i, -nx. 'ahi. (b) All nouns of the patterns rra and Dili show a regular contraction in the construct (ayi -> e and awe -* 6): jri bdyit nia mawet constr. rra bet nia mot (c) The construct form of )a is commonly proclitic to the following word as-]3 (with e). A similar form occurs for Dili but is much less frequent. (d) A few nouns outwardly identical to the type ]j?T (constr. zaqan) have an unusual construct form; these include f]ro katep constr. ^ni ketep shoulder tj'v yarek ^¥ yerek thigh (e) Nouns ending in -eh have construct forms in -eh. Other changes are in accordance with the rules given: rew sadeh nana mahaneh constr. nnw sadeh nana mahaneh There are quite a few other apparent exceptions to the basic rules given in [73] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Lesson 16. None of these, however, is frequent enough to represent a type; such individual deviations will be noted in the vocabularies when necessary, 76. The Construct Singular of Feminine Nouns in -ah. After the replacement of the ending -ah by -at, these nouns normally conform to the rules given in the preceding lesson. niffl sanah year nsi? 'escih advice ria^a nuilkalt queen nwan tabu ah produce n'jpn tapillah prayer nana bdrakah blessing n^ai nobelah corpse constr. nllíí šanat Rule I nsi? 'asat Rule 1 na1?» malkat No further change nxwn sobů'at nVan tapillat nana birkat n^aa nibtat Rufe 1 and the Rule of Shcwa (§5)* As above. These last two examples should be clear: the reduction of a to 3 by Rule I would have led to *bsrakat, which, by the Rule of Shewa, becomes birkat. Two types of variations from the norm are common: (1) Most trisyllabic nouns beginning with a closed syllable have pen-ultimately stressed construct forms: nanba milhämah war nnstiía mispähäh family constr. naň^a milhémet nnötiia mišpáhat (2) Sometimes the expected reduction of e or d to a docs not take place. This is by and large unpredictable and will require special note. na-ia barekah ms säräh pond distress constr. nana barěkat rra särat Most feminine nouns ending in -at, -et, -fit, -it, etc., in the absolute are not susceptible to further change in the construct form. Those that are follow the rules. The construct form of new is quite irregular: rra>§ 'éšet. 77. Vocabulary 17. Nouns: srp-i rdqť' the firmament (apparently considered as a solid barrier by the cosmographers of Genesis) niffT yahbalah dry ground ax 'ab (pi. -ót) father rtx 'alt (pi. irreg. crnx 'alum) brother * Note the reversion of k to k. This is unusual; one would expect ro")3 without daghesh kite. [74] LESSON 17] |3 ben (pi. irreg. o^a bänim) son naba malkäh (pi. -6t) queen dw seht (pi. -at) name Adjectives: risön first (fem, riaii&n riSÖnäh) -lis Sem second (fem. ri'affi srä?t) 'vi^y salisi third (fem. rrm,'?ii> sali.sit) •"Van rSÄfi fourth (fem. rryrn rabi'it) -Vhtin Ijamisi fifth (fem. rrtran hämish) Other: ,;b~'?b 'al-pane (prep.) on the surface of, up against ja ken (adv.) thus, so (referring to what has been mentioned) Exercises: (a) Translate: xnarj rra d) ^San t\%% (2) nViijri nanVsri rseí (3) niaxn nana (•)) cram naVa (5) nTtbxri n-rin (e) nVnj" asm nnatř (7) rtcpn b^xn rnias (s) tr-iiaan n#ffi?? (9) x-nn pňri nsni (10) »Bipn-ja (ti) hnn iŤXři na (12) nxírj yiŇn duř hi) Q,a,xn nann (14) (b) Give orally the Hebrew for the following: 1. The rich man's field 2. the father of the king 3. the third battle of the year 4. the youngest ( = small) brother of the prophet 5. the fifth word of the law 6. the blessing of the Lord 7. the wisdom of the king S. the first house of the city 9. the firmament of the heavens 10. the image of God (c) Reading: The Creation [N.B. Genuine BH narrative requires the use of a verb form we shall not study until Lesson 22. The reading selections of Lessons 17 to 22 should therefore be regarded as simply sequences of isolated sentences, related in meaning but not in syntax.] n;n ^rn-ina'i intí nnm pjjtn .pjíjrrnxi n^rrnx □,rf7H xna riiíx-n ova ntos i? .nVJ ktj? rpžth) tfp nix1? xnpT .nixn-nx n-nVg ína .a^árt "-id-"?* .jwxiri m*a □,nl?x [75] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW pa* n-hvn nnft ~\m n?|n j"i ids srpT/n Q,^n T^3 B,RT- DTjVg ntm -atfg ai»a ."#rj Di"a nwa ]? .D^fttf vp"}1? K~jf? .Q?&frj-'?S "row a;an *npx ntfa*b .ins aipa-vn a:at»n nnn -ton a^arrriN qti^k r,api 'tr'rori ova .pjrVa-nKi pftn atosj-ba-ns «*ia -tr'roo nva-oa .□'»: KTj? o^Vi pft d^nVu (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. The house of stone did not fall. 2. The joy of the people is in the law of the Lord . 3. Half of the young men fell in the battle that day. 4. I drank the water from a stone vessel and 1 ate the food which was on a wooden table. 5. I sojourned with the people of that land (for) many years. 6. In the morning he set out toward-the-west. 7. The name of this king is David. * idhi'i wabitm: a designation of the primordial chaos; "formlessness and void" is an acceptable translation for this rather obscure phrase. [76] LESSON 18 78. The Construct Forms of Plural Nouns in -im. In the construct form of nouns having plurals in -im, this ending is replaced by -e. Vowel reductions take place as usual in accordance with the rules given in §73. Absolute Construct Rules applied yiiintm yame i era bänhn bane 1 □'an liisstni "■an hisse D'as 'ammim 'amine □too sushn "otb sfise □th zetim "Ui. zete trntoa bakörim baköre a^iaa gabitlim gabüle gamallim "Viaa gamalle anai dabärim na-i dibre 1 and rule of a 'änäsim 'anse 1 and rule of a zaqemm w ziqne 1 and rule of a keimt kale I D-aata köksbim "aaia kökabe 1 a'^yn hekällm "^a-n hekale 1 nostra »lispäfim mispate 1 ayrra kähünhn 'ana köhörie [77] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW lesson 18] Dissyllabic nouns with penultimate stress (the general type melek) must be singled out for particular attention. Although all these nouns have a common absolute plural pattern, the construct form cannot be obtained by normal rules: (a) Nouns like rjVa (with e) have a or i in the stem syllable of the plural construct. The correct vowel must be learned with each word. Following is a list of all words of this group that have been introduced to this point. Hereafter the characteristic vowel of each word will be noted in the vocabularies. a-aVa a"1?i> D**1V3 ,5l?a malke nay 'abde 'ms karme 'iV. yolde ■o-n dark§ 'MS 'abne n»J na'are (b) Nouns like "isp (with e) have i (sometimes e): npp anao "190 sipre uaf a^uaiz; 'aatf irtfe tribes "17s) D'TIU, '11?? herds (e) Nouns like iin® (with o) have 0; izrra D,UH£i 'ii-to ws ma1? niann niae; ssmot nia1? libbot niirpa napSot nimn harboi Rule 1 Unpredictable [78] Y~\h rrcnK nis-iK arsot nnk' nimTN nirnK 'orhot □ipa niaipa niaipa tmqdmot nana rtfin| fib"}? birkdt mil? fvil|! nitis iarfdr 1 and rule of a 1 The construct plurals of feminine nouns like nyaa and rtsba take the same vowel as the singular: niyaa but ma^a. 80, Vocabulary 18. Nouns: mn 'adam (1) the proper name Adam; (2) a collective term (no pi.) mankind; (3) a singular noun (no pi.) a man ['adam characterizes a man as opposed to what is not human, while "is is man as opposed to woman or child.] 'adamah earth, ground, soil, landed property [sometimes synonymous with 'eres, which retains more of a geographical or political rather than agricultural sense] bjhemah (constr. nana behemat) (pi. -dt) beast, animal, often used collectively rentes (no pi.) a collective term for all creeping things zakar (pi. -im) a male twqebah a female sabbat (pi. irreg. ninaiff) sabbath (f.) Adjectives: tiM si'ssi sixth (fern. m» sisslt) SabTi seventh (fem. n-yaw sabTtt) 'alter other, another (fem. nnfiK 'aheret; m. pi. anrw 'ahertm, f. pi. niirjN 'aherot) yasar to form, fashion nn-m nana frai nat t t napa naa> yw inn Verbs : is; Note: Three words often confused are (1) -n hay, an adjective whose forms are given in §22; "alive, living" (2) n;n hayyah, a noun (pi. -dt), used as a general term for any "living thing or animal." (3) D^n hayyhn, a noun used only in the plural form but with the singular meaning "life, lifetime." Exercises: (a) Translate the following phrases. Make sure that all construct forms are clearly understood. Tim "was (1) f£|n v$2 (2) oyn ,:rx (3) Y»n 'na (4) [79] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW yniStn nisna (5) irriVKn -a1?? (17) noon nai (e) nsn niaa (jg) T»rj ""n-n (7) □--inn 'a-n (19) fiftn nn (s) d'H'asn niana (20) fiftn raba (9) ■roan ••Vas (21) D;&in 'aaia do) □un niaa (22) rnferj nana (11) "ran ypjj (23) ■pftn n;n (12) nsnn niai^n (24) ur'xn «n (13) □'ran "i1?] (25) nnrr ^ait (14) D'aSan "a1 (20) a;n ■an (15) "73-nn -Va {27) mfoin nim1? de) 5j^§g ,?Kl?a (28) (b) Give first the plural of each noun; then use the construct plural form in the given phrase. (1) place, the places of the land (2) camp, the camps of the enemy (3) commandment, the commandments of the Lord (4) river, the rivers of the land (5) prophet, the prophets of that city (6) book, the books of the prophets (7) servant, the servants of the king (8) city, the cities of the land (9) tree, the trees of the garden (10) judge, the judges of the people (11) father, the fathers of the children (12) son, the sons of the elders (c) Reading: The Creation (concluded). nvb ngtj 'rnan tinn Kin ttfnfn .n-rrrnxi miin-m arfty K-ja -s-anrj ai'a jafofo fffl? am jrai d'aDisn-ns-aa n&s iviH ftpx lisri mn rn;ni -rata cnrjKTi cran-Vain rrtirtaaii o»8ja ->™ a-ain-ns dti^s una Ttranri ova Disn-nK -is; .ura^H?3rnsi nanrrho-nK yiftrr n^n-n« n'ribK nira f'tsrg ora .DDK ma naps -©i .d^Sk o^Sa nansna ,nvs nwx nasban-^aa dtiVk na© -"vanyn oi»a (.nai^n av Kin ia □■'nbK na© -iirta T^n arn) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. These are the names of the children of the people who came to Jerusalem. 180] lesson 18] 2. He slew the evil sons of the prophet because they had transgressed the laws of the Lord. 3. He gave money to the first woman, but to the other he gave nothing. 4. Have you seen the stars of the heaven which God placed in the firmament? 5. Where are the tablets of stone which the prophet smashed? 6. The Lord is the salvation of all peoples. [81] lesson 19] LESSON J 9 81. The Independent (Subject) Form of the Personal Pronoun. nnx sin ten am 'andki 'at tdh 'att hit hi I I you (m, s.) you (f. s.) he, it (m. s.) she, it (f. s.) we □riN 'attem you (m. pi.) mri»/|ns 'atten, 'attetmah you (f. pi.) nan Ian hem, hemmah they (m. pi.) nxft hennah they (f. pi.) Remarks: Both forms of the 1st pers. sing, pronoun are very frequent, with no clear difference in meaning or range. A rare alternate of the 2nd fern. sing, is attested rm , with final ?. ijnS and idk occur as very rare variants of urns. The 2nd pers. fern. pi. forms are too infrequent to determine preferences; ]T\x is vocalized }riK in some texts. In the Pentateuch the 3rd pers. fern. sing, is spelled sin,, i.e. the masculine form is written but the feminine form is read; the reason for this is obscure, on and nan are both frequent, but show slightly different distributions: art dominates in the Pentateuch, while nan is commoner in Samuel and several of the poetic books. The independent forms of the personal pronoun are used mainly as the subjects of sentences, and mostly of non-verbal sentences: niD 'iK I am good. ifvn I am walking. ktk "'3K lama man. n^a ntt I am in the house. [82] They may be used in a variety of disjunctive ways and may stand before the verb in a verbal sentence to give emphasis to the subject. This emphasis need not be strong; it may be merely that the discourse has had a shift in subject, which would not entail any special emphasis in the English translation. 82. The Interrogative Pronouns. (a) 'a mi who? Not inflected for number or gender. nrn nairrnK pros ^a Who did this thing? n« -a Who are you? m 'D na Whose daughter are you? rpDrrra; rim 'n1? To whom did you give the money? (b) na mah what? Not inflected for number or gender. The form of this word depends on the beginning of the following word, but in a less consistent way than was the case with the definite article or the conjunction ws-. The following simplified rule will cover most instances met: (1) Before nm use na mah. (2) Before n s use na meh. (3) Elsewhere, before non-guttural consonants, use na mah plus the doubling of the first consonant of the following word. Any of these forms may be followed by maqqep. Both t? and na are sometimes followed by a demonstrative pronoun, better left untranslated, as in ry&s nut na What have you done? Kin m 'a Who is he? 83. The Prepositions Vk.Vs?, nnri and ■nrw with Pronominal Suffixes. These four prepositions, among others, lake a set of pronominal endings quite different from those already studied. 1 c. s. 'elay 'alay 2 m. s. 'eleka 'alekd 2f. s. 'eldyik 'aldyik 3 m. s. t " 'eldw 'dldw 3f. s. 'elehd 'dleha 1 c. pi. 'elenu 'alenu 2 m. pi. 'alekem 'alekem 2 f. pi. 'aleken 'aleken 3 m. pi. DO"1™ 'alehem 'alehem 3 f. pi. 'alehen lxri nn^rj -.nmb a";xn-ia np.V -rate y^sn-nx □tjVx mn-1 nja i}mn "Jip-Vx nwxn nsatf .B'nbx nirr nm» niyx niwrj nm_i,?aa sons rrn uman -nx Dixn-oa bax .fan nanai aio •o nnxn -a n'jax jan mna -rox y»n K 'in D3BPK Isakem TS "ir '?/•? B3TS "irakem Sip qöl qöli o?Sip qölakem or yarn yömi oaar yömakem win röC)s rö(')§i □ 3B8i rö(')sakem mo SÜS "DID SUSI B3D1D süsakem 2. Nouns with -dyi- and -awe-: bdyit bet! beiakem Note -dyi- -»-e-. mawet -rria möti tnrria V t mötakem Note -awe' -> -6-. 3. Dissyllabic louns: una"] raküs rakiisi D3Iih3"! raküsakem aiSn hälöm ■triSn liälömi hülöimkem däbär dabäri nsna-i dabarkem Propretonic reduction. m zäqen zaqeni zaqankem Propretonic reduction. H"33 näbt '^aa nabi'i nabi'äkem Propr. red.; a after gutt. Dipfi rnäqöm ■"»ipn inaqömi asaipa maqömakem Propr. red. kökäb '3313 kökäbl a??3i3 kökabkem ÜS1PD mispät milpal'i nausea mispaikem 3:k 'öyeb 'Tit 'öyahi 'öyibkem p"15 saddiq WIS saddiqi d?P"1? saddiqakem 4. Feminine nouns in ■äh: rati sänäh ■™ sandti saiiatkem Propretonic reduction. nss 'esdh TIS» 'äsäti 'äsatkem Propretonic reduction. rnin töräh irnTin törätt aarnin töratkem rtra bmäli binäll bmatkem npn liuqqäh luiqqäti Imqqatkem n»3J gib'äh gib'äti gib'atkem 'ädämäh 'admätl apna-rs 'admatkem Propretonic reduc- tion and Rule of Shewa. rma T T I baräkäh TO-ia birkäti asro-n birkatkem Propretonic reduc- tion and Rule of Shewa. mias 'äbödäh 'äbödäti 03rnias 'äbödatkem nSpn tapilläh -nSpri tapUIäti asnSpn tapülatkem [88] LESSON 20] The suffixes attached to the plural noun have the forms given in the preceding lesson for Sn and Ss. When a noun plural ends in -&», these suffixes replace the plural ending. They should thus be thought of as a fusion of the plural ending and the pronominal element: 'DID süsay my horses etc. irpio süsenü sitseka DS-DID süsekem siisdyik süseken VOID t rPDiD T süsäw btdid süsehem stts?hä susehen dabäray dabärem'i t5i dabürekä dibrekem dabäräyik dibreken dabärdw dibrehem dabärehä dibrelien Note the stress difference when the endings of the 2nd pers. and 3rd pers. pi. are added. Here a noun with two changeable vowels will undergo the double reduction met in the plural construct form. Nouns with plurals in -6t add these same suffixes, but directly to the plural ending without replacement. my laws etc. 'nmn Tpnnin ■^rvhin vnnin rrni-iin torotay törötekä törötäyik törötäw törötehä wninin törötenü üs-rvhin lörötekem p-rvhin täröteken orrrirrin törötehem jrpnrnn lörölehen irrtis-is birkötenü birkötekem etc. 'nisna birkotay ^■•nis'ia birkotekd etc. The suffix -eliem is occasionally replaced by -dm, as in aniaK for BtfTriaK. their fathers. A complete list of noun types, under which all nouns used in this book are classified, will be found in Appendix A. When in doubt about the behavior of a noun stem before the pronominal suffixes the reader should locate the noun in the glossary and refer to the number indicated for the reference list. The following selection of the most frequent plural types should prove adequate for most purposes: abs. pi. Q"Q1 ddmim tyyi bänim D'a; yämim era sdnim w. suff. 1 s. w. suff. 2 m. pi. ^a ddmay bänay yätnay sänay oa-ni d3,3a aa1!^ damekem banekem yamekem sanekem blood sons days years [SP] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW lesson 20] našim *|3 násekem wives eras 'ammim ■■as 'ammay 'ammékem peoples o^n hissim -sn lússay ap^n hissékem arrows Sirim 'Tli* Stray Sirékem songs coid sttsim '010 súsay sůsěkem horses 'arim ns 'áray 'árékem cities DID baliiin -na bal lay batlékem houses tli-lB cbbanm dabáray apnai. dibrékem words K33 B'tMH 'anašim 'ándšay a?™x 'anšékem men 0"?]?.J zaqěmm zaqěnay □ p^p.T ziqněkem elders nabi'im nabi'ay npwaa nabVékem prophets nil mišpatim mišpaiay mišpafěkem judgements lis d'TK 'óyabim 'óyabay 03,a^Ň 'óyabékem enemies nias banót banótay dd^ija banótěkem daughters niiir tórut Tjnin tórotay □p^jvnin tórótékem laws Adjectives : liřirt imldkót malkótay □p'nia^a mulkótčkem queens PíÓ nii?aa gabďót ■riisits gib'otay np-niaaj gib'óiěkem hills Verbs : np-i nixa mtswót "nisa miswótay ap-rrisa miswótěkem commandments rrtena barókót •rvta-ia birkótay □plnírna birkótěkem blessings Exercises: Note that -6t plurals have the same stem as the construct plural before all the suffixes, while -im plurals have the construct plural stem only before -kern, -ken, -hem, and -hen. A noun with a pronominal suffix is definite. Therefore (1) a modifying adjective has the definite article: pmr! "'did my strong horse a^aitm TH|*! his good words (2) when it is the direct object of a verb, the preposed 'el is required: ioiD-ns *n*$ri I saw his horse. But when the noun refers to a part of the body 'et is frequently omitted: it n1?® He put forth (lit. sent) his hand. 86. Vocabulary 20. Nouns: fin V-n isoa hits the outside; nsin husah and nsirtn hahusah to the outside, outwards; b }'ina mihits la- on the outside of hdyil (pi. a-'Vri) strength; army; wealth. Very frequent in the phrase ^rr "lia? a warrior, fighter mispar number, enumeration; V "ISPP TK (arc) without [90] number, innumerable; from this idiom ispa comes to be used alone in the sense of "numerable," i.e. "few" — e.g. -ispn -vim a few men (lit. men of number) merkdbali (pi. rriarna ) chariot sus (pi. -im) horse paras (constr. unp ; pi. n'izns ) horseman, rider sdba (constr. xas ; pi. -ot) army, host (of soldiers, angels, celestial bodies). Also in the frequent designations of God as niKas niir or niHas tj^k ru"h (pi. -6{) breath, wind, spirit (f.) sur (pi. -im) rock, cliff; fig. support, defence qahal assembly, congregation qir (pi. -at) wall hadas new hazaq strong, firm, hard rakah to ride (a) Translate. Be sure you understand why the stems appear as they do. □pant Tjani a nnapn inapn to ?|ni2a T'niaa n □pnin©: unTO? 12 n'nnna rnna n inia u nVp TjVip i ■'nirrati "nrjai:' ixpp -spp ap^apia rrápia vy\k iiix anaix Danmx a (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. your (m. s.) people, your tree, your birds 2. your (m. pi.) song, your advice, your (small) cattle 3. my places, my camps, my hunger, my commandments 4. my voice, my law, my messengers, my prophet 5. his firmament, his tablet, his throne, his palace 6. his words, his fish (pi.), his camels, his blessings 7. their (f. pi.) enemies, their warriors, their death (c) Translate: .a^atín ppip ispap aniaa ary? ib; .aw "7-n1? "ispa rx (i) .caĚřn nrjri ^"Tn-^a tn (2) [91] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW .■pSn-Vsj iinn tVd op (3) .-36a sin pjn U) .niH3S nm1 di$s ?p§tj sa ,djs (5) .runs-nxi vniarna-ns vpio-nH 7|£|n (6) .mrr1? trmn OTEf-nK ii| (7) .□:a^n xas-Va-nKi D-asian-nKi rj-rrrnKi miix-nx Trfcn (g) .trnn nnn'paa iVp: ni™ "r^n niarVa niap n"?ft (9) .DTjra win ua (10) .□sb on1? n;rj «Vi fjifta pm n;n asnn (u) .Vrjrr nia? ?)Bir mrr r^sVan rbs na» (12) .nnrin His-nK npjrti nVni rtm rnati (13) .mn' 'r»a won "a fpfiK o'-ins (u) .Drcpw-Vy train DTOKrrnN irft^ (15} .nsa-inrr1?!? 3ann Win -rial -a (is) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. He took a rib from the man and from it he made a woman. 2. The song which they sang was pleasant and good. 3. The enemy is too strong for our warriors, 4. They slew the beast and ale (from) its flesh. 5. This is a new song about horsemen, chariots, and war. 6. There is no help for our congregation. 7. The wall of their great city fell. [92] LESSON ^ 1 87. Stative Verbs. In addition to verbs like those already studied there is a much smaller group with e or o in the final stem syllable.of the perfect. The majority of these verbs are stative, i.e. they denote the state of the subject rather than describing an action, and are translated in English mainly by adjectives: 133 kabed he is heavy, was heavy, has become heavy ]p4 zaqen he is old, was old, has become old There are other verbs of the regular a-perfect type which belong to this category on the basis of their meaning and which, to judge from other inflectional forms they exhibit, originally belonged to the stative inflectional category as well, but in the course of time have been assimilated to the dominant a-perfect type because their meaning shifted from a purely stative one to an action, such as anpr qarab he is (was, has become) near; he approached. Then too, there are verbs with perfects in e which are treated as transitive active, with a direct object, such as vss sane he hated. Formally, there are e-verbs in the uncomplicated trititeral class (133 kabed), in the class Ul-AIeph ( K^a male' to be full), and in the class of Hollow Verbs (nn met he died); there are o-verbs in the uncomplicated triliteral class [93] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW and in the hollow class (t»3 bos he was ashamed). The inflection of these verbs is given below in parallel columns to facilitate comparison. The most frequent type, that of kdbed, is given in full as a model. The others are given with conjectured forms in parentheses since not all the forms are attested in BH. to be heavy to be afraid káběd NT yäre kábadáh yära'ah rnáa kabádtá yárétá kábůdt yärei kábůdti TINT -T yáréti kábadú INT yära'ü li1!?? ksbadiem onto? yaretem kdbadten yaréten] kábádmi UNŤ yärenfi to die to be able to be ashamed měl yákól tt>3 bös nná metali yákaláh bóšáh nnä mátla yákóltá Inipa bóštá] Im máli] yákólt nitfa bóšt 'Té mátli T yákólti Twa bóšti inň metu yäkalü béšů [□na mattem] oriby yakoltem [ariEíii boštem] ty?? matten ] yakolten hosten] wng mátnu ydkélnú 13tP3 bóšnít Because of their non-action meaning stative verbs rarely appear in a participial form like ana. There is often an adjective associated with each of these verbs, frequently identical in stem form to the 3rd pers. masc. sing, of the perfect, with which it can be easily confused. Ú [94] Verb káběd záqěn rä'eb fáhěr qárab to be heavy to be old to be hungry to be pure to be near TJ3 m -lina Adjective káběd záqěn rá'ěb tälior qárěb heavy old hungry pure approaching; anpy qarob near lesson 21 j PR met male qaton to die na met dead to be full tiba mále full to be small jbpr qäfön, jup qátán small Only in the masc. sing, is there any formal ambiguity. An isolated sentence such as t^sn IP! may be translated verbally, "The man grew old (was old, has become old)," or adjectivally, "The man (is) old." But when the subject is feminine or plural, the distinction is clear: 7!ii>Nri nipj nttřNn n:pj n-räNn upj □'tfjNri a"3pt (verbal) The woman grew old. (adjectival) The woman is old. (verbal) The men became old. (adjectival) The men are old. There is no ambiguity, of course, when the verbal and adjectival stems are different in form. Both verbs and adjectives may, because of their meaning, be construed with )b in a comparative sense: »a§0 tt^Nn 133 The man became more important than I. Stative verbs from geminate roots (cf. §68) are inflected as follows in the third person: □n nan tarn tdmmah iaň tdmmtt to be complete, finished The remainder of the inflection is like that of 33d. 88. The Nouns as. ns and ns. These three nouns are similar in having in the construct singular and before suffixes. Note also the variant form of the suffixes: mouth abs. as 'ab father riN 'ah brother peh constr. tjn 'übt "ni? 'din P' "?N 'ábi tin 'áhi pí 'ábiká 'Síňka T# piká T*« ábik TfW 'áhik TS pik 1T3N 'ábihů j ITřlN 'áhihů \ pihu ras 'ábiw I 1t1n 'ähiw 1 ré piv) t3n t • t 'ábihů 'áluhá rré piha W3N 'ábbm 'Mihů pinii [95] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 'äbikem 'abíken 'äbihem 'ablheii DS'ris 'ähikem ]^nK 'aiůken □rrrw 'alßhem jrrrw 'ähihen Dil"? plkem piken pihem p'ihen The plural forms of ntt are noteworthy: abs. constr. D-ris 'alum 'ähe 89. Vocabulary 21 Nouns 713 t Dl nras Verbs: 133 NVn W3 iaS 7! "in nin Proper Names : Exercises: rp- "73řJ nin TJK 'ahay irftit 'ahěnú 'ahekä □D-riří 'stukem 'aháyik ID/riK 'áliéken vnx 'eháw 'ahěhem n-$8 'ahělm 'ůliShen peh side> (fig) force ft-) rfóm (pi. -im) blood kabod glory, honor, wealth m'mhah (pi. ninia) offering káběd to be heavy, important, serious; adj. laa káběd. mále to be full, filled, fulfilled. No preposition is required in Hebrew: íífl nKVa The earth was filled with wickedness. Adj. sVa male', full. měr to die; adj. na met dead tóš to be ashamed (no corresponding adj.) Samar to watch, keep, observe 'ubad to serve, work; till (the ground) háráh to become angry, used impersonally with h: Tiřió nnn The man became angry. ra'ah to tend (flocks), to shepherd (+ dir. obj. or + 3); to graze; nan ro'eh a shepherd Qayin Cain Hébel Abel Hawwah Eve (a) Translate and identify each of the following sentences as verbal or nonverbal. Which are ambiguous? [96] (b) Translate: na V3K (i) Di řtba "Varj (2) mn1 -1133 "rovin tóa (3) cr™n ina (4) nna n^řtrt (5) 35nrj 133 (g) l^ai 'pa (1) wax -pa (2) TJ'B "ipi (3) I'ris nai *dV (4) (c) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. the law of our fathers 2. the year of the death of our brother 3. The sky is full of clouds. 4. The field was full of chariots and horsemen. 5. The new vessel is full of water. 6. They were ashamed. 7. The heavens are in his hand. lesson 21 ] UKŮn "5 uiiíá (7) trna o^axn (b) 'i|a pAu nipp (g) d^i inbn D'arj (10) nnati? Iis1?» (11) Fi-ias im -p3 (5) rns-Ds; (6) tin rpna (7) irás m (b) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. They served the just king many years. 2. The shepherd became angry because the men had killed his brother. 3. We have observed the law which you gave to our fathers and we have not transgressed the commandments which are therein. 4. The man's hand was full of blood. 5. The army sat outside the city, and inside the city the people cried out: "We are (as) dead (men)." 6. This matter is too serious for us. (e) Reading: Cain and Abel. -nK-DJ niV -T.p. "M? otrriK ningi rv&vb fa nin niV .nirrnx DiKfi >»t noiKn nsa ?R«an ^ss nsi n;n bani naixn-ns ias tpj r$ "fix Van mhi ■rsn naio Van nma nrrn .iixs nnnbaa xin~Di ^an barn nin^ ;nrna .niiEa vnx Van-ns j?p_ nrr .ixa tfjfi nnn .n3io njrn (6 j?p_ nmai .Tj-nH V3n n;tt ^p.-Vx mn1 lax .'Dix ,n« naiffn .^nin; xb nas "IP °nrw ins niiNi ,naiKn-)p -Vk 3a1pi?a ^^ns ^ai Vip .n-ws-nn :7!i7l' nas .7|i;n Tj'fis 'a^-ns nnpV iwn naittn i»||a Vina 7,ii» :nini_I?N nas [97] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Notes to the Reading. 1 in a sexual sense 2 "(he) brought" 3 supply "as" 4 "from the first-born of 5 pi. by attraction to 'ht ; the real subject is ^ip . 6 repetition for emphasis: "and as for you, you are cursed (or banned)" 7 "my guilt" LESSON 90. The Imperfect. We come now to the second main inflection of the Hebrew verb, the imperfect. The imperfect, in contrast to the perfect, is primarily a prefixal conjugation, although suffixal elements are also present. Sing. yiktöb he will write aron tiklöb she will write 3 fori liktöb you (m. s.) will write 'arpn tiktdbi you (f. s.) wäll write arpx 'ektöb I shall write Plural iaro; yiktzbü they (m. pi.) will write rmrtori tiktobnäh they (f. pi.) will write laron tikiabü you (m. pi.) will write ruarton tiktobnäh you (f. pi.) will write afoa niktöh we shall write Note that the reduction of the stem vowel from 6 to b is regular before a suffixal element consisting of a vowel. In the plural there is a formal difference in the 3rd pers. pi. (contrast the perfect) between the two genders, but the fem. pi. of the 3rd and 2nd persons are formally the same. We shall see that in the study of the imperfect it is necessary to make A not uncommon variant has the ending -On with or without the reduction of the stem vowel: roro^ yiktshtm or fnro? riktdbun they will write. [98] [99] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW more subdivisions among the root types than was necessary with the perfect. For example, verbs with 3, s , or * in first root position have forms which diverge considerably from those just given for the sound trilitera! verb. Verbs introduced thus far in the vocabularies and inflected exactly like ana are the following: 131 13P - T I* rns nir>: naiv nbitr yizkör yifcröt yišbôr yišmôr to remember to cut to break to observe tob 1%Y. nasi náw-' - r i * ana aha1' yiikôd yiqbôs yišbôt yiktôb to capture to gather to cease to write 91. The Meaning of the Imperfect. (a) Future: aha? he will write (b) Habitual or customary action: aha' he writes (as a matter of custom), he used to write (as a matter of custom), or he will write (idem). In this usage tense is not explicit and must be gained from the context in which the verb occurs. (c) Modal: the imperfect must frequently be translated in one of several modally modified ways, using the English equivalents "may, might, would, could, can, should." Precise directions for this translation are virtually impossible to give, since it is conditioned by the entire syntactic structure in which the verb is imbedded (conditional clause, final clause, etc.). The most important of these syntactic patterns will be considered in later lessons. In an isolated sentence the future or habitual translation is more appropriate. With the exception of the future usage, where the action described may be quite specific, the imperfect is otherwise used to described action conceived by the speaker as general, non-specific, habitual, potential, or to some degree probable. It is not entirely accurate, however, to describe such action as incomplete or unfinished, as is often done (hence the name imperfect for the form). The imperfect is negated with : ana? t(? he will not write, does not write, was not accustomed to write, wouldn't write etc. In poetry the negative -Vx is also found: aha? bs. 92. The Dual. Nouns denoting objects which naturally occur in pairs are frequently used in a dual form, the endings of which are -dyim, constr. -e. When suffixes are added to the dual, the resulting form is the same as that of the -im plurals: e.g/T my (two) hands. Following is a list of the nouns most often encountered in the dual, with a sampling of suffixed forms. lesson 22] Sing. T [pal r* II« Ii? nft Dual Abs. trĎaa wiví Constr. TJ -bil " i - "HO? "I r *■ i - -inj? With Suffixes: "T; TX T.X VT, nan<^ »ÍJ3 I^J"! D3,l??'i foot (f.) loins (m. 'rs ipjpf r>f» 'ilN TI'itN IJ^ltR P3TK ípÓJB ľĎ33 eye (f.) ear (f.) wing (f.) horn (f.) teeth (f.) (two rows) Also the following expressions of time and measurement: a-iv two days (or) 0*§TS two evenings (all)) B'ftlB two years (naffl) a'.^¥ noon (not two noons) rri)ia&i two weeks (siac) D?fiaN two cubits (naN) o"hvn twice (av$ once) Adjectives modifying the dual are found in the plural: nipm cr^ (two) strong hands (rem. T is feminine) 93. Vocabulary 22. Nouns: ]rk r* onns Verbs: naj? Adverbs : Exercise: (a) Translate: 'ózen {du.D:|]8 ; pi. -ôx) ear (f.) régel (du. n-"?ll ; pi. -im) foot (f.); note the phrase "bps "belonging to, in the following of" qéber (pi. -im) grave, sepulchre 'úyin (du. dú-s ; pi. -of) eye; spring, well (f.) sohôráyim (du. only) noon misráyim Egypt; no^sn misráymáh to Egypt. qabar (imperf. naj^) to bury makar (imperf.nan* ) to sell éärap (imperf. «pijr) to burn däraš (imperf. Jh"P) to inquire, seek, require pa'ämáyim twice n^an-nx iBTttr; info tin lari« nap DľiH nanäan wa np? cms ii) (2) tí) (4) (5) Tifo ""íatz/n (6) ink napri (7) WH nna nman (8) la^K 'arpn (9) nnk rjnip; do) [100] V01] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. My (two) ears have heard. 2. Your (m. s.) (two) eyes have seen. 3. He put forth ( = sent) his (two) hands. 4. Her (two) eyes are beautiful. 5. I placed them under my (two) feet. 6. The people who belong to him (lit. are in his feet) are standing. (c) Translate: .•^n vrrisaai v38 tiVktik '•a ■qVarj-nv mrr n;n 0) .ti?1? fmn w:a ns-in itwRrjrflK wfej (2) .nap.sn D'Tf n o-tmn "T? ]Ui?rr btpiw-iih «wj (3) .mrr- rr*3 rni35; naK^a-^a-ns vrm nizw (4) .sin naim or ntys? nn« roN^a-Vsa naum Ninn oi»a (5) .Kin WMir) nix »a «jj ■w-'js mn'-nK Eh-m <6) >*3»« -ra ■'nk i-parin (7) .Tpfw naK^a-na (s) wnip "?m ffa-^a-riHi Tj^an rra-nRi mn' n-a-nx ra^s Wife (9) .roK^ana mrr ri3fe ia 'a nafe unf? Ninn Eji4 (10) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. He will break them like a vessel. 2. I shall remember your (m. s.) commandments all the days of my life. 3. They will bury their father in the grave of his fathers. 4. What do my brothers require of ( = from) me? 5. The evil sons did not (customarily) remember the words of their old father. 6. Will our enemies capture the city and its people? [102] LESSON 23 94. Imperfect in a. Stative verbs of the types nas and ]bpr, as well as all verbs with a guttural consonant in second or third root position, have a instead of ö in the stem of the imperfect. yikbad yismd id?: yihluir ■zaan tikbad yafen tismd -inan tihliar 732fi tikbad sraferi tismd -man tibliar 'laan tikbsdi tisma'i "lü.ari iibhan i?as 'ckbad sia™ 'esmci' inas 'ebhar naa? yikbadii yisim'ii nna? yib/iarft rnaan tikbddncth tismd'ncih ruinan tibharndh naan likbsdxt isafen tiüim'fi nnari tibhmü ruiaan tikbddnüh rusöfen tismdiuih nnfjari tibhdrnäh nikbad safes nisma' nnai nihhar A small group or verbs, exactly like are in the perfect, and which are neither stative nor with guttural root consonants, are nevertheless inflected with a in the imperfect. The most important of these are: seikab aafe? yiskab to lie down lamed "raV' yihnad to learn rakab 33t virkab to ride a3B •tab 33T [103] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 95. Verbs Ill-Aleph: the Imperfect. As in the perfect, the quiescence of « at the end of a syllable has led to the lengthening of the stem vowel: yiqra Wrtpj; yiqra'u unpri tiqra niiapn tiqre(')nah inpn tiqra W>pri tiqra'u •'inpn tiqra'i njN^pn tiqre(')nah «1p« 'eqra K"}f>? niqra' 96. The Nouns ja and dip. These two nouns are similar in the singular before suffixes in that the stem vowel is reduced to a: ^3 bam «Sa banenit -m samt samenii w binkct binkem] simkä cobb simkem to banek binken] IS* samek []3sw sunken] iia band banal»] S3IIIÖ samäm 7s33 banah banän] nat? samäli satnän] Remember that the plural of ]3 is d-33 and that of aw is niaio. There is no irregularity in these plural forms before the pronominal suffixes. 97. Vocabulary 23. Nouns: tran 3311* nua naiz; is dil>b Verbs : Adverbs: rakus moveable property kana'ani Canaanite (adj. or noun) mizbe"h (constr. naia ; pi. -6t) altar qeckm east; b a-jpa on the east of sakab (asur) to lie down batali (nD3^) to trust, rely goal f?K£) to redeem sawa/; (nair1) to rejoice '3z then, at that time missam = |b + from there, thence 'o«a/j whither? to vvhat place? me'dyin from where? whence? Proper Names in the Reading: EH3« 'Abram an alternate form of DrnaN 'Abraham UK 'UrKasdim Ur of the Chaldaeans, a city in southern Mesopotamia rnn Terah the father of Abraham [104] lesson 23] prn //ärä/i (1) a son of Terah (2) a city in northern Mesopotamia nto Surety an alternate form of r™ Sarah, the wife of Abraham üib Löf Abram's nephew ]V53 Kana'an Canaan, a designation of the area later comprising Palestine and Phoenicia. D3ff Sakem Shechem, a city about 40 m. north of Jerusalem •jK-ira Bel-el Bethel, a city about 15 m. north of Jerusalem Exercises: (a) Translate: isnpn 'n-^s (2) d^ott nils nan ton na1? (4) ■^fta on1? nna* (5) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: tö '"laiai ^a nuas (e) 'xk -tb 'nk ^ttr "a (7) "ia riKa pÄa (s) '3N -nua tsj1? aipa (9) nris naA (10) 1. our sons and our daughters 2. our little brother 3. our names 4. our father and our brother (c) Translate: 5. our army and our horsemen 6. our congregation and our people 7. our blood 8. our offering; our offerings .nnt? ■uas nsw? -3 ?]3 nps-Va ^Bi!;, (1) .nparns our n'aiaKn vefg (2) .niT airs noa* im b7,«n aiu (3) .nKfrj y-ifta acr i^s-^s du?b nin s^n aw 133? (4) .ika on a-sn p arras Vip-Vs pin -ja isai£ Kb (5) ."isg-m b^y sin "3 Tiirt; (6) .mrr »f niw -lwrVs-nK Nvih "iftca "^nto (7) .wajKn Ta 'a (a) .TjVip1? uatiN kVi bra bipa pssni vj^s niiasn ngan (9) .^a:1? asa nrj3« do) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. His enemies will not find him in Egypt. 2. He will create a new heaven (m. pi.) and a new earth. 3. We have seen that his hands are strong and we know that our deliverance is in him. 4. His brothers went in-the-following-of the wicked king. [105] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 5. Our eyes have seen the glory of the Lord. 6. The stars of heaven were without number. 7. The heavens were filled with a great light. (e) Reading: Abraham -riKi 133 onax-riK rnn us; .d-to? nana rnirja nn"13 triS? nnri-ja ona« sour* .onas -as nnn na af\ fina ««r ?.f»is ns-ift iro^1? anas nw§ nto-ran 1ia-ja oft -D3i ins wsrja uiS-nxi "Terns anatt np1? .nw ft> tbk Ttfjo |-ina a-jax <|Vn .pTna an1? n;n Ttfg una-irrbs-nH m,T 1J3K .fj§a m *?M;>n n;n .oaip aipB-i» fj&a anatt nay .]B5a nrig wi .auf nm1*? nam anax nja ^ini1? nHtn pftrrm jni 'JK sosipa aSaarVJt .nw JDtfa n» tqgj nam rua Dtf-D§ .bK-n1?1? btjjb ait'-consecutive, after its function. Because every Hebrew narrative, then, contains a series of clauses beginning with "and" plus a verb, it is obviously impossible to translate literally and have acceptable English. The student should make generous use of subordinating constructions, such as adverbial clauses and participial modifiers, in his English translation, taking care only to preserve the proper logical or temporal sequence of the Hebrew. (b) The Imperfect + Perfect sequence is used with all the meanings of the imperfect, whether future or habitual/durative. The conjunction before the perfect is normal and pointed according to the regular rules given in §46. HO|n-nx iV jmi inx xxa; He will find him and give him the money, np^i -psrrnx nerfp. They will burn the city and take captive the □srrnx people. If the first imperfect is used in the habitual sense, this is carried through the sequence: :"i»Kl k'narrVx Nip? He used to call to the prophet and say. Note that when a negative clause is inserted in the sequence, the verb is no longer first. The verb of the negative clause is then in its normal, non-converted form: vaiff kVi rVx ixnpn o^n They went and called to him but he did not hear. After such an interruption the original sequence may be resumed by reverting to the converted forms. This and other complications will be dealt with below. In the converted perfect the stress is usually shifted to the final syllable in the 1st pers. sing, and the 2nd pers. masc. sing.: "■fiarpi wdkatabti and I shall write rinrp) wakatabtd and you shall write U08] LESSON 24] pointing (vocalization) is unaffected by this shift in stress, which does not take place in all instances, especially the corresponding forms of verbs ll\-AIeph and Ill-He. 99. The Segholates. Nouns with penultimate stress, like tfefc, are collectively called segholates because of the presence of the vowel seghol (c) in one or both syllables. These nouns revert to an original one-syllable stem in the singular when a suffix is added: 'aba malki my king. The vowel of the suffixal form, in this instance a, is the characteristic vowel of the word and also occurs in the construct plural. The four main types of segholate nouns are represented by king Absolute Construct w. suff. pl. Abs./Constr. Pl. w. suff. (a) téf pSa □pp^a d'Pj>a 'aba □rnpVn (b) 1#f •nap. ,_!?P flit? oanap (c) -IP? nap ""!aD ipso "iso — I ■ oansp (d) (rip OTŤíp "3 (prep.) within hesed (w. suff. npn ; pi. -im) kindness; a proper act midbar (no pi.) wilderness, desert; land for grazing, not necessarily uninhabited, but away from the larger urban centers pdnlm (pi. only) face mar'eh appearance misrt (pi. ansa) Egyptian (adj. or noun); fern, rvnsa miqneh cattle, property Itamor (pi. -im) donkey, he-ass 'aton (pi. -6t) donkey, she-ass (f.) maggepdh (pi. -<5t) stroke, plague, affliction negeb the Negev, the southern part of Palestine; nai|ri toward the Negev 'ahot (pi. abs. not attested) sister kdhen (pi. -im) priest ndgap to strike, plague, afflict lama'an (conj.) so that, in order that (+ the imperfect) ba'abur (prep.) for the sake of, because of 'al-dabar (prep.) for the sake of, because of .-ps"? yina ink napn naSa-nN orgj (i> .an,l?K warnx n^i ayrrnN anVs ^ai (2) .in-a-riK isnuT itnan-riN naS (3) .va'k 'Ta ink i-oai ink inpSi tSn w>p? (4) .nS^rj-Sa aw laaoh ntfKn rra-VK wa (5) .■qna-ra noaai TjVip-VN nyhw (6) nnS nna»i iapy (7) .nnanan la^ian-Ss? aana annsa (8) .t^toD t»rrns aniaoi Vita Vipa iKipn (9) .-K-aa ,-ia*rnx Tpattta nyiitf KVn (to) .irfina □,aiui uShK nait) (11) .iaVs-nK nauJa (12) .unK rrtfy -ibx t|iprrnx ia-)5; (13) .tt> rtSkn (14) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. his book, his books 2. his money, his gold 3. his ear, his foot 4. his way, his ways 5. his enemy, his judges Repeat the preceding with "her" for "his." (c) Translate: .rrva inrrnx nto -a a,Jisa ^firnN mrr 131 (1) .r™ nVi San nVi m'ron-Vs? raV b*ai an1? rroNn na& ansa (2) t t : - t : l t ! \ ■ - tt : - - t - t t t vv r .iparny. Btf lascH njv$n wa (3) .nsTarrVya niparrnx D-anarj inpV (4) .in^K-ns an-att ia napr -ircx aipas Brrpx-nN nag (5) .□Sip-bK "qS&ri vain T)S6rj ■,apI? Vila Vipa uqp;n VB-rirrVK D-tP3Kn wVn (e) ■ibpn Tj:s -11323 tVk ^oiarrnN nV»k (7) 13&2 C'^V '8' 'T3 ink ripe orti na^sa an-fri uyiK? -Ta ink roan Brrnx-nK inpV (9) .an nan • 1 ■ - .ins iaai rsTsn iiian-Sv aai (10) . t ■ t - - t (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. She became angry and smashed all the vessels which were in the house. 2. He went outside the city to the fields and sought his brothers there and he found them near the river. 3. You have not observed the treaty which you made with us. 4. We are fasting that God may hear our words and give (seq. with "hear") us deliverance from the enemy. 5. He will capture the nations with a strong hand and the wise men of the earth will come in order to hear his words. WI] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (e) Reading: Abraham in Egypt fnffl^ffl wa 1BK3 rrj$> arnax aax .jsis ya&3 asnrr 133 '■a n*Hxa oirjax it W^rn nxt raaa crxa ntuA nasi ansan anx my_ .m 'axaa rip: awx .a-rasp jft 3p" jsii1? nx *ninx o ^nax .arix mpb-i «r£ .nt^x aax awx onang □nxarr'?!* ti'ibk .na^xa ms ntfi© rnfc nnin? p -ij?3? 7h2s anarwV ana .annax-nx «nn n>i nine rva-bx anx d'axan irsf?1? .aaw aiayp aftaw niainxi ninsua dhsui oniarn arnax1? asns arnax nt?S najy apa-bs ^nfta: rriaaa ains-nx ma-' «taa -nxi nao-nxi Bnapx-rix °nbm .xti -ninx rniix aa1? .ft rr&b nxraa :iaxV arnax .aaajirj ias ufti ft-awx-ftpi rnfci xia o^saa arnax nbs .ft artx-Vs .amai ipS§ aapaa aka 153 Notes to the Reading: 1. Note the adj. in construct with a specifying noun: "beautiful in appearance." 2. "They will see". Note the beginning of an imperfect sequence. 3. "Say" (imperative) 4. "it will go well for me" 5. Note the use, very frequent in Semitic, of a cognate object, "to strike a striking." It is best to translate: "struck the Pharaoh with great plagues" 6. "and he expelled" [112] LESSON 25 102. The Imperative. The basic stem of the Imperative is always closely related to that of the imperfect and can be deduced from it. Imperfect Imperative 3rÖ1' 332?? saw; ina; yikíôb yiškah yišmď yibhar yiqra aŕo katöb nati šdkab vac* šama' ana bahar xap qara The endings of the imperative are the same as those on the second person forms of the imperfect: sing. masc. — fem. 4 PLURAL -ft -näh But when -? and -11 are added to the stem, it is altered as follows: ana katöb aptí šdkab saw šama' ana bahar Naj? qara' •aro kitbi •O 3tí šikbi 'Vau šim'i ■nna bahůri(\) nap» qir'l larra kitbů laptz? šikbú watí šim'ú rtwa baliärü(\) ixap qir'ü naaŕía katobnáh r 1 i napĎtí šakábnäh nasôtí šamá'näh naaŕta bahámäh t t - i nairtp; 9aré(')Hä/i(!) INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW The suffix -alt occurs frequently on the masc. sing, imperative with no striking modification of meaning. The stem usually appears with o before this suffix: runs kotbah write! (m. s.) but verbs with a-imperfects often have i, as in nasw lie down; nnbip send. The negative of the imperative is (a) bK + imperfect: for immediate, specific commands, such as "Don't go!" "Don't wait!" etc. (b) Kb -f- imperfect: for durative, non-specific: "you shall not do such- and-such (ever)." The particle K3 may follow any imperative form, as in K3 rlbltf S3 ,SIDEi Kl Kip t — i t ' t • t tI : It is frequently joined with maqqep, which means that the verb surrenders its primary stress to the particle. The pattern of «1 "latf with maqqep is K3"iotz7 smwr-na X2 may also be added to the bs of the negative imperative: nbipn K3-bK Do not send! This particle may be translated as "please", "I pray," or the like, but is most often best ignored. 103. Verbs I-guttural: Imperfect and Imperative, The two basic types of imperfect for this class are represented by (a) 13» imperf. 13»:: ya'abdd imperat. 13» 'abod to serve (•>) p!1? pl&. yehezaq pm hazaq to be strong Verbs with o-imperfects have a in the prefixal element (except in 1st pers. sing.); those with a-imperfects have e. The imperfect in each of these main types has developed a secondary vowel after (under) the guttural root consonant. In inflection the Rule of Shew a must apply: thus, expected n&jF ya'amadu becomes nair ya'amdii (note retention of d), and similarly elsewhere : "rasr ya'amod nair ya'amdii than tďůmod rui&sjn la'amodnah lasn ta'amod HDSn ta'amdd "lasn ta'amdi nJi&sri la'amodnah ihm 'e'emod -raw na'amdd PIIX. yehezaq iptrr yehezqu plpri lehezaq napjnn tehezdqndb PIDP lehezaq ipmri tehezqii TIBP tehezqi rUj??nn tehezdqnah 'ehezaq pm: nehezaq The inflection of the imperative offers no special problems: urn lesson 25] láv 'ábod '"ny 'ibdi 113jj 'ibdú nii3iJ 'áhódnáh pm házaq ""pTn hizqi 1pm hizqfi napto hazáqnah There are several verbs where no secondary vowel is present. The inflection, except for the vowel of the preformative, follows the regular pattern of or "ra=>:- E-S- atfrr yahsob he will reckon linn telidar you will honor ,3itfrr yahšabú they will-reckon The verb Ntín.both I-gutt. and lll-Alepb, combines the features of each type: Hůn; yehěla iNOtT. yehel'u Ktpnn tehělá' n?KÉ™ tehě{ě(')nah KOTPi telwta isonp tehet'u -Norin iehe;'t nařtónn iehěté(')ntih KonK 'ehě',á' Koná nehěla 104. The Segholates (cont.) The main types of segholates are slightly modified when gutturals occur in the root. (a) Guttural in first position: only the type 1DÓ is affected ; the characteristic vowel is e instead of /': lip iij& ^ns n"'-pii! Tjs fl0^ (b) Guttural in second root position: -isň nsj n»l ansa 'ip young man Tils? n?*~i.B:? 0315» iK'n iKň nttn no pi. attested form a?1«i> Note especially the forms before the heavy suffixes and -/ca. (c) Guttural in third root position: ani lint nai mi D'STll * tl "¥1T Tja-ii □a^-iT □3J71T m3i D"rO] m3T 'ID?! Dpmrn B3rj31 INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW LESSON 25] mu "Tis mnns nims Denims way (f.) 105. Vocabulary 25. Nouns Verbs: tra atf nnrj Other: ma—H rm Aara/i (pi. -d{) distress, trouble [The first vowel is not reduced; constr. ma] nit? gsberet (pi. not attested) mistress, lady [With suff. Tonga ] n-js) '&/rrris nav (a) mm npn-ns ořs xa-uhn; (9) mm nisa-ns navi) sb (10) aé 'iasr|rVs (11) ftx pnsrrns narft© (12) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. Where is your sister? 2. Do not sin against the Lord. 3. Do not kill those men. 4. Send me my books. 5. Gather the priests and the prophets. 6. Do not cross over toward the Negev. 7. Sell these vessels. 8. Redeem your servant. 9. Send your maidservants to me. 10. Abandon your sinful ways. [116] (c) Translate: .Tans !jnfc WiiE'Tli ft-fja row ftip-bs ucron (1) .aannaa nai-rVK aas/auň nb nasn (2) .a;n--rsj laaýj ynšn-nřt iaiřj (3) .3ti' a-aurn a-snn B^asn-ns 'fiiHrji rtnnrj 33ns (4) .rftŘn a'nanp oiy^K "tfrinNi 'la^ aarrns T3^ ^ .aftn nbnfi niián aas? (c) .op-'iftK niT1? ispnri s1? (7) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. I shall abandon my flock and return to the city. 2. They will serve the Lord all the days of their life. 3. I shall ride to the city on my donkey so that 1 may sell this property. 4. Because of you they will kill me and take my possessions for them (selves). 5. His sister is beautiful in appearance. 6. At that time the Canaanite dwelt east of this place up to the desert. 7. He is an old man and has no offspring. 8. I am afraid of you and your men. (e) Reading: Sarah and Hagar nnnoitf nirrns mw nana '.nan naiirt rrnsa nnow a1?! ft rnV vítr nrnax nvik rnto .nnnn xvn HjmftK arms «3 -.rwtf? ft fto'K annas'? mnsan .nan nrnn ,a nnsn nuisp n-ro1? nnn .nná-ran rnarn nrnaa rnto ■"lea nan rwT njn-n« rni> nnpw nan qs^sn nas .na-iaa 'Bilfj jTftij nnk ks» mrr -rjifta :mm ^sba nb nax .nnňá ,pas T^naa rnto ■■asp nan nnas .ro'pn ns rtaflri nxs .^nns-bs mrr sratf t$ "xnpn rn'j* nx nwx jarj nttf-m? .^rnaa-bx *wm nnax "emomdh 109. Vocabulary 26. Nouns: iyi beged ("^a; pi. -hh) garment "lUtl? .war (pi. -ini) gate (of a city or large building); also refers to the space inside the city gate used by officials for public meetings. ton 'ash (pi. -mi) prisoner Verbs : tax 'abad (lax') to perish, be destroyed, die inx 'Ska? (inx*) or (inx.".) to seize, grasp, take hold of idx 'asar (ibxj) to bind, fetter, take prisoner anx 'Shah tonX') to love S-\pr qara' (a-ip;1) nns pd/aMnnp?) 130 sdgar hap?) Via gddal (bir) lesson 26] to tear, rend to open to close to be/become great; to grow up, reach maturity Exercises: (a) Translate: nasEix (l) til ".i rw"n? (2) isr (3) n-jatra U) nnawx (s) "lira ... rtnp (e) -an?]... -trip (7) onsnifi... rati (s) onyTi... maw (9) watprn .., nas; (10) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. Let us make a treaty. 2. Let him eat the fish. 3. Let us seize their property. 4. Let him smash the tablets of stone. 5. Let us chose a king for ourselves ( = us). 6. May his name become great throughout ( = in) the entire land. 7. May they hear our words and know that we are good men. 8. Let me hear the words which the prophet spoke. (c) Translate: .nairnx wanton noxi -run iaxh nnxn vnaa-nx (1) (2) (3) (-1) (5) (B) (7) (8) .□anx unm aanx nxsa1-]? nnnri way nnn-iai t»n "i»i?_nx innD? npvaa .nw tjxt nanbarrVx inx nnV?? .naiiin Dnx nnnpVi anx npx .ir^y ^xn xa's Tsn is#-nx nso ,?|i5x-nxi Tjax-nx anxn ury? f% "3 B'S^in nax< bip-bx Drisntp xb *s oa^a-nxi asm wrhv «tmi xa s?t dv ix^an -iax»i .rninn rristrnx Drnatf x*?i ix^ai •inx? 'son-nx ^ nn:i 5ft «]of n -an-nx trig (9) ,tr§Vn fjisra ibpxh x1? (10) .na|a ntiffp rniasn Tpfirrbx n-jaNi (11) .□nnx1? inx oral antn-nx nnx*1 (12) ■ -: t : it : t t - v -: (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. Let us close the gates and remain ( = dwell) in the city until morning. 2. Why did he break the tablets and say that we had sinned against the Lord? [120] [121] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 3. Remember (m. pi.) these words lest you sin. 4. He loved the woman because she was beautiful in appearance. 5. They will tear their garments on that day, for the enemy will bind them and they will go with the other prisoners to another country and dwell there (for) many years. LESSON 27 110. Temporal Clauses and Phrases, Within a narrative sequence temporal modifiers are very frequently placed before the clause they modify and are introduced by waw-conversive -I- a form of the verb n;n. In the past tense narrative this is uniformly "T^J wayhl ('TP yalu is the imperfect form of rrn) and in the future (or habitual/durative) narrative it is njni wahayah. The temporal clause is then followed by the expected sequential form of the main narrative. Study the following examples carefully (all are to be taken as though imbedded in a narrative): "tj^sfe -rn and in the morning he sent... .Mp snfflai rMn D'lain "TJJJ TH and after these things he heard a voice... ... Kip^i am nsn "iu>K3 th and when he saw them he cried out... nV^tri anrnrrnN lyaijin "3 rrrn and whenever you hear these words you ... Dn")3|i shall remember... ... □nNS,i "ipf? rrrn and in the morning you shall go forth ... Note that either a clause or prepositional phrase may occur in this position. The most frequently met conjunctions are "lira? (when, as), and '3 (when, whenever). Time words such as or, mv , ns (time) are common with the preposition 3; also fpji (at the end of, after). Rarely a participial clause occurs, requiring the English conjunction "while": ...lap©'] Qiff onaJJ on 'rri and while they were standing there 'hey heard... [122] [123] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 111. Feminine Nouns Ending in -et and -at. These behave much like the segholates in the singular before suffixes: rmi TPT»33 my mistress (cf. nap.) nsn Tin my knowledge rwa wa my shame (cf. yip ) Also to this group belong those nouns with penultimately stressed construct forms: narsVa constr. narrpa w. sufT. Tan1?!?, naxVa nax^a Tax1??: The noun na has the stem na bin- before the suffixes: na my daughter. TWH before suffixes appears as ™x, ^nisx, etc. The attachment of suffixes to the plural stems of these nouns offers no special problems. 112. Nouns of the Type np. It is difficult to formulate rules for this small class of nouns other than to note the replacement of the final long vowel by a consonantal y before the light suffixes in the singular. There is, however, much inconsistency, especially in the formation of the piural. The following sampling of attested forms should enable the student to identify nouns of this class when encountered: •'bs w. sufT. aa"1?? (pi. vessel na -na in? tjns ins rrns fruit nana ann? i;ia ■•317 affliction ' (pi- a- bn) sickness vaifl arsn 113. Vocabulary 27. Nouns: B'aip] zaqunim (pi. only in sing, sense) old age 1X3 ba'er (pi. -or; constr. pi. ninxp) well, pit 'as 'on! (see §112) affliction Verbs: ips paqad(ip&) to keep one's promise or commitment toward; to pay attention to; to visit; to appoint; to pass in review, muster in rd to be bad (cf. an , § 87; root is inn) nyn ta'ah to wander about lost nba Ara/o/f to be depicted, finished, at an end lesson 27] Adverb:]? nnx 'ahčiré kěn afterwards, after this Note the idiom: íjV-na What is the matter with you? Exercises: (a) Translate: •an-ii? pftrrrw nás?] u^s-jik 3isai iaňx nia nnx tti (i) .'jianx *V iri&x itiíxp Tp^x nax-nx Ťn1?©! san ova nsni (2) .n'r'pa abn im afrnrrnx rottn npaa -rn (3) .onx -as "a Bans 'řnaji ijraa 'pip-^N isatiín "a nni (4) .naipn o;an nxa-nx ntn -i»xa n;i (5) .rr^x iax'pa-nx nbm a'jip-nx sail* -ittfxa "rn (o) ■il^n-nK irtpVi ippfc ir:i™ *"»98nt nD TIT?"11!? C^-ii 81rtB n;n? ^ .nrrárí nai^i ntn aiparmn nnnai t]^x Nips -a nni (s) niNann T3i?a aanx nin- tin 'a aa-rs-nx aa^x lapoi xnn nau>3 nni (9) .i1? anxun itrá .inax^aa on'Vx natři "jratyn ava "ni (10) (b) Translate: t3s 'rip (l) inp "sn (2) iinanVa naty (3) inpxVa ov U) Tj'iipi w (5) nnaa na^r (o) ninaiíň ninax (7) "asapn nirtx (8) ansan rán (a) 'wnn naia (10) (c) Write in Hebrew: 1. When they saw liim they called to him. 2. When his life came to an end, they buried him in the grave of his fathers. 3. When you cross the river you will see the land which I am about to give (use participle) to you. 4. Afterward they sent men to Egypt, for there was a famine in the land. 5. On that day you will see him standing before you. 6. When she found the tree she ate some of (lit. from) its fruit. 7. In the evening you shall go out of the city and flee toward the mountain. (d) Reading: Sarah and Hagar (cont.) lis aurnx arnax xnp'i vaipj1? ]3 arnax1? nniy irf£ nax -roxa nnty-nx ipp mrr -]a-nx rnfe nnxn -i»k? 'nji nnsan nan-|a-n» ibh\ biv} pns; ttvs ib nr> niyx •naa-nxi nxin naxrrnx 'una naxV fibtr onnax'? naxni prjsr nap-as naxn n^K-^p :Brnr3n_17X anbx lax*] btwnw iaa naT^s arnax "rsa ixa na^rj sn bm "ia1? naxn-]a-nx-aai ant jtjV xnp^ pnsn -a nbipa saw a-]to t'jr naxh .xin-aa Tjsnt "a ^aa'iyx [/2J] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW iSa tajm -rn "laiDa naxn nmm .nja-nxi "nrrnx arnax inbyn ja-nns »rn h>ip-nx dti^x saip >i(ygi nanxn-1?? aafni arnax a1? |m *wx an^m tr$n saw -a G-HTrrVx .nan T?_?1D nax1? a^rrja rr^x btiVk tjkVb x-)p»i isjiri isaa ns|n-n« dtiVk n;rj .b'fi nxa nan xaani nVftn ana-jri nrw 'm .isx-ay laiaa Notes to the Reading: 1. "drive away" (imperative) 2. "your descendants will be named" 3. "I shall make him into a great nation (goy)" 4. "expelled" 5. "and wept" 6. "fear not!" LESSON 28 114. The Infinitive Construct. Each Hebrew verb has two forms to which the name infinitive is given. One of these, the infinitive absolute, functions more as an adverb and will be dealt with in a later lesson. The other, the infinitive construct, corresponds more closely to the traditional view of an infinitive. The form of the infinitive construct is more or less uniform for those verb classes whose imperfects we have studied up to this lesson. The vowel of the first syllable is a (or with gutturals a or e) and that of the second is o. The infinitive is frequently used with pronominal suffixes, before which the stem is variable. Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct 11'. stiff. Sound trilit. ana aha1; aha aha 'an? I-guttural "rn» ibb ibs hbs II-guttural -ma nna1 nna -ina Ill-guttural satti jíbe7? saw sbí7 "sib* \-Aleph Vax* "?a« ■rax Ul-Aleph msb xsb; xsa xísb ••xsa • 1 T Some inconsistency is found among those verbs which have j-imperfects but which are neither Il/IlI-guttural; this includes stativc verbs like "raa and tlie small group represented by aac? aatř. These are poorly attested for the infinitive construct, but they usually follow the pattern given above. Occasionally there is a form with a, such as aaa? (to lie down), but even here, before suffixes, the normal pattern emerges: "aaE? šokbí. [126] [127] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 115. Some Uses of the Infinitive Construct. The infinitive is by definition a form having both nominal and verbal functions. In the latter role it may have subjects and objects as well as other typically verbal adjuncts. The infinitive, together with its adjuncts, then occupies a nominal function in the total clause. When pronouns form the subject of an infinitive, they are suffixed: 'aro kotbi nana kotbenu my writing ^ana kotbaka} , ... DDana kotbakem '■" , ,: your (m. s.) writing :: T ' , ; ?jana katobka) P3n? kotbaken Tjana kotbek etc. nana kotbam iana kotho iana koxban nana kotbah TIT When the infinitive construct stands before a following noun, that noun may be either the subject or object of the infinitive, although the former is more likely: urKn aha the man's writing (i.e. act of writing) EhK lin killing a man (or) a man's killing The ambiguity of the second example is grammatical as well as semantic. The infinitive is in construct (hence its name) with its subject, as in the first example, but in the second the word SPk should probably be regarded as an object noun (not construct) when it is the object, especially since it requires ns when made definite: ttPK Jin to kill' a man w-£rrn$ rin to kill the man When pronouns are involved with the infinitive construct, the arrangement of subject and object is a little more complicated, but the following examples should make the situation clear: tTKrrnN •-rnri my killing the man ■™ arm lin the man's killing me nninrrnx "natf my observing the law ink '"lau? my observing him T^k iiauf his observing me T21 aha to write a word la^in-ns aha to write the word "la^rrnx ?]ana your writing the word As a unit the infinitival phrase may be sentence subject: nninrrnx rpa» ait; your observing the law is good or it is good that you observe the law [128] LESSON 28] ink ?|«sa-i» until you find him sjjtf Kb I was not able to hear object of a prep.: object of verb: But the most frequent use of the infinitive construct is with the pre-positionsa.a, and1?: (a) With a and a the infinitive is the equivalent of an adverbial (mostly temporal) clause in English: "mrrnx ivatfa when he heard the word nzb "HOi/a when (or while) I stood before him Both prepositions are common in this usage, but with certain verbs, especially yaw and nk"i, a is by far the preferred preposition. There are reasons, founded in the aspectual nature of these verbs, which govern this choice, but a catalog of uses would serve no purpose in an elementary grammar of this sort. The infinitive with 3 or 3 is very frequent in the construction treated in §110: ... ornax vboa Tin and when Abraham heard... ..."bip-nx Tjsjraa*3 n;m and when you hear my voice... (b) With b the inf. construct occurs in a wide variety of complementary and explanatory uses, often with the meaning of purpose, goal, or result: ...saw1? ...ixa They came ... to hear ... ... laV? iVa; Kb They could not capture ... rftaV mrr ■q"n~nk lawn You shall observe the way of the Lord ... pl§ by doing (inf. of niiw) righteousness... (1) n;n -\- b -f Inf. expresses (a) "to be about to" or (b) "to be compelled to": *iip!7 nsfrj n;n The gate was about to close. (2) bv l- noun or pron. f b + Inf. expresses obligation or responsibility: ink xsa1? -by I must find him. (3) rx-i- b + Inf. = "it is not possible (permitted) to": kia'V |'X Entering is forbidden. The infinitive construct is negated with 'nVa : ■"Tsrrnx bax "■nba'p not to eat the fruit n'jwrrnx tpto ''nVa1? not to burn the scroll 116. Final Remarks on Some Noun Types. The only important group of nouns not included in our previous discussions is that comprising nouns ending in -eh. Most of these are derived from roots found in verbs \\\-He and which in an earlier stage of the language were either l\\-Yodh or Wl-Waw. Subsequent contractions and loss have obscured the origins of these forms, and certain coincidental developments within the [129] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW language have led to some formal confusion between singular and plural In the singular these nouns: (1) may follow regular inflection with complete loss of the -eh: me field tito etc. npa staff jjfEi (2) may exhibit a partially distinct set of suffixes, especially -elm in the 3rd pers. sing. ntysa deed rupn cattle (3) or may have suffixal forms like the -im plurals: "apa my cattle my deed For nouns having plurals in -of, such as rnfe and rnna, the occurrence of such forms as 'nto and ,3na as plurals is suspect. Although these may be listed as plurals in concordances and grammars, many such forms are more likely singulars. 117. Vocabulary 28. Verbs: Vb; yakdl to be able; ( + b) to prevail over yen liapes (ybrr) to take delight in; to desire (to do something: + inf.)' bin hiiclal (birr) to cease, stop (intr.); to stop (doing something: + inf.)'" Dri tarn (see §87) to finish, be at an end; to finish (doing something: + inf.) ^dk 'asap Clbtr) to gather Nouns: isfl tow form, appearance nrrop miSteh banquet n3nx 'ahabah love [used as the inf. constr. ofanx] ox 'em (w. suff.lax ; pi. -dt) mother Prepositions frequently used before the infinitive construct: TS7 until HrpJ after 3 when, while Exercises: (a) Translate: n-iinrj-nx ^-jaii? jarbV H) [130] 3 when, as js&b so that, so as to ]»5 because r3-x-nx inns (2) v-asrnx Tj^fiin nbca (3) u'Mp'nx ttrxri vafe? (4) nna nft">33 (5) toa^ri-nx ix-iaa ( T> T> nib 'mh bear TV TV T] nif). descend The verb »T belongs to this group, even though it has an ^-imperfect due to the final root guttural: st sr. »1 n»i know The verb Ns; has slightly different forms because it is also III-Aleplr. xx; ns1; nx riKs tins go forth The verblVri is irregular in also belonging here: $5 $g ^ ^aV go To the second group, represented by -|ur above, belong the verbs ar"t tya1 bt» TT! and the Ul-Aleph verb st nt' nt (n)l7T NT Titp-i inherit - advise - wake up - dry up fear [Note: the noun pint (fear) is normally used as the inf. construct for this verb.] The imperatives and inf. constructs of this group are poorly attested in BH but show the same mixture of the two possible types which vve encountered wjth verbs l-Ntm. The verb "?T has irregular forms with ft in the preformative of the imperfect: &3V Vsw ^Sftn etc. In the class of verbs \-Yodh and in those classes to be treated in the following lessons there is frequently a difference in the imperfect form used with waw-conversive, particularly in the 3rd pers. sing. masc. and fern., the 2nd pers. sing, masc, and the 1st pers. pi. In general the accent on these forms is retracted to an open preformative syllable; e in the stem is replaced by e. A similar instance was met with versus "ISN'T . There are, however, inconsistencies: (a) The change is regular for e-imperfects other than Nx;: atfjji ibk\ iih but ns=j Tin) Tf^fin Nsrq (b) It is not found with the o-imperfects other than stt : s'T^i rp."j but BT5! Several verbs have imperfects formed on the analogy of roots l-Nitn: "is; to fashion imperf. t> (but also, irregularly, ) pa; to pour TiWl to kindle p3?- (but also, irregularly, pan) Given below are the full paradigms of the most frequent types of the class \-Yodh: yyi N!r sit u?t: atfn irVn «sn inn , itfrn aufn Tfbri xxn tig u?rn *S#n Sa%i 1N2n 'inn t?Tn INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW SIN «ir WW ULÍT1 niacin ^=Vn njsin uteri isVn wrn naašn näsln naiffŤn KS3 Sil tPT3 ag KS -1 "3BÍ ■ i -KS • 1 laiji »V ISS IE*"] nj?1? nasi T 1 - 121. Vocabulary 30. Nouns : Di1?» pas Vsä Adjectives: pinn 3inp K säläm peace, well-being; state of one's health. Note the idiom: V oiVii?1? Viw to inquire about the health of 'emeq (w. suff.fjöS , pi. -im) valley, lowland bä'al (pi. -im) lord, master, owner, husband. Frequent in idioms as "one invested with, endowed with," as niaiVn Vsa a dreamer. Also members (pi.) of a guild or profession, as iVsa D^unan professional horsemen. Also a proper name or epithet of a Canaanite deity, rarely applied to God. ralwq distant, far; pinna at a distance, from afar qäröb near, close (to: Vn ) Verbs : Conjunction: 3Tj? qarab (3"ip?) to be near, draw near; approach ( + Vk, V, a) ]tŤ yášěn to sleep Viflii šaal (Vniť) to ask, inquire, request (a thing: nit; a person ns."?, ]a) nas 'anah to answer (a person: n8); + a to testify against Dnů térem or Dióa bsfěrem before, not yet. Usually followed by the imperfect, regardless of the tense required in English: astf? Enó before he had lain down, or he not yet having lain down. Proper Names : Vinte? •jot1 [140] Yišraěl (1) = Jacob; (2) the name of a people Yósěp Joseph Exercises: (a) Translate: naňsa iirm ne a$ ja TjrnVa K3 nVón "o 1ST ■wtr-Vk Tür1? *?3in kV (1) (2) (3) í4) (5) (6) lesson 30] ruin pÄrrnK luíTn (7) nTin Tj (8> Darraa iaip (a) npäa ns1?1? Van (10) Tsna Iks (11) nnk apntiha (12) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. Go forth (m. s.) today. 2. and when we knew 3. She will bear a son. 4. We shall not inherit this land. 5. He will fashion a new vessel. 6. We shall not be afraid of them. 7. and as he went forth 8. Do you know all these things? 9. Let us go down to the Negev. 10. And they went to their country. 11. Let us sit down and eat. 12. And he slept the whole night. (c) Translate: .Vn-ibt -ia© jty1: kV .DiVte1? 'i1? VřwV rVs D'tMxn isnp'i .DnŇ -rvösi Dsn xnpa rrrn (1) (2) (3) Gi) (5) ((i) (7) (a) (9) .DiVn aVrri iV^rr ]iy,3 ■wp ,na# o-aVrt ans "ton pain njn aipana tsa pinn .Tsna ofik iato-rVs-mt inp'i Vs^-nx inn /nk Niten "3 'trwy na t-iairi Bftsin Vkeh .btjVn mrr 'as nriN ?a je^ni asuw aiVara JPajn n:n-nN »9^ ^ygg-Vjf anp .DiVitf1? ^V TiVto "tons rrts xV naV (10) .Tini-Vs-nsi Tjnk naw1? rsNVa-nx niT jri| 13 ^rrga nsnn anpn xV (11) .'afia Vwtfrrna (12) .niinan prisr vra"i onpa Tsrrnx n.3j? (13) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. Who is the husband of that beautiful woman standing near the gate? 2. They came to the city from afar to inquire after the health of the king. 3. The owner of the field came and told us to go to our (own) house(s). U41] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 4. They set out and traveled many days until they found a large and pleasant valley in which they might dwell in peace. 5. Let us hear his words so that we might know the place from which he has come. (e) Reading: Joseph and His Brothers (1) ™ 'iTispi? V2W~]2 ipr ops;; nin'pin rfg$ pita rax nwa r"i§a apir; a^ i1? ntosii i1? Kin trapp? "5? "i^a-^aa ^pr-nx arts ^xniiri ixsa vrjK-ns Din .ofrf'1? *tnsrt ito; xbi ins ixaiin vnx-^aa Drrax anx ins 'a rns wn ^pp naiip vrrx1? maiVnn-nK nri .ns1? ism raxi rrts ^Tirjni?? rr.iafrnai rri»r>rr •jor oVrpi no -i1? ibx*] rax ia -ismph vax-^x-o? =l3»i lna^-'jin vnioii?rr,?» ixjbh .r!s-)A TiaV 'ninnwnV Tfrsi ^axi -as uxiaa siarj .na'pri n;n oibnr: .nam-nx naw raxi inx ixto vrm tt- - t • t: :t r- Notes to the Reading: 1. "seventeen" 2. meaning unknown. Perhaps "a full garment with long sleeves." 3. "to speak to him" 4. "(they) would bow down" 5. "and he told" 6. "Shall we indeed come" 7. "to bow down" [142] LESSON 122. Verbs Ill-He; Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive Construct. This class of verbs is quite uniform in its inflection. The imperfect ends in -eh except where this is replaced by an inflectional ending; the imperative ends in -eh; and the inf. constr. in -dt. Below are the paradigms ofnja , which may be taken as a norm of this class, and several verbs which have other peculiarities in addition to being lU-He: nVy , also I-guttural;nin , also [-guttural but differing in the preformative vowel fromn^a; npa, alsol-Nun; and the slightly irregular verb rrn. Imperfect: to build to ascend to meditate to extend to be Ft|?; rtbir; nvr n?an nVan npn n;nn ™r nann npn mnn 'inn 'pn max rf?s?x npx mnx ib" *7p nrinn nj'Jnn nrpn n^nn man ilsri unn ian rnn m-jan nr§y.n nj^nn nrtbn nVin ijm n-.ru nm FT3H [143] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW lesson 31 ] "% U| iarr nyirj Inf. Constť. niaa niVu nún nim nvn The verb n;n (to live) is inflected like n;n, except that the inf. constr. js vocalized with a in the first syllable: nvn . The two verbs npN(to bake) and nas (to be willing) have imperfects natf and niK\ following the l-Aleph patterning in conjunction with the Ill-He, ' There is a distinct form for the jussive in the singular. It may be thought of as a shortened (or apocopated) form of the imperfect, without the final -ey, but the development of a secondary vowel to resolve the resulting fina| consonant cluster has produced inconsistencies. Here, for reference, is a list of the most important verbs Ill-He with their attested short forms: Perfect Imperfect Jussive i m. .5. i /. s./2 m. s. / C. build naa !?; despise nta weep naa T r I?: reveal nVs be harlot rut naw be done nV-p Var turn njs nap: len acquire m rtar?: É be many nm T r nnŕ drink nntií rtnsr; nipj niPŇ capture nati? aw' U-guttwal: pasture nsn ™T see nto be lost nsn nm; ynň \-guttural: answer nív IVľ juň ascend nV» "??í do nm conceive nnn nnň camp njn "UĎ: TOľ be angry n-iri l-Nun: extend nm no* [144] 153 be ,n« *r|3 live ™ "tv W The importance of these forms lies not so much in their use as jussives but rather in the fact that these short forms are used regularly with waw-conversive in the past narrative sequence: B»h and he made Ijarn and she wept The short forms of the 3rd and 2nd persons are nearly always used; in the first person there is an option between the short and normal forms: naaxj or tiath and I wept Note the sequence form n~n (and he saw), which differs from the jussive NT. There are no cohortatives in -ah for verbs Ill-He. The stem of the inf. construct undergoes no changes with the addition of the pronominal suffixes: "rvua íjniaa my building your building etc. 123. Vocabulary 31. Nouns bor (pi. -or) pit, cistern; fig. the grave re"' (pi. -im) friend, companion [the stem vowel is not changeable: pi. constr. "3?"?; the singular with the 3rd pers. masc. sing, suffix is inin] iimlhh (pi. -ô)_) outer garment, cloak šäpak Ci|bttF) to pour, shed (blood) läpuš (ivsrr) to seize, grab näfäh (ntr) to extend; pitch (tent); turn aside (intr.) bákäh (na:r) to weep, mourn šähat (BrnŤ) to slaughter (usu. of animals) 'attäh (adv.) now, and so then, then req (adj.) empty, worthless, idle Dôtan Dothan, a city about 13 m. north of Shechem Ra'ftben Reuben, first-born son of Jacob (by Leah) Idioms: (1) A plural verb followed by urx and a correlated singular suffix is to be taken distributive^ or reciprocally: ma 91 Verbs: T]Ehi? no: T T naa oni:? Other: nnv th Proper Names : jrrtl 131K-] in1?-1™ B-K Each man went to his (own) house. And they said to one another. (2) The imperative of T^n is frequently used before another imperative or cohortative in a sense difficult to translate. It is more or less an \145] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW invitation or inciting to action, like English "Come on, let's ..." It therefore be omitted often from translation. ins rmrui nb Come on, let's kill him. may (3) An imperative, especially of f?n and other verbs of motion may be followed by the dative pronoun which has no translation value m English: Exercises: (a) Translate: rf? -\b Go! aab wp Travel! nunn aw 133; (i) nix »rr (2) inn ft -irn (3) flftr; bun o:nn fta;j (4) najttfri; tyk (5) am 'nix-is (s) TV -ribs ntoira (7) □JNX-nK onis-ia (8) ibr^ isn (a) n^rms nrwr^s (10) &$&"fts (11) it-rlH DB (12) roan nift (13) nps'parrnK niwift ftp*] (14) ni'nrrnx nix-ft rnrjn ftsg (15) nsna iai7-nK tot (16) nptpai S?aKii a|| (17) D-stji-irj-bs napnftx da) na^im "r-ns npx (19) laiaa nwsrj sruji (20) ]Ksnni "ipana "iontin (21) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. Don't pour the water. 2. Why are you crying? 3. You ask and he will answer. 4. before he created the earth 5. They were afraid to approach. 6. Remember the history of your people. 7. His house is close to the city. 8. I slept the whole night. 9. Her husband left her. 10. The place is too far away for us to see. (c) Translate: mm te'jja a©: xim -ftx -iim? run -ftjrrnx mnft jrra naxrii 111 nfKS aim (1) .v;n 'a:-1?? inx ipin rax rvaa -rasa ^ski ■§} rnrja na1? :i^xn -laxa (2) •n?» row TtfR-Vaa ^as nviK na»b rwr in« |»3 (3) ."•aqK "tix 131S1 ijgj0 --rk »ap (4) .«P90 rj|0^ apatfi o?'3s -Tflsa y-^-rw tawn na| (5) .ft una 1#K nruarrnx np1? Kb" 'p (6) lesson 31 ] •tpa on o?1sn n^"l?V TJ o^tfrj-ftsj *|T-nK no: :n^a-"?8 mm na«'«3 (7) iffiJ vfi«-nK urx wj tfti oyjsB pnS-ftaa awn vm o;6ffn-by ittk .iaipaa tf*8 (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. The men of the city rebuked him because he had not heeded the words of the elders. 2. They are evil men because they have shed blood and sinned against the Lord. 3. And he raised his eyes and saw two men standing near the well. 4. And when she heard these words, she fell to the ground and wept. 5. You shall see and you shall know that the Lord is with us. 6. Heaven and earth are full (of) your (m. s.) glory. 7. Eat and drink for in the morning we shall go forth to battle. (e) Reading: Joseph and his Brothers (2) .apiiip o-sn TfiK jftrj ^gr-bs bvryti: natf-i oatpa arras pra-ns nto-ft vrw 'saji pan basal pinna vrw ink w$ iniaa onx &SKm op^a onx xxn x1? a#K '-ins 'mi ink>«Bf] ink nanna] oVnnsn «3 niaftqn Vsi stTik-^k uph iaax*i anftx anp; .ink rftpx nan mn wiftK} niniaa nrjxp n?xp "^3 wWfl-ftK "n ,ot waon-'rs :arjft^ laK'i onnpT-nN lawn B.K^*! nvi liarji rfiian ink *oftt£i uaa inanp-ns inp'i ink vns-'ys ipr «a «.038 ia fx p,_! iVoto to the Reading: 1. "and he came" 2. ape? with directive -ah 3. "and they threw" 4. Note the asyndetic clause beginning with j*K. [W7] lesson 32] LESSON 32 124. Hollow Verbs (II-Wnw/Yodh): Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive Construct. In the inflection of the perfect (§64) the lexical distinction between verbs U-lVaw and W-Yodh is irrelevant. In the imperfect, however, the stem vowel reflects this distinction and is, indeed, responsible for the classification of the verbs under their respective consonantal types: verbs with H-imperfects are considered W-Waw, and those with /-imperfects as U-Yodh. Neither the waw nor the yodh has a consonantal value in the main inflections of these forms. The two basic types are W-Waw Perfect Op quin ll-Yod/i EKE iim Imperfect normal Dip; yäqiim jussive Dp; yüqöm converted aph wayyáqom normal ETiT vašim jussive Dti>; yäsem converted ooh wayyášem Imperative Inf. Construct Dip qiun Dip qfim D"i' šim arts sum šim Verbs of the second type are unstable, in that the vowel of the infinitive construct vanes between Ú and ?. Some verbs have ? consistently, such asm* (to place) while others have either vowel: f? or fft (to pass the night). Because of this vanation they may be listed in the lexicon under either root [148] Note that the jussive and the form used with K'oir-conversive are distinct. Remember that the jussive forms are limited to the 3rd pers. sing. masc. and fern. The distinctive converted form, with retraction of the accent to the preformative syllable, is commonly found only in these same persons, plus the 2nd pers. masc. sing.; otherwise the converted form is the same as the normal imperfect. Imperfect: yäqiim imp; yäqimni vašim wí; yäsimü oipn taqům nröipn isqumenäh täsim nra^ri ošiměnůh □ipn täqttm laipri täqüinü D'iliFi täsim uri&n tašimň tüqümi nrnipn laqůměnáh täsimi nrö'top. tašiménáh DlpK 'äqfim Dip? näqfim 'äsim D'toJ našim Jussive: Dp; yüqöm oxr yäsem opn täqöm täsim Converted: □p;i wayyáqom wayyášem Dp,™ wattaqom oMi wattňšem °m wattaqom wattušem '»iprii wattäqumi wattäsimi (etc.) (etc.) Cohortative naip'K 'ät/iunäii 'äsimäh naip? näqümäh näiimäh Imperative: Dip quin eey šim qiimi šiini iaip qümü laif? šimii map qomnäli IriMw šémnah] Inf. Construct with ■aip qitini šítmi Suffixes Ť?P qümakä TjniB šúmaka TW qümek law šiiměk (etc.) (etc.) Remarks: 1. Imperfect fern. pi. of the form rnapri taqomnah (instead of nrAipri) also occur. 2. Several verbs, mainly with gutturals ori as the final root consonant, have a instead of o or e in the converted form. E.g. -m; yasftr, but "icn way'yqxar (and he turned aside); nil; yantfit, but mji wayyanali (and he rested). The following verbs belonging to these two principal types have occurred thus far in this text: "13 3B to sojourn to fast to arise ami* to return ■to; dis; Dip; na PS iE? ma; to die ay- to set "liiT to sing [149] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW A few verbs occur with 6 as the characteristic vowel of the imperfect and related forms. The following are the most important of these: Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct xa ba normal hit yuhd' X3 bo' Xi3 bo' jussive xi3; yctbo converted x13j1 wayydbd' ©3 bos ana; yebds ana bos «ha bos ix 'or hix; ra'ofj nix 'or nix Vir Inflection proceeds as above. The variation between 6 and o in these forms is not grammatically significant. Note that the accent is not retracted in xi3»i 125. Vocabulary 32. Nouns: ssá ono pTX Verbs: TVS ri 03 Til Other;nxnpb nan Proper Names: nans ns'pis ■roba mm- [/JO] oéíu' (w. suff. "1ÍS3) profit, gain, advantage. Note the idiom: sxirna What profit is there? saris (pi. irreg. etohd) eunuch, officer. 'dílóti (pi. -im) lord, master. Often used in the plural with singular meaning. šat (rniř) to put, place, set. A synonym of dip. ras (fin;) to run has (on;) to flee /'č/í/í//? (*)tj?) to pursue, chase, persecute (object with -nx or h.nx) qdnub (nap1) to acquire, purchase, buy lic/ra(')t (prep., with surT. -nxnpV etc.) toward, to meet, against hinněli An introductory particle, customarily translated "behold," emphasizing the immediate presence of an object or a fact. In its idiomatic use with nxn it is best omitted from translation: a"X3 o'ttrax npni nxn He saw men coming, (or) He saw that men were coming. But not "He saw, and behold men were coming." par'db the title of the king of Egypt, the Pharaoh pdtipar Potiphar git ad Gilead, a region east of the Jordan River yahůdůh Judah: (1) the fourth son of Jacob, by Leah; (2) the tribe bearing his name; (3) the southern kingdom, as opposed to Israel, the northern kingdom, during the period of the divided monarchy. lesson 32] crbxyiMr yisma'eOlim lshmaelites, a term applied to various little known nomadic groups several times in the OT. Exercises: (a) Translate: .onx ráp »Vi inx Dyn bxwia n;m .oannx itsti orraT* -a íoiá .lamnpb ynn t^xrj 'S .0» iapr -ie>x naparrnx nan .orán ,L?3-nx niii nirn .niyy ■roK-'roa nti>; tot th .ínxnp1? X3 -pán oho nam xti .nnšnnn in» opT|i .IBS "•as1? DHpon-nx ntyj] ."nxnpb X3 wx xnxi B?f!fjsa Tři .vaaVa oiaxi mpxi .npan-ny nb "řjbťi apwx .bpnn-bx anp lafra .iatro-rnx inpV Dnnnx ^Vi (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (B) (it) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. Run to the field. 2. They will flee from their houses. 3. Who will inherit his garden? 4. Where will you buy the cattle? 5. Where did you put my money? 6. Did they chase you? 7. The king's official is very rich. 8. There is no advantage in weeping. 9. We left because of the famine. 10. You shall run and find him. 11. We fled when they burned our houses. (c) Translate the following: inx iaá"l?? « T.nn wr ntván ••aiéň 'aip on1? laspn xb ns maa -3 vsá-na xppn-Vy laňx-nx nirůa (s) pnb 'nVa; vb (s) a&b Vinn (7) (1) (2) (3) (4) am nají (8) inapa inx Qtiň (si) iHifn-bx ibfn ym; do) in"3_l?x vrx trim OHyan (n) ' X3 í|a'x '3 oia (12) iVa* xVi 3iuřb ispri (13) Oty n??1? '('En: 'a (14) INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. And in the morning his companion arose and went to the city. 2. They will slaughter our cattle and burn our vineyards. 3. It is bad to shed blood. 4. They arose and pursued him, but they could not find him. 5. And now, let us choose a king for ourselves ( = us). 6. Where did you put his cloak? 7. Did you know that this vessel is empty? (e) Reading: Joseph Is Taken to Egypt nybm n$a D'townf; =nrnk nam ix-h 'Drrrs wi anb bovb ior mx m .na^sa nijb a^bn 051 B'Vxsai?'1? ink nnpaai la1? ,iamx-nx aina t> s?sa-na naxb vnx-bx n-nrr) toh*i .xin lai^a wfjx icqdlli [nr^n taqctllenab] abx 'mob 303 luisbh bpK 'etjii! "?p3 A second type of imperfect, not infrequent, follows the pattern of verbs l-Nun in the formation of the stem, but there are several optional forms in the inflection: air yissob abn tisxdb 30JFI tissdh ^a'on tissobbi or 'aen tissabl 3bk 'essob lao; yissobhu or lap; yisssbu n:30B tissobncih i3'6n tissobbu or i3pn ti.wbu n:3&n lissdlma/i 3b3 nissob And similarly throughout for ^jr _nV/r/«/ etc. The following further oddities in the inflection of the imperfect are mentioned for reference only: (1) Assimilation to the Hollow Verb inflection is not unknown: thus, e.g., •vxr ydsiid, from the root fife . (2) Inflections like the first given above also have such alternate forms as ftf£.r«/9/« (with reduction) instead of ftp;yeqdllu. E.g. ViPyazatnii (they will consider) for expected la'i; yozonmut. (3) Rarely one encounters forms belonging to the paradigm of still other types, such as ion;, yehemu (they will be warm, root Dan), or n3»fi'n ttsdmncih (you will be devastated, root niw). The imperative and infinitive construct show similar deviations, but the following should be taken as the norm: o-imperfects ci-imperfects Imperative 3D sob subbi 130 sobbu n330 sobndh \ qal qalli qallu nftp_ qdhuih Inf. Construe! 3 b sob -30 subbi T]30 suhbaka ijap subbek, etc. The fern. sing, imperative also occurs with ultimate stress: "fe gozzi (shear), A")ronni (jubilate). Occasionally the inf. construct appears in the pattern of the regular triliteral verb: tto saddd (to devastate), bbvi salol (to plunder), .xilgazdz (to shear). Note the imperfects of on (to be finished): on; orohv st. (to be bad): st lesson 33] 127. Vocabulary 33 Nouns naixa ma'umuh (no pi.) anything; with negative: nothing f]k 'up (w. surf.'Bit ; dual o^s) nose, face, anger. Used as the subject of rnn ; thus idn rnn = ft rntt. The object of the anger is expressed by the preposition a . Verbs: Tjwn hdsok (rjE?n;) to withhold, keep back for oneself |3n tidnan (]h") to favor, be gracious toward Dap siimem (dut or dp;) to be desolated (of places), to be appalled (of persons); act. part. Dpfe desolated. □1 ron-nN ibb Va; 7? (3) rj-ss -mn v~r (rrnx «i*r» (h) ■"a ibk nn5i naf-nH isofea n-i (is) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally. Use infinitival constructions where possible: 1. and when he lay down 2. and when I shall have finished building 3. and when they had become silent 4. so that he might redeem us 5. and when I measured the vessels 6. until our work is finished 7. and when they had chosen a king 8. lest he withhold his blessing from us 9. lest they smash the altar 10. when we came from east of the city 11. because we sinned against the Lord 12. after he had gone forth from the camp [155] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (c) Write in Hebrew: 1. There was a war between the Israelites (lit. sons of Israel) and the Canaanites who were in the land at that time. 2. We will not be able to go forth unless you go forth with us. 3. Let us rejoice in his being gracious toward us and in his giving us deliverance from our enemies. 4. Where will you go and where will you dwell and what will you do? 5. After he had seized our money he ran out of the house. 6. He will give help to those who trust in him, but those who have sinned against him will perish. (d) Reading: Joseph and Potiphar's Wife nN"i» at? n;n Nin '3 "^pi—V« in-ry-rw na'aia ton xtipn nbkrr anrnrj ins tpi ,w til •wftrVs-ns -pa ]ra -rnj ttffa nmh nov sjKop /as naaej svVsj ihiQn tri ton bs ntfsa Tjn« dr 5a n»i8» mfa ^]?rr sVi ,njn n;aa ^aa bin* erjj ]-n TiKpm nNirj nbiian nsnn ntoR snjrj dvto »|j3 nay ni-n1? nbss 33b1? rr<$K uatt «bi =av ar ^ov-bs 'anana wj i-ibr1? niaa ink wsnni n?ia atf n'an ■■BfeKa i^s p«i inpR^a nto1? nrran Ra»i .nxtfin rs3 oa|j nra vtaa atsri /ay napp hsr| DnV nakfi] nrpa -tiixb Rnpni naiftrj or] nra ilia-rot atv arikna th ilia ail?!] "Wp-ns iyaiito 'rip bits bipa R"ipR] -a? apti*1? nayrj taSri 'Vk Ha in-) .nsiiin rs;j oin ^sk imk ■'-1.3'7-nN iyatfp Tip rr?kn o'-ma tVr-bi nakni nrran ntfk kiaa 'rn .ati ~]b$T) "tdn itfs aipaa ink inn ipi—ns ripj] ia« -inji Veto fo ffe Reading: Obviously an amatory gesture, "(he) refused" "because" "when she spoke" Repetition of a noun to express distributive notion: every day, day after day. "on a certain day." The unusual form of the preposition ka is due to its idiomatic usage in this phrase, where it means literally "about, approximately." [156] LESSON 34 128. The Passive Participle. The passive participle, a verbal adjective, is formed on the pattern a-u with all verba! root types except those W-WawjYodh. Perfect Passive Participle Infinitive .-1 bsolut ans ama kiititb written aina kätöb a;» ans 'aziib abandoned aim 'äzöb -irra -una bäljiir chosen Tina bälwr ubti mbw salvCI) sent niVff sdlö'/i bi« "tor 'äkfil eaten bias 'ciköl »aa nä(iy" planted Sfiaj nätö"' klM Riifj näsu raised up nie: näsö' ST sit yäcjiT known SIT yädö"' aao aiap säbüb surrounded aiap säbäb n;a «aa bänüy built naa banöh (Dip) [gum) Dip qom ati (trti) (Um) placed Oiff söm Because of semantic incompatibility the form is not usually found with verbs having stative or intransitive meanings. The generally intransitive character of verbs ll-Waw/Yodh makes the occurrence of a passive participle in that class rare and open to question; the forms bm mid (circumcised) and ay sun (placed) are often quoted as examples. [157] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW The slem forms as given above call for little comment. Note the Furtive pataft in roots Ill-guttural and the final yodh in roots Wl-Hě. As an adjective the participle is tenseless, but bears the connotation of completed action. In English, therefore, a relative clause with a perfect or preterite verb is often required in translation: jnrrn w'xn the slain man, the man who was slain amari "isón the written book, the book which was written The participle as a predicate adjective has the same properties as other adjectives in this position (§23). E.g. jnrj W'xrj The man is/was/has been slain. gains its tense from the context in which it occurs and not from the participle itself. The addition of a prepositional phrase to express an agent, as in "the man who was slain by his enemies," is virtually unknown in Hebrew, but like any adjective it may be in construct with a following qualifying noun: b'X npniy -py a city which has been burned with fire The participle need not be in the construct state: ann^>arj -mr\ a man girded with the weapons of war 129. The Infinitive Absolute. The infinitive absolute, whose forms are given in the preceding paragraph, is not inflected. It is primarily an adverb whose main uses are as follows: (1) It is placed before or after a finite verbal form to emphasize the verbal idea in some way. The English translation of this construction will vary from context to context, often requiring the use of adverbs such as "surely, certainly, indeed" or the like. E.g. "■msa-nx naw'n -iiaw You shall indeed observe my commandments. TjriaN e viewed thus as an uninfected substitute for a finite form: rim] T/lfn nr^a-nx All this have I seen and (I have) applied ..nwya-1"1? "a1?-™* C't- given) my attention (lit. heart) to every deed ... (4) The use described in (3) gives an almost independent status to the infinitive. For reasons that are quite obscure, instances occur in which the inf. absolute is used instead of a finite verb, nor is it clearly dependent on any other verb in a given clause. Note the following imperative uses: mxarrbs-nx "iiaw Observe the entire commandment, ntn Di'n-nx liaj Remember this day. □Wn? ■'HTy'3 nH-ipji :]t>n Go and cry into the ears of Jerusalem. 130. The Numbers from 3 to 10. The numbers from three to ten have two forms: a feminine in -ah which is used to modify masculine nouns and an endingless form used to modify feminine nouns: masc. modifier fern, modifier absolute construct absolute construct three nwbw s.ilosah r.w'jw' saldset Salos wbv saldS four rtya-iN 'arba'dh nyS-]X 'arbaat aanx 'arba sanx 'arba' five nwan hamiSSah. Twhrx hameset wan homes wan homes six nww sisSah nw'w seset TO Ses ww ses seven nyaw sib'ah nyaw sib'at yaw seba' s?af seba' eight maw samdnah maw samonat maw samdneh nsbw 'samoneh nine nsw'n tisah nswn tis'at swn tesa' 5$?| tesa' ten nnws "dsarah rnws 'aserei -i|>£ 'eser i|$ 'eser The absolute forms normally precede the noun, which is in the plural: trwa »aw seven women D'HK nyaw seven men rrns V2§ seven cows D'KP nyaw seven days The construct forms are used before the noun, which may be either definite or indefinite: trmx tvtňti three men D^waxri nw^w the three men [159] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Numbers may occur before collective nouns in the singular: "»i?a nsat? seven (head of) cattle On^ nsats seven (loaves of) bread a?i nsa» seven (units of) chariotry 131. Vocabulary 34. Nouns: f|? c/e.v (no pi.) end; ypa at the end of (usually + time word) nsj? qaseh (no pi.) end, border, outskirts; "spa at the end of ( + time or place) rns parah (pi. -nf) cow, heifer nsif sapaVt (dual a?nsip; du. constr. -npto ) lip, edge; language □an /w/v-fflH (pi, -im) a wise person (also used as an adjective) in; ya'dr the Nile (usually with article); river (in general) Verbs: [yp_; yogas] (rp_") to wake up (not attested in the perfect) Exercises: (a) Translate: maan Dsn (1) D'annn D-anan (2) □niaiz; oftan (3) mnij? Dian (4) Dnn«n D^sunn (s) ainan lanrj (g) nftiyn •nxan (7) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: D^moan a'issn (b) -110N TpNn (9) D'Nnpn Dnasn (10) n^aan msn (11) -nap -ism (12) D"-iiai? ninftn (13) nomtfn nnan (14) 1. six men (birds, vessels, women, maidservants, females) 2. three stones (images, masters) 3. five asses (horses, camels, altars) 4. eight prisoners (Canaanites, Egyptians, offerings) 5. the seven plagues, the seven cattle, the nine loaves of bread (c) Translate: naai mftn w-Nn (1) 'as nNon-nN «rr$n nin (2) *it§ ft inn rinan (3) nait>n ov-nN mat (4) la-i-ra-nN n&sn nips (5) -nisa-ns maun ftip-bN nsaisn (g) nan ^ap1? Dpna*ftaa matfn sft niati? (7) ^Jab ?iaNi ■'as Kiaa Nian (s) aiun nt urxn ns; (9) D?™n ,a,-17a oa'aan -m-nx inairn ift niatf (10) [160] lesson 34] (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. You shall surely remember these things until the end of your life. 2. We sat down weeping on the bank of the river. 3. When we raised our voice(s), he woke up and came near so that he could hear all that we (were) saying. 4. Are you wiser than we? 5. And at the end of three years he left us and returned to his (own) land. 6. At that time there was one language in all the earth. 7. Why have you withheld your help from me? (e) Reading: Joseph as an Interpreter of Dreams ■raft?? TH nN nine tr-ip .mn |p -in? ->t?N? Tn iaftrrnN ft nnp siai -Hps -isi ifa -nsite -axi =inN rx intfl -npbrt Dftn :iftx nax'1 no^ftx s"!P;'j n&li rftJs'S .ins inp1? Dibn 'saitin nmb .nsn? Dib»-nN man ""ffi&KB being none of the household present (Gen. 39:11) It is difficult to distinguish between circumstantial usage of such clauses and (c) Explanatory or parenthetical use, where disjunctive clauses break into the main narrative to supply information relevant to or necessary for the narrative. For example, in I Sam. 1:9, between the narrative clauses "Hannah arose ... and prayed" we find the explanatory disjunction nnm-7» XDsrr Vs at?' irian 'Van (Now Eli the priest was sitting on the seat iffsa rna s-rti mm Van by the door post of the temple of Yahweh; and she (Hannah) was bitter of spirit) The inserted information characterizes her mood at prayer and also explains how Eli happened to notice her. Likewise, In Gen. 29:16, the conversation between Jacob and Laban is interrupted with the clause ...niaa ,nte jaVVi (Now Laban had two daughters...) to explain the reference to Rachel given in the next clause belonging to the main narrative: "and he (Jacob) said, 'I will serve you seven years for your youngest daughter Rachel.'" These are but two examples selected at random from the hundreds of such instances. (d) Terminative or Initial, indicating either the completion of one episode or the beginning of another. The following examples are taken from the beginnings of several chapters in Genesis; the chapter divisions often correspond to initial disjunctive clauses in the Hebrew: . ..any mn tffnarn Now the serpent was more subtle.. .(3:1) ...nirrnx am Q-ixm Now the man knew Eve ... (4, 1) ...T? nT> Kb anax m& njjn Now Sarah, the wife of Abram, had not borne him a child ... (16:1) ...n»K -iM3 rnsrns ips mn1] Now the Lord attended Sarah as he had said... (21:1) It is interesting to note that a disjunction may be preceded by a temporal clause. In this case the disjunction must be understood as applying before the clause with 'mi: [164] LESSON 35] O'nbsm nb&rt anann inx 'mi Now after these things, God tested BrnaK-nx nsa Abraham (22:1) Because a new episode may always be introduced, like a new paragraph, with no conjunction at all, such as ■nm iai mn nbkn anain -inx After these things the word of the Lord i i i - : t t v " t • t : - -- anax-Vx came to Abram (15:1) we not unexpectedly find a mixing of the two styles: mTr?n ...Vsnfg -n'? "mi In the days of Amraphel they made war... (14:1) A third type of ira-clause, conjunctive but non-sec/uential, will be considered in a later lesson. 133. & andrs. As predicators of existence and non-existence these two words approximate a verbal function in Hebrew, serving almost as tenseless forms of the verb "to be." It is hardly surprising, therefore, that these words are found inflected for number and gender by the addition of pronominal endings, rare in the case of izr, but common with px . SING. pl. SING. PL. 1c -arx 'enenni larx 'enenrtu 2m sjifi yesku aatr yeskem 'enakd oafK 'mskem 2f 'enek 3m last ye'sna laa'X 'eneimti arx 'enam 3f narx 'enennah The rare inflected forms of aft are found almost exclusively after the conjunction DX (if), as in TDft DTO aaur-DK If you act properly ... and may be regarded simply as optional replacements for the simple pronouns, Ton Biffs anx-ax The inflected forms of J"H have a wider range of usage: (a) Negative existential with nominal or pronominal subject: layx he is not (he does not exist) 13PK iVfn The boy is not (here). Note that the inflected form is used regularly after a definite nominal subject. The quoted example is equivalent to i'rn pK. [165] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (b) Negation of sentences with participial predicates (very common): 3rp 'iIpr I am not writing. d'bt orx D'iMKn The men do not know. (c) More rarely ps alternates with K7 in the negation of sentences with adjectival or adverbial predicates: iv^a iars iron The man is not in the house, rqrtu nai's -tor nanaa the animal which is not ritualfy pure 134. Vocabulary 35. Nouns: 73R 'okel (w. suff.ftps ; no pi.) food nris? 'erwah (no pi.) shame, nakedness Adjectives: piaa nabCm intelligent, discerning (cf. na'a) 15 ken honest, true Vekus : atr imperf. aB"1;; perfect not used.To go well, used impersonally withV , as in ft ap-^ It will go well with me. ayn ra'eb (3»"!") to be hungry rrn Ifiyah (a;n?) to live, be alive mp (/c/ra/; (nip;) to meet, encounter, befall. This verb appears also as *npT r/f/n/' (Hnp'); the forms of the two types are sometimes mixed up. Other: pn rat? (adv.) only Note on ordinals: eighth -rati; ninth 'STyri; tenth nips. Exercises: (a) Translate: .-prig 3»nn-]D an|n-rK np_ (1) .nina psa1? nnnn lapai Tsrrns nanya b) .nkTi nsiyfts anas am d'trasn -aiff-ns np'i .nan ispag nyi ins snpn jd ?prw-as Tjn .mnft yt| -nni np^wn n'Ty-nR Kfern npa ktji 73wr7R ntysn ■sftjj" .d^iihtp -tor pan m mm ins lanrpi ins irarn vins toti .tj1? d:pk arn mn npgn-ns npfsii> nrft .n3R' Qftnni d,-ii,^s7i7 3p" (s) .n^n d'-iina lafts ias»i nanan-7K d'pVn lanasi lafis nnpT (9) /nins ijrs 'a cry-p orK a^asn (10) irp.Tni d'fiiun nnn -m>n cran rail fffion-fty -iu?r a^an-pa ypnn-ns am (11) .trto sin .□•sun p"i -psa p'lii ots pg (12) .db ra'aas p-j ,ni33 ps (13) [766] lesson 35] (h) Reading: The Famine in Egypt and Canaan Kin pap;] a;nsa pJrVs ins nan nam paa OTs nana irt| nnyi :n,pT ibs'I -IB va$V pft'? =TiiprPl? ba'ftn n>rri nVrtn nisaa niaiDn n^m Vp'sftp-nR rtfiKi .aina pnftn nash K7i a^xa p-iSa nr;nn ifR 3y->n aids nam piaa ps iipvfts nins -ibr'i riaS"5?! Tyai nins 'rsa "lana Sa*] 'pna'nsn »«jp^-^ nine "ibk'i ,5|aa Vnas wppa pn .-ay-Vyi 'rrs-^y h;rjn nns .ETisa pjfJrVaHjy ^ns Dnft n;n pj^a pnft-Vaai niansnftas asn 'rn niaion q*i&t\ s3# -ins ti;i 13V tortaa-VaV nine nas'i enV? nsns-Vs ayn pus'i oft.sa pnS-^a asiri] y-isri-731 pftn 'ip-bsftu ?ra asnrn ,wyn 03b tbk* iBK:-7a-ns ,«]er-7K 'nvV? n|ri :vaaV apv; nasn d^saa an^ w! 'p apsr kv\ arj5 niap1? aa^sa is| .maa rVi n'nai atfa iaH> iapi na» rn .a^saa arft «5 'a ^0/« //ie Reading: 1. in the sense "choose" 2. "storage supply" 3. Supply "in regard to" before sp?n. [167] LESSON 36] LESSON 36 135. nan. The word nan, traditionally translated as "behold," is very frequent in Hebrew prose and deserves special attention in translation. The retention of archaic expressions like "behold" even in the RSV merely points up the translators' refusal to come to grips with the meaning and syntactic functions of nan in terms of modern English correspondents. There is, of course, some difficulty in this, but it is hoped that the following discussion will enable the reader to translate this word more accurately. (1) The clearest and most basic use of nan is as a predicator of existence. It differs from ttf; in that it emphasizes the immediacy, the here-and-now-ness, of the situation. In this usage inflected forms are common: SINGULAR PLURAL lc 2m 2f 3m 3f 'äln/'ian hinani (hinnennt) Tjan himwka ^iTt hinnek ian hinnö lapri /laan hinami (hiiinenmt) D3an hinmkem □an hinnäm Examples: ■■aan Here I am. (Answer to question or address) arxri nan Here is the man. Tjnfes nan Here is your wife. [168] (2) nan may also be used to add this same nuance to sentences with adverbial, adjectival, or participial predicates. Thus, sentences such as n'33 'as become rraa van 1 am here (now) in the house. Examples: nnapri rv?v fan nan Your father-in-law is now on his way up to Timnah. nbh TpfiK nan Your father is now ill. rjfts sn ^aa nan Your son is now coming to you. ^iob yT&n nan The land is here before you. It may also be prefixed to verbal sentences, adding to the vividness or importance of the fact stated: nan ins a^att nan Some men have just come here. Most M/mtVi-clauses occur in direct speech (this excludes wahinneh; see below) and serve to introduce a fact upon which a following statement or command is based. It becomes important, therefore, to consider each hinneh-clause together with the type of clause that follows it, i.e. whether they stand in a conjunctive or disjunctive relationship. Among the most frequent conjunctive-sequential types are: (1) hinneli-CLAUSE -r imperative. The absence of W3- before the imperative marks this as a rather special construction. If desired, the hinneh-clause may be subordinated in English. TX2 1nn?t?' nin Your handmaid is in your charge; do to her... Or: Since your handmaid is etc. (Gen. 16:6) I have heard that there are rations in Egypt; go down there and ... (Gen. 42:2) •of "tfj ^ "■naätj nan ...natf-rn n-nsaa The semantic movement from one clause to the other is clear. Sometimes this can be made clear in the English by the subordination suggested; sometime the use of "so" or "therefore" in the second clause is recommended. The imperative may be preceded by nr>S or nnsi: sa ...niaVrin baa nan Here comes the dreamer. Come on, now, let's inlhnana1? nns?i kill him. (Gen. 37:19) nnjj ••.nap.t nris nan You have grown old. So set a king over us... !..7|b?ii31J-na-'i!? (I Sam. 8:5) (2) hinneli-CLAVSE 4- converted perfect. This formula is an instance of type (lc) discussed in the previous lesson. Tt*m t[pk "rVH3 nan ■qg My covenant is with you and you shall become cria pan as1? father of a throng of nations... (Gen. 17:4) Or: Because my covenant is (will be)... [169] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW "nanai eras tra; nan Days are coming when I shall cut off your isirnx strength ... (I Sam. 2:31) (3) /;m«e/i-clause + disjunctive clause. There are several types of less frequent constructions under this heading, mostly conforming to the uses of the disjunctive relationship treated in the preceding lesson, but slightly modified by the initial hinneh: ...ins maia run Although I have blessed him (i.e. Ishmael), my pmr-nK a-px Wia-rim covenant will I establish with Isaac . . . (Gen. 17:20^21) nun mm a-sBm s>xn nan Here are the fire and the wood, but where is the lamb? (Gen. 22:7) ...mob T|bin "pas nan Since I am practically dead, of what use to me rnaa -b nrnab} is a birthright? (Gen. 25:32) In a number of instances the use of a future disjunctive clause after hinneh + participle seems to require that the participial clause be rendered in a completed sense: ..napa n» 'aiK nail When 1 have died, you shall bury me in my "anapn grave .. . (Gen. 50:5) .0"K3 unas nan When we come ..., you shall tie the thread . ■niypn ...tain nipn-nK (Jos. 2:18) We have already noted the very frequent idiomatic use of nam after nxnand other verbs of perception, nam may also be used to introduce a circumstantial clause, sometimes without an explicit subject: Tai? nam ffl-KrrbK Kan He came to the man while (he was) standing D'baarrba by the camels. (Gen. 24:30) nan narrt )Dpn nxeJ Tia There remains yet the youngest, tending the ]Ksa sheep. (I Sam. 16:11) 136. xa and xa-nan. The particle x: is frequently attached to imperatives, jussives, and cohortatives. It is traditionally known as a precative particle, translated as "please, I pray" or the like. In actual fact, however, there is little support for this rather vague rendering. The particle seems rather to denote that the command in question is a logical consequence, either of an immediately preceding statement or of the genera! situation in which it is uttered. As a modal particle its occurrence cannot be predicted; when it does occur, however, it would appear to show that the speaker regards his command as consequent upon his former statement or, as we have said, upon the context. It would seem natural therefore to find such a particle used in the clause following a hinneh clause, because [170] lesson 36] the hinneh clause is precisely the kind of statement out of which an imperative emerges. This close relationship is signalled even more explicitly in Hebrew by appending Xl both to the hinneh and to the following imperative: rrba mm "ansa xa-nan Because the Lord has prevented mc from bearing mnpitf-bx xa_xa a child, go to my handmaid ... (Gen. 16:2) ainab tarn npn xa nan Since the day has drawn to a close, spend the xa-wb night here. (Judges 19:9) Otherwise hinneh-na conforms to the categories given for hinneh alone. E.g. „,m Tj^aa xsa Ka-nan Even though your servant has found favor..., ubanb baix Kb "aim 1 am nevertheless unable to escape . .. (Gen. 19:19) . ,.aio man auha Ka-nan Even though the site of the city is good..., ws~\ cram the waters arc bad ... (II Kings 2:19) j 37. Tia and mK. In verbal sentences Tia is used as a simple adverb in the sense of "again, still, yet, once more": bax'i Tia aw; He sal down again and ate. nnx aibn nia nbmi And he dreamed still another dream. But ma , like nan, may be inflected and used as a predicator of existence, with the nuance of "to still be, to yet be." SING. plural lc "ama/nia 'ôeji or 'ôcjéniú 2m 5jtíb 'ôdakä 2f 'ôdäk 3m unia 'ôdénnú 3f nama 'ôdénnäh BtiS 'ôdäm Examples: as lania He is still there, mm upb naa laiia onnaK Abraham is still standing before the Lord, m "ania I am still alive. TJ ripi'' TiB Joseph is still alive, an nan Tia The people are still too many, nx Dab man Do you have yet another brother? These examples show clearly that lis, like nan, may be extended from purely existential predication to use in other types of non-verbal sentences. A special use of Tia and Tiaa is found in the temporal expressions [171] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW lesson 36] wvs tzJan "ris in yet five years, for five more years era; n0t|J Tii73 in yet three days, after three more days Tj nVn Tiy3 while the boy was still alive aya Tis? in just a little while, shortly, soon Such expressions were originally non-verbal sentences, first used circumstantially: there are still five years -* there being still five years and then incorporated as units into another clause, thus being reduced t0 phrase rather than clause status. Tis?a would then be comparable to a + n^, infinitive construct of n;n. Tjs with a negative is translated "never again no longer." Occasionally rrK (where?) is found with subject suffixes similar to the preceding; attested forms are nsjx (2 m. s.), i'X (3 m. s.), a;x (3 m. pi.). 138. Vocabulary 36. Nouns: bana maraggel(pi. -im) spy, scout riON 'i'met (w. surf, ttox ; no pi.) truth Verbs: jna balum (}ny) to test, try, examine Other: Tj hay J a form of TJ (living) or O^rt (life) used before proper TJ he nouns in an oath: DTjbx TJ as God lives, nins 'n as Pharaoh lives; cf. ax below. oh 'im (conj.) if; note the full oath formula: hay I he X 'im + imperf., where dx has a negative force. E.g. .„08""3 n;a Wqsjl as nin:D Tj As the Pharaoh lives, you shall not leave here unless . . . -"?2 kull- all, every one of. Used with pronominal suffixes, in apposition: oV^ avMxn all of the men (lit. the men, all of them). sing. plural .teuri^V Ki fn (3) .•vss on1? f'Ki box xsa1? Vaw nlJ1K (4) .asm ri3i bts n;_7im """pip-Vx k3 saw (5) •nnnn 0: 'lifts (e) ,3571?-|s *73x 13*7 n3p (7) .Tsnx-bx Tjbi np ?jni?k nan (s) .nbina is» niu raa (a) .rtaarn nra vj1? jna ••aan do) .rnnx tjin tj?!?1? rria mr)x nan (it) .nsim of nt "a »t sj$wg (12) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. Our mother is still here in the house. 2. Here comes your brother. 3. I am not going to go up to the city. 4. There is still a fire in the mountains. 5. The men are not eating. 6. Where are the vessels which you fashioned? 7. We are not walking. 8. On the 9th day we rode to the end of the road. 9. Are you still hungry? 10. All of us were poor. (c) Translate: .^BSJ-bKi ^s-jN-bK sa aitf na Tix xa-nan d) fpjrrbx aio ins ns onngn vnrw\ nai xa-nan jjrajrrVK ^gn na«'i (2) .Dn-1313 T^rn xa itj: .ktj ^ninK -a Pinix txi ntj ?|rrox nan (3) .afriea na a? zmb nanp nxtn Tim Ka-nan (7) lc 2m 2f 3m 3f ?fff (kitlhkd) T>3 Ar»//e/f, -oA: labs kullmm 0p^3 kulfakem aba Aru//om Exercises: (a) Translate: [172] .TJ U'iil? Tp3X (1) .,3is na*« lontan nax'i (2) (d) Write in Hebrew. Use W/iw/j-clauses when possible. 1. Although our food is still plentiful (much), we cannot give you any of it. 2. Because your father has died, I shall send you to live (dwell) with your eldest (lit. great) brother. 3. Although I am here beside you, you cannot see me. 4. Now that you have come, sit down and eat with us. 5. Since we are sojourning here, let us tell them that we are rich so that it will go well with us. [173] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 6. Seeing that righteousness and truth have perished in the land, let us seek help from our God so that he will send us deliverance. 7. As the king lives, you shall not enter here before evening. (e) Reading: Joseph Receives his Brothers in Egypt. rrjN-riN apir; nbw «|gr 'tin pjjjaa-mj nnsap "??'« niap1? nnwy nor•■rw n*m .jsns prta ainn rrn ^ nansa o-Nan rjina bpi?1 -33 ikfn mn =!Bppn )s> ibn w> srriij Kb Dm nnk naj vnx-nK "jot JCja npft d?6k tt> 'unnm ipv 'jijjt wan ipi- ion .Va'ift niap1? jsnp pto map .Dnp r£a :"BK^ cniwp onpK -iatn iriK .onto pfcrt nris-iiK nip1? ,onx trVsns iDn^g lap tfpn niavVnrrnK .urns tra? ,«n5ij nn« urx 'aa 12^0 .Ho'ft niap1? Tl.asn />aiR kV :px tibkm .ni«i> orata p§n nny ,P iospSg ibsPj ,a,,?nn Tl3? vv »"? irfx-nx jojjjj mm ,t»|3 pja -tor itf*r '|a uriig .dtir ?pios n&s "atf :nas>i .ui^j nrjRrn oi'n npo tj .nanx jnax nxia ,onx d,l?nn TOX1? d?,1?n TinAx -iu>x »Rirt :r\ov nax'i ariRi DSTitj-nK np_?i -mx a?a vnbv ,nan ]bpTn d3tjk xiaa dk-,3 ma ixsn or .□nx D'Vana ""a nine -tj ,r^> dxi Dsns '°naxn jnaK aana^-nin nb iawi Afo/ei to the Reading: 1. i.e. his full brother 2. = .ink ppn 3. "and they bowed down" 4. "and he recognized" 5. "they did not recognize" 6. Adjectives in the fern. pi. may be used adverbially: "harshly" 7. After a negative ki has a strong asseverative force: "but on the contrary, you did come etc." 8. "twelve" 9. ton is the predicate (here — "so, a fact"): the ibx clause is the subject. 10. rj introduces an indirect question: "whether" 11. Note this frequent assertive use of'a: "As Pharaoh lives, you are spies." [174] LESSON 37 139. Derived Verbs. All of the verbs studied in the preceding lessons belong to the conjugational type known as Qal, or the simple conjugation, since each consists analytically of an unaugmenled root plus a stem pattern (perfect, imperfect, etc.). But in Hebrew, as in most languages, other verbs may be constructed from these same roots, mainly by the use of prcfixal elements or by modification of the stem patterns. There are six important types of derived verbs (often called conjugations). Not all roots occur in all six forms, just as many roots are not employed as verbs in the Qal although they are well attested in nouns and adjectives. The six principal derived types are named by the Hebrew grammarians according to the form they would assume in the 3rd per. masc. sing, of the perfect with the root bao : by?l by? bvB rysn bsan Niphal Piel j Pual ! Hiphil I Hophal 1 Viisnn Hithpacl Lessons 37-39 Lessons 40-42 Lessons 43-49 Lesson 50 140. Niphal Verbs: Meaning. Broadly speaking, Niptal verbs, characterized by an element prefixed to the root, are medio-passive in meaning. Because a theoretical discussion of [175] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW this term, by no means consistently employed in grammatical descriptions would take us too far afield, we shall categorize these verbs on the basis of their translation value in English. (1) Incomplete passive: The passive in English is a construction, not a category of verbal meaning. If a verb occurs in an active-transitive usage such as The students read the lesson, there is a passive transformation to the corresponding The lesson was read by the students. By the incomplete passive we mean this same transformation minus the agent: The lesson was read. the use of which indicates that the speaker is not concerned with specifying the agent of the action. All Hebrew passives belong to this category; constructions with a specified agent are virtually non-existent. If the corresponding Qal verb is active-transitive, it is always possible to translate the Niphal verb as an incomplete passive: Qal Niphal nanrrnx ana -mn ana: The word was written. Tin-ns a)* -van ruts?? The city was abandoned. nru The man was slain. (2) Middle. Middle verbs in English are elusive because they pattern like active verbs and have the same form: Active He broke the window. He stopped the car. He opened the door. Middle The window broke. The car stopped. The door opened. Unlike the incomplete passive construction, middle verbs are active in form, but the meaning (i.e, voice) is, in a sense, reversed: the object of the active verb has become the subject of the middle verb. Niphal verbs in Hebrew often correspond to middle verbs in English: The gate opened. The vessel broke. The people gathered. 'ban nattta Dsn jfajja (3) Reflexive. Reflexive verbs in English have an expressed object (the reflexive pronoun) which refers to the subject: [176] LESSON 37] He saw himself in the water. He washed himself. He sold himself into slavery. Niphal verbs often require this translation: Vtm he redeemed himself nan? he sold himself (4) Resultative. More important than either of the two preceding categories is the Niphal verb in a resultative meaning. Essentially a stative verb, the resultative Niphal describes the state of its subject which has been produced by the verbal action named by the root: Active nne to open -13» to break Passive Resultative nnpa to be opened nnpi to be open nara to be broken "iara to be broken, to be in pieces In English the equivalent of the resultative is so often formally the same as the passive that the distinction made here is difficult to grasp. In the passive /; was broken, was is an auxiliary verb in the unit was-broken; in the resultative It was broken, was is the verb to be followed by an adjective/ participle. One can see this difference most clearly by applying, for example, a transformation into present real: passive: It is being broken. resultative: It is broken. Very frequently the resullative-stative has the nuance of potentiality: ran t t KT mil : to see WTO : to fear to be seen to be feared b?N - bzsi : to eat to be eaten "ina - "lnaa : to choose to be chosen arjK - arjiu attf' - awia - t NUB - to love to be loved to inhabit to be inhabited to find to be found to be seeable, visible -> to appear to be fearful, dreadful, terrible to be edible to be choice, select, acceptable to be lovely, loveable to be habitable to be extant, to exist, (cf. se trouver) These four categories have been defined on the basis of English. In Hebrew, however, they are one: the medio-passive as expressed by the Niphal form. Only a careful study of the context will enable the reader to decide among the various possibilities. [177] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Some Niphal verbs have no Qal counterpart: anVa he fought iiipa he hid 0113 he fell fast asleep a'paa he escaped Others would appear to be denominative, although this is a rare use of the Niphal pattern: Naa (forNaaa *) to prophesy, from iraa, prophet. 141. Niphal Verbs: Stems and Inflection. The Niphal verb is derived from a triliteral root by the prefixation of «. In the perfect the stem has the basic form ana3 nikuib, which undergoes no unusual changes in inflection. The imperfect was originally of the form *yankatib, which, with the assimilation of the n, became Hebrew an?" yikkdtěb. The imperative and infinitive construct are based on the same stem as the imperfect, where the doubling of the first root consonant is the most striking characteristic of the type in general. The participle and infinitive absolute are based on the perfect. Root Type Regular III-gult. I-gutt. Perfect ansa nikuib vfrwi nišlah ]BKa ne'Oman Inf. Constr. anan hikkátěh nbm hiššdlah |asn he'amen Imperfect Imperative an?1 yikkdit'h yiššáiafi ye uměn arrart hikkátěh hiššdlah he'amen Participle anaa niktdb rfom nišlah jay 5 ne'eman Remarks: (a) The only deviation from the regular pattern with roots 11 I-gutt. is the replacement of e with a in the imperfect and related forms. (b) With roots I-gutt. (including x), the perfect usually has the pattern of ]BK3, with e in the preformative and e after the guttural. In the imperfect and related forms the doubling of the first root consonant is replaced by a compensatory lengthening of the prefix vowel / to n T : - t ■ n^wn niboía rnVišn nn^rá ffriVria mn^iw nišláhta nišldhl nišlah ti nišhhit nišluhtěm nišlahtén nišldhnii yiššakth tiššdlah tiššulali liššdbhi 'eššcilah yiššdl.ihú tiššdlúhndh tiššdhihit tiššdláhndh niššdlah hiššdlah hiššdhhi hiššdhhú hiššdláhiwh hiššdlah hiššdhhi hiššdlahdkd etc. nišló-h hiššalóVt nišlah nišldhdh nišldhim nišldhót naóxa n3Ósa "Baótu onaasa l?^a«3 \W~ ia«n jnsrí 'aaxn lass laax" : ir " naóKn 13»hp naóKn T ~ t " ]a«a JgKn "?a«n «a»n naáxn jBíjn T^aí?n 1Í3S3 -riasin T " 19K3 ^1j?«3 a'aasa maana lesson 37] itevmdniú neěmdnt neěmánii ne'envw ne emaniěm iwěmaniěn neěmdnnii yi'amen tě'drněn ti'amin teummi 'ě'drněn ye'dnwnft le'dnuinnah tecumnú te'umdnndh nO'umen he'amen hi'umdni ho'dnimii hednuinnuh he'amen he'dmnni hedmenkd etc. na'ahdr he'dbor ne'emdn iw'emdndh ne'emdnim ne'emdndl Remarks: (1) The two forms of the infinitive absolute tend to pair off with the corresponding finite verb of the same general pattern: sawa inaiM but saw: insim (2) The inf. absolute of|aK3does not occur, and since its form could be disputed (more likely to have been pBK3. with e because of the V.) we have replaced it with the better attested type of nasa (to be crossed). (3) The feminine participles singular may also be of the pattern na(oa, nrj^wa, np.iiia [178] [179] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 142. Vocabulary 37. Nouns: vial pw t : - pa Verbs: o»x Other rnsb bsx ziepes (w. sufTppa etc.; pi. -of) soul.vital life-force; a person, living thing. With suffixes it is the equivalent of the intensive/ reflexive pronoun:"pi myself, ppa yourself... saq (pi. -im) sack; sack-cloth (worn as a sign of mourning). mismdr (no pi.) place of confinement, jail; a guard unit. malon lodging-place, inn. 'asem (osp) to be guilty; verbal adjective am,, guilty. tan (p;) to spend the night. ne'eman px;;) to be confirmed, verified, trustworthy. nisar (nxis^) to be left over, remain, survive. hbadd- w. suff.: alone, only. E.g. np -ax I alone, etc. 'abdl (adv.) truly, indeed; however. Note: The preposition ra (between) has the following forms with pronominal suffixes: Tl beni rjra benaka ^ra benek ira benö Exercises: lira benenü or nrMra benötenü (rare) □a,ra benekem - arrra benehem or artira benötam (rare) (a) Punctuate the Niphal verbs fully and translate: .■''pari "lauft (t) .nu?an bsx? (2) tt" .D'VjiBn inns (3) "1?"t (4) .xoan Ehj ma1 xV (5) .DTi? bip jjoim (6) .pa naixa pna xV (7) .op ina-1 tx (b) .ii^rn1? lanxiw pax (9) .d-Px ip ]Bs? (10) .apa nam (11) ,-is6a iaa» ana—1?}? (12) .nnaVan anp niai» n$g (13) .D-isan pa «joi' iaa,i (14) ,na p'rta on ptf'-DX wrybx 'n (15) .a^pp wan? (16) .o-nnaan-nx jfr (17) .onxap ia'm. (ta) .anyp innon (19) .niatyan onam nas%n (20) (b) Write in Hebrew: 1. And when their words were heard, we knew that they were guilty. 2. As God lives, you will not see your husband until the day of his death. 3. And in the evening he entered an inn and spent the night there. 4. Now that you have been chosen as our king, give us help so that we may slay our accursed enemies before our land is captured and our cities are burned. lesson 37] 5. They placed the food in their sacks and set out on the road. 6. Now that he has measured the field, go to him and ask him whether (ha-) he will sell it to us. (c) Reading: Joseph and his Brothers in Egypt. ,rm riKi -.ntrb^Tt or? orpx ->a*n o-a; nviby npa-bx vrpsrm pi- pin laitin nb anxi oppa maa pir nnx ddttx ,am o-ap-ox ,xt *ax o-px-nx nan asm xir xim Dp inpn ibpn opmx-nxi orrap px Va'xpai; j»Sp npk .man xb) Dpnrn laax-i ,nyhy xVi ipa ps wih px 'VpPs? pax D'px Vax trnpVx up nax»i -bx naxV apVx -prix xVn naxb' onx pxn pi ,nxin pari ia^x nx| jaPs pban -a np sniff 'a ist xb am ,pna nan =iapDii onsp xb) nb'a nxonn |P nmrp inx ->bx>i pppnx np.'i orpx ap ^ajh omVsa pi- 1301 Drpa tjDp-nx op pp" ^np-oa dP jfh niipb np'isa 1x3 px Va'xpnx onb .jsaa npk nvbsb am labn nrjj x*? arn Dn-ipa i1? iana nra ktj inianb bp'xna np ipi?"nx Dna nnx nhpp tjjj paa la-1?;] Dnibsa vt*j rx naxs] wpi ixti ,,pi?a 'ppp nan :px_17X nax^i ipy ^pa xin nam ispp-nx Mb anVx nipy nxi-na naxV rnx-^x y'px lax nax1? onx 6nnpn-p-nx rb naxh }»5p np.§ an-px apvrbx ix'a;i st^k naxai 13-ix nn» niinV ^ B^jl? ^arjax "a iax'si nii^p pkn ••iih urKn .dtk Dp -3 snx nxia :pp "aix tff-xrr ia^x -iax'i .aftxya lap x1? ,ianax o-ap ]bprn op-nx X3j xiai opnx-'px Dnattn isb nnxi natfan maa nptr nnxn oa-nx n-aa inx la-tp. wrvb tidk pair la-rtx-nxi wiby 731 /'px nil? npnina oanx .ppn ,inpn fajaa-nsi larx paun urx pi- '.on^atf "nx :Dmax apsr an-^x naxi fajaa ap x^-dx »jv»n -aa 'jurnK nfanV ras-Vs )3wn nax'i ».nap vri -p .op -as ap mm ">,t-,7» inx nan ,ansan tj^x -as pia n»n inx xprrox ^xu*a iia1? xim na vnx -p ddbs -aa nm xb :aps?: nax'^ .n"7XB pa-a "'nTvi na ia^n n^x t :lti -:-t: t :f T-: Notes to the Reading: 1. They are referring here to their earlier treatment of Joseph. 2. Prob. to be understood as "And now, moreover, (our penalty for shedding) his blood is to be exacted." an is frequently used as the equivalent of the guilt (or punishment) involved in bloodshed. 3. ]pa an interpreter 4. 330 in the sense "turn oneself away" 5. "provisions" 6. fern. pi. = neuter pi. "the things which befell" [180] [181] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 7. "you have bereaved" 8. A rare form, perhaps fern, pi., "everything". 9. "you may kill" 10. "in my charge" 11. Note that the apodosis (if... then) is not marked except by a conjunctive-sequential construction, pr grief. [182] LESS on3§ 143. Niphal Verbs: Stems and Inflection (continued). Root Type Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct l-Nim \-Yodh lU-Aleph m-m jrn nittan ndlad snpa niqra' 7\lZ)l nihndh jriip ylnndten ibv yiwwcdOtj K!pT? yiqqare' niar yihhaneh inan hinndten "rbiri himvdled sipn Itiqqare' roan hibbdneh jnart hinnciten iVirt liimvaled KTj?i1 luqqdre rnaan hibbandt Remarks: (1) l-Nim. The assimilation of the first root consonant lakes place in the perfect and participle: *nmtan > nittan. The stems and inflection are otherwise like those of the regular triliterai root. [Note: the assimilation of the stem-final n in the perfect of ]rn is proper only to this particular root; cf. the Qal perfect.] (2) l-Yodli. Nearly all roots 1-Yodh in Hebrew were originally \-Waw. The original Waw shows up clearly in the Niphal verbs. In the perfect an earlier *nawlad (root yld < wld) appears as ibia ndlad (he was born). In the imperfect and imperative the n- of the Niphal prefix is assimilated to the root -»'- and a doubled -h'iv- results: ~V7T yiwwdled (he will be born). Inflection is regular. (3) \\\-Aleph. As expected, the stem vowel of the perfect is lengthened to a before the quiescent X (cf. §52 etc). Unlike the Qal perfect, however, [183] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW lesson 38] the stem vowel is replaced with e before the 2nd and 1st person endings: e.g. mqre(')ui (you were called). The full inflection is given below. (4) \\\-He. The pattern of inflection learned for the Qal will hold for most of the verbs derived from roots Ul-He. In the Niphal perfect, however the stem vowel before the 2nd and 1st person suffixes is regulary e, not ?,' Contrast Trua and %»S33 (I was built). Just as in the Qal, the jussive or short form of the imperfect loses the final vowel:ni$! -+ J$; The inf. construct ends in -or, again like the Qal: nua. rrnan Note the participlemaa (cf.ma). Perfect: njru nru nru ?"TJ3 nil tan nittanah niltatta nittdtt nittcilii nirrsnii nittatlem nittcilten nittdnnu rnbn rn'rn 'rnbu Imperfect: 7nan ^run m unj; rurun una? namri inai yinnaten linndten linndten tinniuani 'ennctien yinndtanii linndtdnnuh linndlsnfi tinncttdnndh ninnuten Tbin ""to? ibis nbin na-ftin /mW tnpa ;;/V//'fl' noladdh nxnpa niqra'uh ndlddtd nN^p? niqref')td ndlddt nNnpa niqre('jt nolddti 'ntrijM niqre(')ti noladii 1K"]^3 nigra'u ndhdtem Dntnpa niqref')iem nokidten ]PK-|p3 niqref"} ten ndlddm't nawnpa niqref )nd nJ3? nruaa ™? «33 IP"1?3? wiaa nibndh nihnatjih nibnetd nibnet nibnc'ii nibnft nibnet em nibnetcn nibnc'/u'i yiwwuled tiwwuled liwwaled liwwuladi 'iwwdled yiwwdladu tiwwdlddndh tiwwdladu tiwwdlddndh niwwdlSd N-ipn N1pTn nasopn yiqqari' tiqqare' tiqqare liqqaro'i 'eqqdre' yiqqdra'u man naain ■133 X 133' tiqqdre()ndli nraan wipTn tiqqdra'u wan mxiprn tiqqare(') nab na-aan Imperative: Tnan hinnatjn ■■ariari hinndtjmi, etc. Inf. Construct: jran hinnatjn Inf. Absolute: ]ina /h7/«h ibin hiwwaled 'TVin hiwwdhdi etc. "rtain himvaled hibia n<5/o(/] K"ipJ mqqdre xnpn hiqqdre 'xnpn hlqqdra'i etc. N-ipn luqqare naaa yibbdneh libbaneh libbaneh tibbani 'ebbaneh yibbdnft tibbdnenuh tibbahu tibbdnenah nibbdneh man hibbaneh 'aan hibbani etc. niaan hibbdnot man hibbaneh naaa nibndh Participles: |fi3 nana nittanah run: nittenet pun: nittdnim niana niltdndt "iVia no/arf nrbia noladdh j ni^il ndledet \ D'lVia noladim • T ~ niibij notddot nsipa nigra'ah it ninpu ms-ipi naaa nibneh niqre(')t niqrahn niqraot ni:aa nibnim nibnot 144. Niphal Verbs: Mixed Types. The following are a sampling of verbs whose roots combine several of the characteristics described in the preceding paragraphs. The forms are ail quite predictable from the types already given and thus require no comment. I-WfltrflW/iJ and III-gutt.: Perf.: in/u n<5^«' l-Waw(Yodh) and III-/i/cy>/f: ktu wra' I-gutt. and III-7/i?: ntsin na'asah l-Niw and II-gutt. (root urn) Dm nj/jani Imperf.: U"rr yiwwadd Imptv.: s?"iiri himvdda' be known tnr p/ifU-3re' Ki.jn hiwwdre" be feared nra1 ve'dseh nu?»n heaseh be done an? vinndhem oran binnahem be sorry Note also the verb ibu «igg«i (root EJ3), Only the perfect is a Niphal verb; in the imperfect the Qal form is used. 145. Vocabulary 38. Nouns: m~\ ro('% (pi. irreg. D*$tt*i, see §34) head, chief, top nns petal) (w. suff. ttiis; pi. -?/«) an opening (of tent, house, wall etc.); also used as a prep.: at the opening of ■TO lap (no pi.) a collective term for children; not used in construct USD ma'at (no pi.) a little; frequent in construct: D^a usn a little water. Notecsa usa little by little; USD nisa in a little while. Also used in a variety of idiomatic expressions with the basic meaning of slightness, smallness, unimportance. obis 'didm (pi. -hn) a word referring to a long duration of time, either past or future; thus, eternity, antiquity. Note the common phrases: Dbisris, DbisV forever. Frequent as the second element of a construct chain: obis ^ ancient days; □bis ma perpetual covenant. Verbs: nrru ndtar hjjj»J to be left, remain nnbi nilham (utyb*) to fight (-|- a with) am niham (nnr) to be sorry, repent; to be comforted [185] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW LESSON 38] Bfoa nigga! (use Qal imperf. sir) to approach (+bK) 333 nissab (no imperf.) to station oneself, to stand; be stationed Kbsa nipla (Kbp]) to be wonderful, marvelous. Exercises: (a) Point the Niphal verbs fully and translate: .vapb naab 'nba; Kb] waa (i) .□an WKnb 103' V3 (3) .Tpn bsk d-anba on .□■'p-ian bnpa nain xb .yi.ftn -apa iddk-.□'insna i™ irrr Kb .anman a-pion-nK inp .Drib-osa "b |fi Is) (s) (7) (8) .dip s'assa Dft^prj -a do) .ow lann'j nainno^aKn mpba dt) .□dd-qu nnan nsit>-by iaw (12) .nai "jv^s «b ,qu?k urx (13) .n;| ib i3'] (m) .Trips nafg nsnrrby -nana (15) .mai nKbpan inaxba-nx do) .nbkn D-nann tiwp nab (17) .■"tab un nmm narrban ■,nnx tpi da) .arvn noa ;jb jna] (19) .flftrrbaa ^i"1^ I*?? >nv (20) .npa ow ip'] (21) .733x3 rnzn issb^ (22) .Tart atsn] tnttj ni)a*i8i fpj irpj (23) .□aua urn? nbftn Dnain imp* (24) (b) Write in Hebrew: 1. There is a large hill between us and the camp. 2. The fruit will be taken to the house and eaten there. 3. The righteous shall be exalted (lit. raised up), but the wicked shall perish. 4. Countless men (lit. men, their number not existing) were slain near the wall. 5. Be consoled, my son; the sound of your distress has been heard and help will be given to you. 6. I was appointed (lit. stationed) to watch the women and the children. 7. A new city will be built for those who are left. (c) Reading: Jacob and his Sons, after the First Trip to Egypt. :via-bg aps; nax'i D^rsna napa note baSrj nbs -ltfxa tpi y-ift3 133 ainrn ixnn Kb ,13'bx tf'sn nax :naxb nTirr vbx naki ,baft-o?n mm mpi na;nsa vw& ^yn-am bp's rjb nppai ttj laiiK utix-bk nbu t|i£-DX .oans oa-ns 'Tiba <|9 .0?BX ODTJX Tib? ub IXnn Kb ,1tSk ttTWI 18» '3 113 Kb nbtj mbKb =iab «r>xrr bxti? biKG> n-iaxh ,n« Dab lis -a vbx rnax nab :bxnw] nax'h :->am -a ssn? sirr? ,rMrr onagri '9-bs rbx nakai ,m oab t^n .Tj'na'aK Tton .□ariK it d3t?k -aa raaa Kb) n-nai nabii naipai -bh nsan nnbtiJ :va» bXTir-bx n-nrr nax'] |j3K*l .D'OTj-ba t)xorn tir vpbx nsan aw; kV-ok .u&d-dj fins-Di lanis 13iti? laipi inp Drns-nsi ,inj? =natfa ^ ,nnaa u?"k mp ,*ws m\ ,13-dx :ap»; .pua-rtKi Da-riK-ns Dab ?nbun ©'Kn uab «d-aqn asb jb? d-nbKi w-Kn-bK \fo/Ci' 'o Reading: 1. 'Bba unless 2. Note b in the sense "about" after bKif 3. an_3 and nam are imperfects used modally: "How were we to know that he would say". 4. "I shall be accountable (lit. sin against) to you". 5. "twice the (required) money" 6. "mercy, favor" 7. "and may he release" (d) Reading: Psalm 24:7-10. Dp-lffKn DHSl? iro □bis -rins wtn :ni3an nb£ Kfcn Tiaan i nt mn 'a niK3s nw :ni3an nbS mn 'nb6 tv > Notes to the Reading: D3'U?K*1 DHIJU) abis Tins wtoani :Tiaan nbfi Ktaji ni3an nb^ fit '"a T3J1 -nTs mn1 :nanba nia-a mn' 1. See §82 (end). 2. A rare word: "mighty, powerful". 3. A frequent word at the close of verses or longer sections in the Psalms. Its meaning is unknown. [187] LESSON 39] lesson ^ (j) 146. Niphal Verbs: Stems and Inflection (concluded). Root Type Perfect Imperfect Hollow (ro) Geminate bao) |i03 näkän 3D3 ansah lis- yikkon 30? vissah Imperative Inf. Construct Participle fbri hikkdn 3on hisseh 303 näkän näsäb As in the Qal, the two root types given above present the most striking deviation from the normal triliteral patterns of the preceding lessons. The retention of the stem vowel -d- with the Hollow roots simplifies that paradigm, but attention must be called to the curious interchange of 6 and ft in pretonic syllables in the inflection of the perfect, where the stem vowel -6- is added in the 1st and 2nd persons: Perfect: Imperfect: [188] näkän 13133 näköm'i rni5: näkönäh niJroa nakünötä armi33 mkönöiem now? iwkünöt nakönöien -niiiaJ nakünöti 1313133 nakfmonft w. yikkön 1313; yikkönfi risri tikkön Inriian tikkönenäh] tikkön isisn likkönii 'ran tikkäni [nriisn tikkönen •fm. "ikkön fs% nikkön Imperative: Tiari hikkön hikkönfi hikköni Inf. Construct: |i3n hikkön hikköni etc. Participle: Pi näkön 0-3133 nakänim n:i33 nskdnäh ni3133 nakönöt The inf. absolute may have either the form 7t>3 ndkdn or pan hikkdn. Niphal verbs from geminate roots are quite poorly attested and in many cases one cannot be certain that the form in question is indeed a Niphal and not a Qal verb. The 3rd pers. masc. sing, of the perfect, 3D3 (from an earlier *nasabb-) resembles a Qal verb from a root 303. The full inflection, however, shows that this resemblance is superficial and that the doubling of the second root consonant reappears when a vowel is added to the stem. Likewise in the imperfect 3D- confusion with other types is possible: this form could be from a root 303 (cf. mr) or it could be a Qal variant (cf. an? for the more usual on;). Some of the alternate forms that crop up are due to analogy. For example, the original pair oaj - oa? was altered to oa3 - Da? probably because oa? was interpreted as a stative Qal verb (like 133?) from a root DB3: 133- is to 133 oa- is to 033. This mixing of Qal and Niphal forms, together with the relative rarity of these verbs, makes it quite impossible to decide which conjugation we are dealing with. The following selection of forms is a sufficient guide to the ibbäh forms that will be met: Perfect: 395 nasah or 303 rtaSi näsäbhäh or H3D3 ni3D3 iwsabbötß etc. 1303 " t näsäbbü or 13Ö3 oninp3 nasabbötem etc. Imperfect: ao? yissab etc. or ao? -aon tissäbbi etc. or -aon Imperative : 3on hissab or 3bn lüssäbbi etc. or -aon Inf. Constr. aon hisse b -apn hissibbi etc. Participle : 303 näsäh □-303 nap3 nasabbäh ni3p3 vissab etc. im INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 147. Vocabulary 39. Nouns : "g. Verbs: (ebah slaughtering taliillah beginning, first occasion (of some event) sel (w. suff.'bs; pi. irreg. O'bbx) shade, shadow; protection yamln the right; right hand or side (f.) S3mo('}l the left;bxate t the left hand or side (m.) leb (w. suff.,ab; pi. -dt) heart nam (bit) to sleep (dba/i (nap1) to slaughter (animals for food) rahas (pnT) to wash (tr. and intr.) names (Niphal verb from root ODD; imperf. oa?) to melt dissolve ndkdn (Niphal verb from root pa; imperf. ]i3?) to be firm fixed, secure, established yotnam (adv.) by day, in the daytime nap nbnn r»: bxate ab oa nap fnn DDI P? Other: nar Exercises: (a) Translate: ti$$ Tjnrna Diab sts xb (j) .onnn xxynx «-iai lanteaa 'mi (2) .nteai ?]nna nnxTi (3) .a^tea lain ngj; xbi npaa mm (1) •Dma^x -apb Dab ofr (5) .ixna xbi d'apiart loiiri teafn nxxa 'rn. (0) .nnaa-nx Dnnpb xb "a lanan (7) .vjab-bpa mm-bx npa (b) .Tjab rnb-bs? na'r-nx aha (9) .Kpprrbs; paai unn -r[b!i fo< (10) .bm nap" napsi nntearrnx irviipsa xan rima-biJ -ntexb -iax'5i pa^aa-nx anx nor KTi nor -apb nasn .annsa d'e/agn ibax* -m ^ spm nap mapi nman rjppn la^-bs; :m»x*i «ior ma sixain *a; a^asn ixtbi r)ot> mm ntfto vrsn »8*1 p«i"bs wsn .wnian-nKi nnasb uftk nnp.b *on«ra uni« nbnna la-ptea ac/n i:«a •'p -m] niapb nbnna utt :man nnp rb« nax'i noi- ma-by "rox di? na lain; xb ,iama ins »ara ipfo 'pa &x «]oa nam Wftarnx nrinpai pbarrbx .la^pwa lappa Dpb |rn oyS^ -nbrn Danbtt ,iKTn-bK ,apb aibte :ipr m?-bs; ntsx i™n nas'i /bs Np Dpppp ,mnn fiparj-nK Dmban ixnTi imi >]pv nma BxaKn-nK i^sn i"Kpp pi?aiii-nt! ambx »kxti .anb ibp*c Dte -a ww 'a annas noi1 sia-ns ate in^i ammanb bp« jmi Notes to the Reading: 1. "the double amount of silver" 2. nwK is used substantively: "the one who". 3. "bring" 4. A rare imperative with o instead of the normal nap. 5. "and make ready" 6. "they were brought" 7. "have been brought" 8. "and we have brought it back" 9. "and he brought out" 10. "and he brought" (d) Reading: Psalm 121 (vocalization slightly altered): :-n» «a; pka :pnki wAy nira :Tiai> Dia;_bs ibsite' laite •.^Tzr T-bs ^bs mm :nb:ba rtTi :T]^pa-nK nate1 nnnn-bN T» «i?N (1) mn- a»a nts (2) T|ban 'Diab jm-b« (3) 1©" s'bi aia; Kb nan U) Tjnaip mm (5) -nam xb teaiSn Dai1 (e) in-baa ^nate1 mm (7) [191] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW ■.zhw~rs-\ nnira ^h/di ^nss ibw mrr (g) Notes to the Reading: 1. Inf. constr. uio with b: to totter; note jnj in the sense "to allow". 2. "will not smite (strike, kill) you" 3. - -ice1:. lesson 148. Piel Verbs: Meaning. Piel verbs are regularly distinguished by a doubling of the second root consonant and stem patterns quite distinct from those of the Qal. Because the root of a Piel verb may not always occur as a Qal verb, it is sometimes difficult to define the meaning of a Piel form by direct comparison. Following is listed a representative collection of Piel verbs classified in regard to the meaning that may be assigned to the Piel as a derived type, i.e. secondary to some other form in the language. a. Factitive (transitivizing). Perhaps the most consistent use of the Piel formation is to construct a verb with transitive active meaning from a root which appears in the Qal as an intransitive or stative verb. Such Piel verbs usually have a factitive meaning: Qal (to be sound) -+ Piel (to make sound) Qal (to be great) -> Piel (to magnify) Such a transformation of meaning may also be designated as causative, but we shall restrict this latter term to roots whose Qal verbs are transitive: Qal (to learn) -* Piel (to teach, i.e. to cause to learn) [192] [193] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Examples: Qal PlEL 13N to perish T3N 'ibbad to destroy to be light, trivial ■ftp qillel to curse (make light of, treat as unimportant) inj? to be holy EHj? qiddas to sanctify to be sound Ohw sillam to make sound, whole; to recompense, reward n;n to live, be alive rrn hiyyäh to cause to live, let live NBC) to be unclean xaa fimme' to pollute to be at an end rrVa> killäh to finish, complete, bring to an end ta1? to learn iJpb liminad to teach In some instances the Qal verb is either transitive or intransitive, while the Piel verb is specifically transitive: S^D to be full, fill K"?a ns?3 to burn (tr. or intr.) "13J3 millé' to fill bi'er to burn (tr.) b. Denominative. When the Piel verb is closer in meaning to some noun or adjective than to the Qal verb (which in most of these cases does not exist), we may say that the Pie! has a denominative function: "131 word apt? book, record nD~jn blessing msa command rnar music, song ipfrtt* three nxap jealousy 13T dibber to speak ISO sipper to recount, narrate, tell a story ^"ia berak to bless rns siwwah to command tar simmer to sing, make music vibii Miles to divide something into three parts; to do something for a third time 83p qinne to be jealous c. Intensive. In several instances the Piel denotes a pluralization of the action named in the Qal. This may take on the nuance of an intensive, but the intensive force is difficult to discern in most occurrences. Many of the so-called intensive Piels seem more to be stylistic variants of the Qal verb (most likely denominative in origin) used in poetry, probably for variation rather than intensification. d. Unclassified. In addition to the three preceding categories there are many Piel verbs whose origin is not clear. Some of these verbs could doubtlessly be placed in the above classifications if we had more data on the related Qal or nominal forms. lesson 40] pizzar to scatter iŕii gereš to drive away fflpa biqqeš to seek irja miliar to hurry, hasten Awareness of the factitive-denominative-intensive function of the Piel, together with familiarity with a given root, will certainly assist the learner in mastering these new verbs, but because he will not be able to predict unerringly the meaning of a new Piel verb, they will all be listed in the vocabularies of the following lessons. 149. Piel Verbs: Stems and Inflection. Root Type Perfect Imperfect Imperative Regular bli giddel biy yagaddel gaddel III-gutt. nVu? iillah ^TŤ. yašallah šallah II-gutt. -ilia bi'er -|5J3? y aba'er ba'er JND me en |sa; yama'en m ma en Inf. Construct Participle gaddel b^ya magaddel nVíĽ šalla/i riVtín mašalle"!; lira ha'er -)S73a maba'er |sa ma en |Xaa mama en Remarks: 1. There are essentially only two stems, the perfect and the imperfect. As elsewhere, the imperative and inf. construct are predictable from the imperfect. The participle also resembles the imperfect, but with the prefix a ma-. 2. Piel verbs from roots III-gutt. deviate only in having a as the second stem vowel throughout, except in the participle. 3. Even in non-guttural verbs the stem vowel a instead of e is found in the perfect; thus giddel or giddal. The choice would appear to be optional. There are a few verbs, notablyTaa dibber (to speak) andnsa kipper (to atone for), which have e instead of e or a in the 3rd masc. sing, of the perfect. 4. Piel verbs from roots II-gutt. (including i) fall into two classes: (a) those with virtual doubling of the guttural in question (see 11)3 above); the vocalization is the same as that of the regular verb; (b) those with compensatory lengthening of the vowel before the guttural (i~>e, a-*a\ see IKa above). Beforen compensatory lengthening is the rule. The other gutturals may be treated in either way, as will be indicated in the vocabularies. Perfect: /"ta giddél n'na giddaläh rhu šillah nrlVltí šillahäh Ilia bi'er m a a bi'üräh |Ka me'en naša mé'änäh [194] [195] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW ?'?'T1 giddalta nnfw šilláhlti nn»3 hi'arta rh% giddált nnbw šillúht rnýg hřán -ry^íi giddálti "Ttrftm šillúhti *rnýa krártt íVto giddalů inV© .í/V/a/iň naa /»/'ďí/-i7 orPTa giddaltém ann1?^ šiltalilém arnsa bťariém giddaltén ]T}Thm šíllahtěii Jiriya bťarlén uM| giddálni! Uri^W šilhihnii hťúnrit Imperfect: ^15! ysgadděl *7Tin lagadděl Vwr) lagadděl -blin lagaddali tyóxji 'ágadděl ibrjr ysgaddslú nVtř ysšallah nbwn taša/lafi nbm tašallali 'nVwn tašalhki nWs 'úsallah "IS3; yabďer nsari tdbder nsnn íjůo 'ni?ap tabďaň l?aK o&j'ft- n»a* yabďárd ínVw; yašalkhů ^iQn tagaddélnah nan^n talalláhnáh nanýan labďénwh rbTJn tagaddah'i vfrm tašalhliú ngajl labďúru na^tíf tagaddélnah nariWn tašallá/mah nanžan tabďémáh VtíJ nagaddel Imperative: ^T? gaddali ibna gaddalu ^t\^ gaddéhuih nbrá našallah TiVe* šn/Za/iř inVw šalblni nanbe* šallůlmah nii33 nabďěr -1173 iw'e/1 HS73 tóáfr nsa iw'iini nan »a bďůmáh nafta mě'ánii3 nana nw'chit -nafta měa;,/; iaxa me (mu anaxa mťcmtěm |naxa mťaměn lafta mě'wwů jxít yamčťěn jxan tamu'en jxan tamcťěn "JKBn tamaáni l^ax 'čimaěn laxír yamuami naftan tamčťénnaíi Taxan tamd'anu naftan lama'ennah ]xaa namděn ixa /jjíVííi 'axa meťcmi iaxa nuťanii nafta ma'ennah Infinitive Construct: ''bia gaddali gaddelka T^l? gaddalekelc. Infinitive Absolute: Vina gflíWo/ Participle: ql?iii Mlahaku šaltahěk etc. nara Aďér jxa wib'eM nsa Dooř? ->axa í?jčť'ó«í vjnsa bďerkd íiaxa maenká "lilia ba'árěk elc. tjxb maaněk pxa www; Vnaa magadděl n>irá mašallě"h niiaa imbďěr 7xaa mamďěn nbnaa magaddaldh nnbwa mašallahah nnaaa tmbu'amh naxaa mama'anah a-b^a imgaddalim a-nbún mašallahini D'niJaa maba'arbn D'axaa mama'amm nibiaa magaddalót mnbwa mašallaliót nnaaa mabďúiói nuKaa mamaánót [196] lesson 40] Remarks: (1) After a wair-conversive the prefix va- of the imperfect loses its vowel and the / is not doubled: jxan twjWMfl-'va Měr (nsa:> to burn (tr.), consume, remove completely dibber tiaT) to speak, talk (cf. i:n) TE běrěk (ijny) to bless (cf. nans) [Note ^n.5;il tffca biqqěš top.?1) to seek nbty šillalt to expel, sei.~ forth, let go gěrěš to drive away [Note w'nril r^? ni'es to spurn me'eii dxa;) to refuse íerěi (nnw;) to serve, administer [Note nnic^i] ÍN 'e") (conj.) or Other: Note the idiom: 3 ...3. Translation may vary with the context, but the implication is that the two items involved are in some way equal. E.g. ninp3 T|iB3 UÍB3 Tjias You are the equal of the Pharaoh. You and I are equal, are in the same predicament. Exercises: (a) Translate: .laiíí xbi a^ss n-TMxn-nx w'nip .nawb riaito mi-iin-nxi Trnsrnx nsňa .rrcr bams i^n nnůn ,rr»a in xsa xin ■'a inx (1) (2) (3) U) [197] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW LESSON 40] .Tvrri» d™ mVtf/i mat^rr™ .TjrjK -paV Vaix nab ^x .TjaSa nan-nx ->ati>n .nimasn riianarrnx VaxV una ."tepa.- nx rí-ns (») .nVÄrj ann-ia vVx in ami do) .y-iija uaiŕ nnato Vij? (n) .mm ma Dxia ,aa^ D'tMxrrnx snpn (]2) ■n'71QK I"'!1? ]Nax (13) .nV,l?ri ia |V -iiľn riVWrVs 'Vs nami (u) .mri »95 ia ntJK niffarrnx Vaxh xV (15) .m-uarrnx phnV njxa (10) .ink jtjíh ins wipmi iaija ■■rn. (17) ■xrjífí rm onrtn račr xinn org Us) ."TV3 art d'Mkj "s anxiiarrnx iňpn (19) (b) Give the Hebrew for the following orally: 1. Drive them away. 2. Do not spurn his words. 3. Why do you refuse to speak? 4. Are you looking for me? 5. Bless me. 6. I have sanctified you. 7. He did not want to serve. 8. They expelled us. 9. Let us bless them. 10. We sought them. (c) Write in Hebrew: 1. They took the vessels with which they served and gave them to the priest. 2. The Pharaoh became angry and expelled them from his presence (lit. from before him). 3. He refused to sanctify them, for he knew that they were not honest men. 4. He sought his brothers there, for he did not know that they had travelled eastward. 5. You shall completely-rcmove the evil from your midst. 6. We drove the guilty men out of the congregation. 7. We could not refuse to spend the night there. (d) Reading: Joseph and his Brothers: the Final Test. After meeting with Joseph and obtaining the release of Simon through Benjamin's presence with them, the sons of Jacob set out again for Canaan with the provisions they had obtained in Egypt. Joseph had had a silver goblet planted in Benjamin's sack, and as soon as the brothers had begun [198] the return journey, he sent his men after them to examine their baggage, find the goblet and accuse them of theft and treachery. Joseph then expressed his willingness to allow all the brothers except Benjamin to return home, but Judah stands up to this final test and delivers the following plea: (Gen. 44 :18-26, vocalization slightly altered). ;jsk nn'-Vsi :2iK ^wa -m ijiav Nr"13"1-1 "a "lfKÍ3 í1"íiBTi da) .ninsa Tpáa Tpasa .m ix ax 05V (zŕn -laxV viasrnx Vxui ■■aix (to) iBK? inaV xm ™ na rrrxi jupr a-z\p] tYi fpj ax h"? »> -aix-Vx naxä] (20) =.ianx vaxi .vVs nmäwi Jimrnnin míairVx naxňi (21) .nm T-ax-nx n irŕ)Ki íhjífj Ato/w ío í/íc Reading: 1. A rare particle of entreaty: "Please, I beg you". 2. =inx anx 3. "bring him down" 4. nai --.aTsi a conditional sequence: "if he abandon... he would die". 5. "you will not (see) again" 6. "we told him" 7. "obtain (as rations or provisions)" 8. Note the apodosis after the dx clause. [199] lesson 41 ] LESS on4i 151. Piel Verbs: Stems and Inflection (concluded). Root Type Perfect Imperfect lll-Akpli Nbn mills' \W-He rj|» "amah Geminate V?n hillel Inf. Construct sba mailt mas 'a/Hiof V?n x1?^ ysmallé' nay' ya'anneh Vm* yahallsi Participle Imperative malls' rtas 'attach % haliči xVaa mamallě' nasa ma'anneh ■ftrsa mahallěl Remarks: So far as the stems are concerned, only verbs from roots lll-//ě require special attention. The forms of these verbs conform to the patterns encountered in the Niphal and Qal: the perfect ends in -ah, the imperfect in -eh, the imperative in -ěh, and the infinitive construct in -of. In the inflection of these forms the only unpredictable feature is the prevalence of -i- over -f-in the perfect, but -é- is found in the first person singular as well: thus both "fj^S and vyís Perfect: xVa/xVa nifta ixVo mills'Imilla mitta'ah millě(')tá mfflOt miHif'M milb'ft nay nrias 7v3s 'irmah 'innatdh 'tnnltfl 'hunt V?n hillel nVpn hihldh fiin hilhilta rWn hillált jTis/vr|s 'innitil'iimeti "^ňn hillálti 13» innů rV?n hihlii [200] Imperfect: Imperative: Inf. Constr.: Inf. Abs. Participle: ar^a mills (' )Lem 'innitem onVbn hillaltém •přtba mi lief )ten ]it3s "mmien }ýf?7\ hillaltén lax^a milléC )mt ir|s 'intuitu labl-n hilh'ihnt «Va? yamallě' ya'anneh bbry. yahallěl Kban tamallě' nasn ta'anneh bbnri tahallěl xVan tamallě' H3J7P ta'anneh Vbnn tahallěl tamalb't ■"is?! ta'anni ftbnn tahabli fftax 'ctmalle' nasx 'a'anneh Tftnx 'dhallél iříba; yamalb'u W< ya'anmi l?Vn; yahahlú nasbari tamatlěf)nuh ta'annSnah na'ftnn tahallelnah ixVan toimilb'u lasn ta'atiiut ftVnri lahablú nasbap tamallě ('' )ncth naisri la'anneitah nabbnri tahallelnah «^03 namallS' rtasa na'anneh VVrn nahallsl *tVa malls' nay 'anněh bbn haliči 'Kba math'i •as 'anni ft^n /Wa/ř ixba malb'tt las 'antm ft1?!! /Ws/ú nasba malic (' )nah nris 'aimSiuth naV^n hallélnah Kba mullé' nias 'aiinoi bbr\ haliči malb'i etc. •nias 'aniwti etc. ■Vpn Italbli etc. x?a nutilo' nás 'anndh j fias 'aimeh \ k'tbb mamallě' nasa ma'anneh VVna mahallěl nsbaa mamalla'ah nasa ma'anndh n'ftna malta llalcth nxVaa mamallě (' )t nV?na mahallélet □'Kbaa mamalh'im (pasa ma'annim nftVna mahalbiim nixVaa mamaib'ot niasa im'aimot niVVna maltalblót Piel verbs from roots \-Yodh, \-Nun, I-guttural are in no way irregular. Piel verbs from Hollow roots are very rare. 152. Pausal Forms. The text of the Hebrew Bible is divided into short groups of clauses known as verses. Each verse is usually subdivided into two parts, often of unequal length, the first of which is closed by the accent sign known as 'atnalt ( t, ) and the second by a sign similar to metheg called sillitq ( , ), followed by sop pdsuq ( : ), marking the end of the verse. Each half of the verse is then subdivided into as many parts as the syntax demands, with each accentual unit receiving an accent mark. The accents fall into two main groups, conjunctive and disjunctive, the former being used when a word is closely bound syntactically with the following word and the latter elsewhere. The use of the various accents is very complex and will not be taken up in this book. [201] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW In the text of the reading selections we shall employ only ,,,//,-(+ sop pcisiiq). Clause divisions that are likely to cause difficulty will be marked by commas, but it should be noted that the comma does not ann*.. in the original text. Words standing at the end of the major verse divisions, and thus especially with 'atnah and stlliiq, are said to be in pause because of the break in the recitation of the text at these points. Such words may have a vocalization slightly different from that of the normal context form. The following changes are the most frequent: (a) a-*a: arc (he wrote) for ana (b) t'-»« in some segholate nouns: -I3j? (grave) for *Dj? (c) If a word ends in the sequence -sC\ the accent is usually retracted and the 3 is replaced by the full vowel it corresponds to elsewhere in the paradigm: nans -» rtaro she wrote rnas -» rnfta it (f.) was heavy The 3 of the second person masc. sing, suffix -ska is regularly replaced by e: llVn your king ijoio your horse TiniP your keeper (note the change in the word structure) But the pausal forms of rft and 53 are *f? and Iff, both of which are the same as the corresponding feminine form. Other prepositions have a similar change. Because or printing difficulties, the pausal accents within a verse do not appear in the biblical texts accompanying the following lessons. Pausal forms, however, have been retained. The reader should be on the alert for their occurrence. 153. Vocabulary 41. Verbs: njs .snnra/r (np; juss.is;) to command; charge; appoint. Examples: ay?V. □"ODto' 13?] and he appointed judges over them Hfify a^}X?~nx ia;i and he commanded the men to go ...ibnb am is?] and he commanded them, saying... lax1?!? T3 am is-] and he handed them over to the charge of his messenger Vrn hittel (bbrr) to praise. NoterrrVbri Halelujah. Praise Yah(weh). nD3 kissilh (no?; juss. 0?;) to cover, overwhelm rny 'inndh (nasT juss. ja?) to oppress (cf. "is) npp sipper hoo;) to tell, narrate (cf. -rap) V?p qillel (b);p_') to curse [202] ?lpio lesson 41 ] ani? 'drab (JnsrJ to stand as pledge for ■wp qdsar (iffp1) to bind {'et + something -)-'«/ [to]-i-something); to band together, conspire ('at: against) Nouns: na'w iebah grey hair, old age Vnw m'o/ Sheol, Hell, the residence of the dead Other: "|N 'cik (adv.) surely, doubtlessly; but, however, only n;n"is; ad-henndh (adv.) until now Exercises: (a) Translate .□pu1? briA van nnV am iiti (1) .inx nsn'i "JSJsn »o"i-nK npj? (2) .tti rnp-nx con] nx-|$ ^sm *?ip naxn naaw (3) .vbK topi a-asarrriN isi (4) .inx ^x?1? isa xbi iVrt-nx ini?1? jxa x1? (s) .□yn mnb -\m utk nnaVi inn .■nrj'? rVsi ™pr -p ixnxB am nVw (e) .naian-*?v naopn ina-iw sehn i^an nap (7) .■j-iia oris niiprj-nK i1? nppi (8) .-as nmw'-rK Trtlh xV nsn-ii; (9) ,*m rrnv1? V^nn na1? (10) .□'piB-iVi nnva tj™ r\bbm (n) tt? rjsrnx op'i (t2) .1» op1? D^niirrnx rV^p.fr1^ (is) .tin nrj1? tin n»pa -"S rnpx} (11) .onnai-nN yjun-'jxi ^a DTioan-nx Hi 13} lis) .ni»V rrrj -p onniarj t? laa-nx ixp do) (b) Write in Hebrew: 1. He tied his donkey to a tree, lay down under the tree, and slept. 2. Let us curse them and the place from which they came. 3. I will stand as surety for you and your sons. 4. He will praise the Lord all the days of his life until he goes down to Sheol with grey hair. 5. It is not good to oppress the poor and not to give them food. 6. Darkness shall cover the earth on that day. 7. He drove us away from the well and we were not able to find water in an(y) other place. (c) Reading: Judah's Plea to Joseph (concluded) Gen. 44 :27-34. ;'bb '*? rnV 0:$ -a Dpsr. am w'jx -ax 7^357 -i»x'i (27) :narr"7V -rn-xn xVi 'ry>b rpu ijx -inxi txb imr} «x;i (28) snVxtb nsna to-urnx ■•□nuinn 'ax1? 9'nNpni t^n ^fr-ati kV-dn -inn1? ■•ps □?» ia?n-nN 3,-jjj iipv^p (32) jn^n-^p :ttik-d» ^v: -israni TnV? Tas> "i»Jn nnn spas »u a©; nnsi (33} :'a«-nK nap1 -it^N una nx-ix myp -m isrs isirn ,aN-l?N n^i'K (3.|) JVofew fo Reading: 1. "he has surely been torn to pieces (by some wild animal)" 2. = ink -p-sh 3. = ink nip 4. "an accident" 5. "you will send down" 6. "and (we) will have sent down" 7. "sorrow" 8. "I shall bring him" 9. cf. note 8 p. 199 10. ]p here = "except that" Joseph, unable to continue his deception, revealed himself to his brothers, whom he forgave of their past crime against him. He caused Jacob and his entire family to be brought down to Egypt and settled them in the rich pasture land of the Nile Delta. Jacob died and was taken back to Canaan for burial in accordance with his wishes; Joseph was embalmed upon his death and his body placed in a sarcophagus for eventual burial in Canaan. After the death of Joseph there is a break in the traditional history until the story of Moses and a pharaoh "who knew not Joseph". LESSON 42 154. The Pual. Corresponding to every Piel verb there is a passive counterpart known as the Pual, characterized, like the Piel, by a doubling of the middle root consonant. The pattern of vowels is more or less consistent throughout, with u in the first stem syllable and a (when not reduced) in the second. Piel Pual *?tj guddal he was magnified B*pa u?p_a buqqas he was sought Van Y?ri India! he was praised Pual forms are relatively infrequent, being most often encountered in the participle, which functions as a passive to that of the Piel: Tjnaa ijnan mabdrcik being (having been) blessed wpan Cpjaa mabuqqas being (having been) sought Attested stem forms are as follows: Root Type Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct Participle Regular H-guttural "?ns guddal Tia börak 8*713 nndla n3i7 'unnäh biy yaguddal ipä' yabörak vhi? vamullä' i M n3.v? ya'unneh - niai; 'iinnot blia msguddäl 7]"3j3H mabörak iöni? nwnwlla niira im'unneh [204] [205] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Remarks: With roots Il-guttural virtual doubling is also attested, as in orta nuham (he was comforted) corresponding to the Piel verb ana niham (t0 comfort); the more common form ana shows compensatory lengthening of it to o. The lengthening of the final stem vowel in sfta should be an expected phenomenon by now, as should the conformity of the stem endings of verbs from roots \\\-He to those of the other verb types (Qal, Niphal, and Piel) Perfect: bii guddal T53 borak rftia guddalah nana bdrakáh rft-ra guddáltá borák ta rftaa gitddált nana borakt ,fif,tJ gitddálíi Tana borák ti ftaa guddah't 13-13 boraku np1?7!! guddahem bóraktem IP1?!? guddalten bórakten iftí? guddálmt "3áa bóráknú Imperfect: xba T \ nxba ntfta ntfta lífta anífta nau nÍ» Í3J) array yaguddal yabórak xbp- nisfí blin taguddal TP1? labórak řťpnn nasn blin taguddal lián táborák KVan nauri ftl?fl taguddali 'rnan taboraki bllX 'águddal llás 'ůbórak řťjařt rtauN ft 911 yaguddalú ?aný yaboraků iřftjy nftáan laguddálnáh njrmn tabórákiuih naN^an naisn ftwi tagitddalú oišn táboráku wVan lasn nftfan taguddálnáh napášn tabórákttáh naKlan bili naguddal nabdrak nain Participle: bím magudda! T,-pa mabdrak řftaa nana rftiaa maguddáláh řtanáa mabdrakáb nřftaa njya n'j'iaa maguddělet n?13a maborěket o^iftap a'aiia oftaja maguddiúim a^anaiB mabórdkhn niiftaa niaso nftaaa magudddlót niaiiia uiaborakot lesson 42] Note: One occasionally finds e for » in the first stem syllable; e.g. ids (they were covered). The passive represented by the Pual has no expressed agent: nann ft ibd The matter was related to him. Because this corresponds semantically to an active verb with an indefinite subject (somebody, one, they), it may be followed ("ungrammatically") by an object with~nK: -irnrrnN ft ied One recounted the matter to him. A second construction peculiar to passive verbs is that in which a preposition is omitted before a specifying noun. DHrin 1Q3 The mountains were covered with a shadow. This probably has its origin in the following mixture of constructions: (a) A verb like xba in its intransitive sense (to be full) regularly has a specifying noun without a preposition: ftsn xba The vessel is full of water. This is an old construction in Semitic and may be termed "historically correct" (b) The corresponding transitive usage of xba employs the same construction : a;a" ftsrrnN xba He filled the vessel with water. (c) The Piel verb xba being a transitive form only is used in two ways, first as a normal verb without reference to the above, b?fi3 ftsrrnN ifta He filled the vessel with water, or, as the equivalent of sfta: ftarrnN xbn He filled the vessel with water. (d) The Pual verb xba may be regarded as a transformation of either of the two constructions given in (c): b;fi3 ftsn xbn The vessel was filled with water, o^a ftan xbn • i - T \ 155. Proclisis, Retraction of Stress, and Conjunctive Daghesh. There are several orthographic features of the Masoretic Text which, because of their frequency, must be noted at this point. a. Proclisis. As was mentioned in our discussion of pause (§ 152), certain types of words stand in a syntactically conjunctive relationship. Any word in this category may be made proclitic to the one that follows if the accentual pattern of the verse so demands. Proclisis is marked [206] [207] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW with maqqep and is more or less the rule for the monosyllabic prepositions and particles "bx, "bs, "Tij, -n», -|a. -ox, -79 and -bx (negative), though instances may be cited where these words are accentually distinct. Examples of other types of words in proclisis are: moj-xb he will not depart jrrKsip? we shall find favor -"p-Tru—TOX which he gave to me ianx_nap buy us ™;-3 that he was placing 8rT3l£ let them dwell now The only important vowel changes before maqqep are e-+e and o-*o in the final syllable of many words: ,x?~]r?. he will give to me Xi-nat? observe now b. Retraction of Stress (imigdh or nasdg ' alior). There is a tendency, by no means consistently applied, to avoid two stressed syllables in succession such as Drib bixh you will eat bread. Instead, one may find either proclisis Dnb-baxh in which the stress of the first word is surrendered completely, or retraction of the stress, in which the stress of the first word is moved back to the next full vowel (not a): onb bpxn your will eat bread Dw vrn and they were there c. Conjunctive Dagliesh. When a word ending in an unstressed -a(h) or -eh is followed by one beginning with a stressed syllable, a daghesh may be placed in the first consonant of the second word: lab n"n you were for us The absence of stress on the final -a(h) or -eh of the first word may be (1) normal, as in the preceding example; (2) due to retraction, as in ib n\B$l it was done for him; (3) due to proclisis, as in lab-narr give t0 us. The phonetic value of this daghesh is not certain. 156. Vocabulary 42. Verbs: pi?T zd'aq (pyr) a synonym (and doublet) of pss to cry out id sdr (tkt) to turn aside (from a given course), to depart, go away (all intransitive), bbn hillel (bbrr) to defile, pollute, dishonor lesson 42] npa kipper hps?) to atone for, make atonement Dm niham (Dnr) to comfort, console (cf. Dru Niphal) nate simmah (nate1) to gladden, cause to rejoice (cf. natp, rmaiy) Nouns: ]nn hoten father-in-law nanb lehdbdh (constr. nanb or nab; pi. -of) flame bsa nd'al (pi. -im) shoe, sandal (f.) uqp qodes (pi. -tin) holiness, sacredness p» 'dwon (pi. -of) guilt, iniquity; punishment Other: ana maddu"(interrog. adv.) why? for what reason? obn hdtdm (adv.) hither (a less frequent synonym of nan) Proper Names :n»a Moseh Moses jna Midydn Midian, a land in northwestern Arabia, ilir Yiiro Jethro, the father-in-law of Moses ann Horeb Mt. Horeb, an alternate name for Mt. Sinai, the location of which is disputed. Exercises: (a) Translate: .■'iiHpT Dipa-nx ribbn sna (i) .nix itpxa ntea mvh (2) .rjnnin-nx -ratx jyftb ,rrijr,3 *b-ate (3) .iiTT. is* xb ntexi iRT nnb npp xb"imx ■■p (4) .OT$g T'bbpan pkrrnx wt; ronaa (5) .xtsx tjfipi ■'jih Tbx '3 Tjnas u>pa nate (c) .rax nair naprj anx-te'x (7) iiaran qbiiiTxi oanx anax ■■pax 75 ink onan iax itex te-xp (s) .iunp in la-nbx Tya ikp bbnai mn- biia (9) .amap-bs n-ptea d-ppa d^pini in bsg (10) .nbnna 'bx inixnn nnx nnx Dibna •% nxna (11) .ink annxi Tix-bs 'rnuft ntep (12) .naixn ■'as bsa -nx m% nan .sfeaa -ais bins mn'-bx pp. naxn (13) .bsfcrarbs ix ra—bs mon-bx (14) ; - I - t " t .Tjbs npax (is) .wsaa xbi niainxn iteps tie) .npp? jv^1? bitan -ais "lar-bs 'naS nafrns (17) (b) Write in Hebrew: 1. Because of the righteous (ones) I shall not send a flame of fire upon the city to consume it and its inhabitants. 2. Where did you put your shoes? 3. His father-in-law was an Egyptian priest. [208] [209] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 4, If you touch the vessels in the temple you will pollute them. 5, They turned off the road and stayed (= dwelt) in an inn until morning. 6. She used to come to the river every day with her sister to wash clothes, and when the clothes had been washed, she would return to the city. 7. Why did you not receive the men who had been driven out of the city? (c) Reading: Moses and the Burning Bush (Ex. 2:23-3:6) nniayrr]» VKTB^-'a 'in?s3 aftsQ tfri nan ann dryjg xxyz -rn (23) !3psr-flKi pny.:-nx annax-nx vna-rix B'nVx nan 3nnpTxa-nx irnVg aiai!H (24) ID'H^K ST*] 7NvJB,-,33-riK dt17k R-j*] (25) nan -ia-rarj nnx ixsrrjix -urjrn j;-jb jna iarm i-in; ixs-nx nyi rrn ntfai d) :nyjh □,rt7Kn irr^x naorn e>83 -isa naorj nana xti snaorj ijinn uw-naVa lftx mn- ijsVa xti (2) :naon -[VT-tf? ana njn ?ian nxnarrriK n«-wn tu-nnaK nwa' -»a«n (3) »#? "ia«»i ne>a ntfe -iax';i naon ipna otiVk vVs jnpn rrcn1? ip -a mn1 ins (4) lfty ibis nrix -ii?x aipan "a Tjft.an ?ya Tjftya "bs abn a-iprrVx -ids5] (5) :Xip Bf^-naiw rap rroa nron apy; 'n>xi prtar "nVx 05*13« vrbx tj-qx -rtVg -aas -iaxn (6) 'tit^SST1** io'B"ana st -a Notes to the Reading: 1. nax Niphal: "to sigh" 2. nam a cry 3. nprxa a cry 4. ana Qal: "to lead, drive" 5. In the sense: "to the edge of 6. nap a bush 7. An irregular passive adjective: "consumed" 8. "Remove" 9. "and he hid" 10. "to look" LESSON 43 157. Hiphil Verbs: Meaning. Hiphil verbs are, for the most part, causatives of the corresponding Qal. The distinctive mark of this conjugational type is a prefixed h-, but because this is not present in the imperfect and the participle, one must rely also on vowel patterns to identify these forms and to distinguish them from the Qal. The meanings that can be assigned to the Hiphil may be grouped as follows: a. Causative. From roots whose Qal verbs are transitive, the causative may be doubly transitive, i.e. with an object of the "causing" and an object of the verbal idea expressed by the root: S"Btt?n he caused (someone) to hear (something) sMrj naT-fiS tf'xrrnx y'afn he caused the man to hear the words of the king More commonly, however, there is only one object. If the second object is omitted, the verbal idea is intransitive: trxrrrix yawn he caused the man to hear It is better to seek a more idiomatic translation value in English, one that contains the force of the causative but requires no further object: "He informed (or notified) the man". If the first object is omitted, the verbal notion becomes passive in English: r^ibn '"lan-nx yatfn he caused the words of the king to be heard. [210] [211] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Here again, a more suitable translation can usually be found: "He announced (or made public) the words of the king". A further example with ntnri (to cause to see): ina T]ns nsnn ns/gs as he showed you on the mountain (no second object) iTiap-nN bht he will reveal his glory (no first object) From roots whose Qal verbs are intransitive, Hiphil verbs are simply transitive To this group belong the extremely frequent causatives from verbs of motion- -oh T3i>n to bring (take, lead, send) across ns; K-'sin to bring (take, lead, send) out TV t"lin to bring (take, lead, send) down nby nbin to bring (take, lead, send) up 3© aTO to bring (take, lead, send) back na toan to bring (take, lead, send) in, to, into From roots stative in the Qal, Hiphil verbs often partially overlap with thePiel: 133 to honor; (rarely) make heavy rapn to make heavy; (rarely) honor vi_p. to sanctify, consecrate to sanctify, consecrate Vro to cause to grow; rear; magnify "r^ari idem + to do great things b. Permissive. This is closely related to the causative meaning and can be decided only from context: E.g. ^II'T^ D"n^K Tin ns-]p God has allowed me to see your children too. c. Siaiive (or intransitive). A rather unusual use of the Hiphil is the formation of stative verbs from roots that are also stative in the Qal: Qal Hiphil - ] a"?r! to be white 3-ip to be near anpn to be near, about to (do something) prn to be distant P'rqri to move or go to a distance A subgroup of this type consists of verbs describing action or behavior: au- to be good 3-0-n to do well, get along well SH to be wicked snn to act wickedly These do constitute a translation problem since nearly all of them have a transitive causative meaning as well: faVri to make white pTjnn to remove, put away anpn to bring near, present a'D'n to make (something) good lesson 43] The causative value is the more frequent one. d. Denominative. Like the Piel, the Hiphil is used to form verbs from roots attested (in a specialized meaning) in nouns: |fS ear rwri to give ear, to listen ani evening 3",-i3?n' to do something in the evening. e. Unclassified: Many verbs of the Hiphil type cannot be placed in the preceding classification. As in the Piel, this is due mainly to our ignorance of the sources in the language from which they were derived. E.g. nprim to water, give to drink (used as causative of nnii>) trpwn to do something early in the day T'rori to throw, cast away Taiiln to annihilate, destroy 158. Hiphil Verbs: Stems and Inflection. Root Type Perfect Imperfect Jussive Regular l-Nitn I-Guttural TttB/rr hi'smid Tan higgid Tasrn he'emid Tai»! yasmid Tr yaggid Tajr ya'amid yasmed I?! yagged ""33?; ya'umed Imperative Inf. Construct Infinitive Absol. Participle 1WT\ hasmed Tan /tagged tayri hd timed Tnorj ha'smid Tan haggid Tpsn ha'amid npuJn hasmed ™ hogged insin ha'umed TDBtt ma'smid Tap maggid Tpsa ma'dmid Remarks: (a) The basic stem of the perfect has prefixed hi- and a long stem vowel i; this is replaced with a in inflection (see paradigm below). With roots \-Nun, the familiar assimilation takes place: *liingid > higgid. With roots I-guttural (including V.) the prefix is he-, with a secondary vowel after the guttural. (b) In the imperfect only the vowel pattern identifies the form as a Hiphil verb. Note again the secondary vowel with roots I-guttural. The short imperfect (jussive) has e as the stem vowel. (c) The /i-prefix appears also in the imperative and the infinitives, which have different stem vowels. The participle, like that of the Piel/Pual system, has prefixed m-. Perfect: TBtfn hismid 'Tat?n hismidu nT»u>n hismiduh [212] [213] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Imperfect: nTiuin hišmádtd ornaip'n hišmadtem hišmádt hišmadten "rnůiiín hišmádti hišmádnú TBt£ yašmid iTÓtŤ yašmidú TBtfjl tašmid tašmédnah Tatp'n tašmid tašmidít tašmidi tašmédnah TBEX 'ašmid vavi našmtd yašměd ■taah wayyašměd naon tašměd wattašměd T ■ : - 'asmiddh našmidah iBim hašméd hašmídú hašmidi hašmédndh Jussive: Cohortative : Imperative : Infinitive Construct : TBtfn hašmíd 'TBtfri hašmidi TjTHiiin hašmidakd Infinitive absolute : latórj hašmed Participle Ta©a mašmid rnmtin mašmidáh etc. d'Tötra rviTBttla mašmidim mašmidót The paradigms of Tan and Tasrj are the same as the preceding. In learning the paradigm of the Hiphil, the reader should note the vowel replacements (perfect: i-*a; imperfect: i-*e) and the fact that the stem vowel e does not occur in open syllables, while i occurs in all open stem syllables and in all final syllables except that of the jussive, the imperative, and the infinitive absolute. One peculiarity should be mentioned in connection with the perfect of paxnand other Hiphil verbs from roots I-guttural: when used in a future sequence, the converted form, with the customary shift of stress, has a in the preformative syllable: r}aKm and you will believe 'flaaxm and I shall believe A very rare alternate form for TBXn isfBxn. 159. Vocabulary 43. The following Hiphil verbs are derived from roots which have already occurred in this text. Note the meanings which are not completely predictable. Taxn to destroy, kill ham) fasn to believe, trust (]BKa) T^ari to magnify, make great (Trs) Tasn to lead (bring) across TB»n to station, set up, appoint Tnpn to bring near, present lesson 43] Tain to cause to remember or be re- iznn to bring near tea) membered; to remind; to mentionTsn to station, set up (aaa) p'Tnn to seize, lay hold of (prrr) Verbs: cart hibbit, (root aaa) to look (at:Vx, by): tolookat [+dir.obj.) Tan higgid (root laa) to tell (something) (to:1?) Tsn hissil (root VsiD to rescue, deliver riiin hissig (root aiya) to reach, attain, overtake Tnpn histtr (root "ino) to hide, conceal (trans.) mpa niqrah (imperf. mp") I , , . , . . „ ... ^ ''■ ' , ,. r „ to meet, encounter (+?x, 7V, 3) Knpa mqra (imperf. jryr; ) • ' Nouns: abn haldb (constr. irreg. a^n; no pi.) milk v?Z\l dabas honey 131 zekcr (w. suff. n?T; no pi.) remembrance, memorial nix of (pi. -of) sign, omen nil dor (pi. -im or -of) generation, corresponding period of time Adjective: arn rdhdb broad, wide Note: Hiphil verbs from roots whose Qa! is unknown or little used often have a corresponding Niphal; in addition tojaKa, asa, and waa note "733 nissal to be rescued Exercises: (a) Translate: ■s&n narVp-^x can1? nu?a idt (t) »o$fn nnfta am ijnasn) Kian (2) .op-nbK niT? btbxb aa^x ytro (3) .nb^i luaiy "iiy'x anaTr^a-nx h U) .orrap-nx rrnon Viia Vipa ipsn ortx larfrrp "rn (5) .1331 arrax Tip'-nx BTatna rrm (6) .nryn am anpn inarrnx am Tasrj (7) .nsinri oa mm iiaa-nx np'inn (s) .Trrixa-nx npiifN xVi rt^i oar ip'npn ?|BErnx ttx to' .na mpaa nx "a-nxi b'^n 'k'ari nx ma—x (10) .ntn aiparrnx nVnn-ta nBnarrnx ^ipn-Vs (11) .lainai iksb'-jp a^axn-nx inpni (12) .na-'rx nVw -wx ninixn-nx i3nx -i-ptn (13) .ia paxan a^_nx tip (t-t) .lanTja ianx Tsa i-x 'pi iraVfc unx laao-'? ft-nan (15) .njn Tian ^aiy na^-Vy nnx mix (ig) .nnon "innaa-Vx a'jnrrnx "an (17) nnpa nistar to hide (oneself) [214] [215] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (b) Write in Hebrew: 1. The maidservant hid near the well. 2. Overtake him and tell him that we are returning to our city. 3. We were not able to rescue them. 4. Look at the mountains and tell me what you see there. 5. He will station his men by the road. 6. The man who meets you will tell you where I have hidden. 7. Why have you come to destroy us? 8. He hid the money so that no one could find it. (c) Reading: Moses and the Burning Bush (concl.); Ex. 3 :7-l5. *vmi 'iisn -Pisň^ 'anpas-nxi aňsap -\wx ■■»» -asrnx TfŇa nxa mrr aaxa (7) 3;raxpa-nx tisť "a •jHK-bx narrp naiu yak-bx Nina ri$rrja -Arbmb^ ansa a»a ^Vsab fjgi (g) i^ujrj? •nrrni aapai nngrri "nnni ^sasn oipa-bx afa-p abn "nat d-sab crisa t^n "ynbrrnx 'jf^rj-'njj 'bx axa ^ajp"rta np_sx nan nnsi (9) rank íbhxbb bxa.ii>1 ^a "■ay-nx »ksi?rj nina-%8 s$$$iSi n?V nnu) do) bxaip' 'aa-nx "x-'Six -oi asns-bt? abx w -aatj -a a^bxrj-bx n»a aax'i (u) •.B^axaa dhxbb aya-nx '^x-aina '^rnbi? wax w nixn 5]b-nri ijôs n:nx-,3 aax'i (12) :mrj ana bs Daibxrrnx pnasn na-niax ^abx an1? 'rnaxi bxaúr ■'aa-bx xa -pax nan Bnabxrrbx ntfa aaxa (13) :nrrbx nax ap iatr-aa ft-naxi apftx """anW max bxai!>: rnb aaxh na aaxäi nnjrjít atíx max a©a-bx D'abx aax's] (14) :op*bx •■anbe? 'abx ap/náx "abx nia1 bxaé/: "aa-bx aaxh-aa au>a-bx a'ribx ais aaxh (15) «ňi aáb -naj an Dbisrb 'Bjrrw opftx ""anbtr aps* -nVx] pna? ,abx aaaax A'o/e.v io the Reading: 1. apsx cry 2. ana to drive, oppress 3. axaa pain 4. The suffix -0 is an object pronoun. 5. "to lead him (them) up" 6. a; to flow 7. The Hittites, the Amorites, the Perizzites, the Hivites, and the Jebusites; names of peoples occupying Palestine at that time. 8. ynb oppression; ynb to oppress 9. = anx nbwxi 10. "and bring forth" lesson 43] 11. "I should bring forth" 12. = a,nx 'nnbu; 13. inf. construct of X^xin to bring forth 14. = *ns nbiy 15. A cryptic phrase, not fully understood. 16. "forever;" an idiomatic use of repetition for durational expression. [216] [217] LESSON 44] LESSON 44 160. Hiphil Verbs: Stems and Inflection (eont.). Root Type Perfect Imperfect Jussive Imperative Inf. Constr. Participle Ill-guttural \U-Aleph Nsari Remarks: A guttural {other than «) in third root position affects only those forms which have e in the final stem syllable of the corresponding non-guttural type. In the imperfect (fern, pi.), jussive, and imperative this is replaced by a. The paradigm is otherwise like that of tsipti except for the furtive patah with the final guttural: vatert, srate\ Imperfect S'awri Jussive sairn Imperative yawn muntert Hiphil verbs from roots lll-Aleph have ef'J in the perfect before endings beginning with a consonant: PN$an (just like the Niphal nstjtaa, Piel nsba, and the Pual §HrJ»).All other forms are the same as those of T»ipn except for the fern. pi. of the imperfect, where we find the usual -e(')nah: run$an [218] Perfect fcrsan nttrSori nsian Imperfect N-sa: mNxan Imperative K?an 'K^arj wSarr niNxan The verb trorm combines the features of verbs 1-guttural and lll-Aleph. 161. More on the Numbers. (a) The tens. Apart from twenty, which is expressed by the plural form of ten, namely antes, the tens are the plurals of the corresponding units: axbte thirty n'Sinx forty B'tean fifty Dlfff sixty B'Sate seventy a-aaip eighty D'SB/P ninety They may be used with either a singular noun (the more common usage) or a plural noun: etn a^tebte or a^jx tfi^jf thirty men. They may also be used as ordinals: B^rnx ™? in the fortieth year. (b) Fractions are poorly attested. The expression for half ('sri) is unrelated to the number two. A fourth is sal or sa'T, a fifth is waft. (c) In addition to the regular series of ordinals (ptex-i, *j$ 'trtte, etc..) there is a second type attested only by tfVtf (third) and san (fourth). To judge from their limited use, they are more substantival than adjectival: "that which pertains to the third," etc. (d) Adverbial multiplicatives are usually expressed with dsq (once), G]ftVB (twice), D'ass teibte (three times), etc., but also attested are the forms Dnsate (sevenfold), a'nsa-ix (fourfold). (e) Most of the units have corresponding verbs (usually Piel) which have rather wide-ranging meanings: "to do something x-times; to divide into x-parts; to do something for an x time." Thus, mte to repeat, do again te^te to divide into three parts uan to be square; t»3"ll to make square, and similarly for the others. 162. Vocabulary 44. Verbs: yatffl to cause to hear; to tell, to proclaim. X'xan to cause to find; to present (= cause to be found). [219] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW rTönn to cause to sin, to lead into sin m'pan to make prosperous; to be prosperous T^fn to throw rafn to destroy fWi 10 lengthen (tr.); to be long (intr.) na; (rrar) to sacrifice 333 (air) to steal (nam) to kill (with or without intent or premeditation) Nouns: nop (pi. -of) staff, rod; tribe •ft (W. suff.-pp; dual D:p3; pi. -or) palm or hollow of hand; sole Other: jn (adv.) a synonym of nan; if Exercises: (a) Translate: .rjov-ns mm nbs^ (2) .□nk maünVi □vp'jxrrnx p^mb ink »rris (3) .-via5. omrm-nx i3,lTOn (4) .ink laxänn -p ujjiy "?ha (5) •Tjn ,a?"n? r,in'' ^18. x nbxun (22) :a:-iaa-nN '"an1???) Da,ni3a-7i;i inin1 -!\-bx nsna-r^ rflptf "a "''ppa iaa^ sbi,(? is^h^-k? ]ni nakn ntwa pft (1) :npa laKh ?|^3 »nja mrt" v'w nak'i (2) :V3db rwa 03J3 wna? ■,n:i ns^S "w^ch asna i^n5,lp^n nak'i (3) :isa3 nop1? ■,n,i is pirn iTT nViy^ >4i33ia TriKi tji; n'pty nwa-bk mm nak*i (4) apy; -nbxi pns: 'n^K DrnpN -rjbx onox -rybx mm ip^K nkna-'p wax; '^vd1? (5) Notes to the Reading: 1. "I shall lead (you) up" 8. ap/n empty (adv.) 2. The Hittites, the Amorites, 9. "from her neighbor;" fern. the Perizzites, the Hivites, form of |aty and the Jebusites. 10. V-33 (Piel): to plunder, take 3. 3T to flow spoil from 4. "a journey (of three days)" 11. = fw as 5. ipn1? a "regular" inf. con- 12. = ink TjWn struct of r\bri 13. = ink ^bvn 6. "except by a show of 14. 33T tail strength" 15. The purpose clause fits only 7. "and I shall smite" loosely with the preceding verses. [220] [221] LESSON 45] The few verbs in Hebrew which arc from roots originally l-Yodh have the Hiphil form ywr\ (to treat well; root atr). The e is not reducible and the inflection is regular throughout. LESSON 45 163. Hiphil Verbs: Stems and Inflection. With roots \-Yodh (originally \-Waw) the Hiphil verb has the same contraction to 6 that was found in the Niphal. Perfect Imperfect Jussive Imperative Inf. Construct Participle T-rin Tir tit *nin riin TTUJ (to lead down) The inflection is perfectly regular:,the syllable with 6 is unchanged throughout, and the final stem syllable undergoes the changes given in the paradigm of Tattfn Because the preformative syllable is open, the accent of the converted imperfect is regularly retracted, with e-*e: tVh. The following verbs combine several inflectional peculiarities: (a) l-Yodh and IH-guttural: jreriri stpf rrain KO\* TIT / srih 17i1ív / Mt?1*1 nai11 naisi (b) VYodh and Ul-Aleph: snin ir-iin sftíq (cause to know) sarin sriirin ij'aiia (deliver, save) nain train main (reprove) Nxin trxin K-sin (bring forth) The Hiphil verb corresponding to QalTj^n is T^in, as though from a root "ft'. [222] 164. The Numbers from 11 19. The 'teens are formed by placing the unit before the word for ten, which has special forms differing from those already learned: Masculine Modifier Feminine Modifier eleven i^B inx rnwv nrjit lira -F1C717 niDs ,rras twelve "ibs d'jtf nntos dtiií? ntos ,2b naiis »pj thirteen ■ws řttíVtí rnBs gftij/ fourteen ie>s nsa-ix n-iiPi! sa-jH fifteen it>s ns/an rnfiřs aan sixteen "lips nro nail's ipu? seventeen ■ros nsaei řrlfl sátí eighteen -iws nsaxi n-rós niattí nineteen nips nswn n-rós swn As with the tens (§161a), both singular and plural nouns occur with the numbers from 11 to 19. Nouns frequently itemized, such astzra, tot, ai\ ipbj (in the sense of "person"), and uati; (tribe) are usually singular: vrx nyx nirán fifteen men wbi rows tyan 15 persons (rem.: ařsí is fern.) With other nouns the plural is regularly used. 165. Vocabulary 45. VERBS: aatftn to cause to dwell; to settle (someone in a place) (cf. asr) Tlin to bring (lead, take) down (cf. Tv) TVin to beget, engender (cf. aW s^ain to cause to know; to teach (someone); to declare or proclaim (something) (cf. ST*) Krsin to bring (lead, take) out (cf. KXj) T^in to cause to go; to lead (cf. a"?rr) ^-pin to do again; to continue doing something. Two constructions are frequent: aixb I'pin he fasted again, continued to fast axji rpoin he fasted again, continued to fast In the second construction the verbs are simply coordinated [223] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW in Hebrew. The verb may also have the meaning "to add" but the actual translation value depends on the context: rut? rnfcs ^an T6;_17i! 'Aapim I shall add to your days fifteen years TlSfiB -)i?x nsiatfrrbx ... napn ris&in You are wiser than you are reputed to be. (lit.: You have added wisdom to the report I have heard.) Note also the common phrase (exclamatory, asseverative): fpi" rbi mm ft niffir na May God do thus for me, and even more so (if such-and-such is/is-not true) src/in to save, deliver main to reprove; to decide Xap to be jealous (_nx or a -(-person); to be zealous ( b: for) Nouns: bp| (pi. irreg. aft"ps) idol, image ^K (pi. god; God (w. or without article) xro emptiness, vanity; xyub in vain, for nothing ia (pi. -im) sojourner, resident alien "rk> a head of cattle (a singular corresponding to the collective Other : Vsaa nnna (adv.) (adv.) above; below; -I- b ( = prep.) ■f f (=prep.) Exercises: (a) Translate: .rap lisp íjftiíi a^aarrnxi atma a-™ a-ro-iri-ns .lftx 'xnpa ftip1? saw kfti 'iv "a-jia -nk mVin .aaas -rpn nraift lin mpix xb .anrj D^a WJj^ TSÉ nixbparrnio ninkrrnx ,nk snft .iriaa pka lank x-sisn sin Q'rftx ,faj pp? vax ab-nx natí -ft^m vaipft ]3 -fti5i .naňsa px-nxi rax-nx Tp .mši -icixa iiiik mps» n»P iaňk nirithn .□p^p nstpn-bi; nans mpix ift .oa -rox anap-nx aftx ninpxi -isp-nx xa-tían do) ,318 appxn map to ňxsini nins-bx tik rnpim apň ■>tbi? xa mi&yi (it) .fta^BK nnvw xV -o oaftn ■'paa Kwft (12) .xin unp aipa "a %>rjn xinb anarrnx jnnftx (13) .nwrrbx ank aip^t íťk -lira nirftw -man (14) .px-Vpa ink arm ampx -a px ink wapa its' •TTfe*3* 00 ipix "a niurft la-pin xV dc) .nu™ nia -\m nnk anft iftS- xb (17) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (s) (9) lesson 45] (b) Write in Hebrew: 1. He begot seventeen sons during his lifetime. 2. They settled the people in twelve small cities near the great river. 3. We defiled their holy place and brought out the fifteen large stones that they had set up there. 4. When he saw the flame of the fire, he ran out of the house without his clothes and shoes ( = circum. clause: "and his clothes and shoes [were] not with him"). 5. Now that my days on earth are finished, I charge these eighteen persons to you so that you may be a help and a comforter to them. 6. And after that he left the house of his father-in-law and set forth with this people as a sojourner in their midst. (c) Reading: The Ten Commandments (Ex. 20 :1-14): npjft rfttjiri Bnaanfta nx a'rftx lap (1) =:DH3sr map a^xa pka ]mnxsin "rox mrftK mm 'pax (2) i'|s"ftsji onnx a^rftx ^ft-mm (3) wiga n^xi nnna p£a -itfxi bstip a'diyp ibx ™arrpi bob p-nimm Kb (4) :pjft nnfta -by nix njj fj?a 6xap bx mnbx mm 'pax -p sanpp xb) an1? p.nnOTrx'b (5) ■■''xpb awa-i-bin m^wby-bv a"33 I'nisa ■nai'fti ,3nk'? "o'pbx1? -rpn nap (c) :mb iB»-ns xet-n?ix: nx mm npr vb -a Rwb Tribx mm-aitf-nx »«fen xb (7) ™-.wi.pb nam oi'-nx -iiaj (8) tanpxba-ba rrSiri aaiin b'b; rwf (9) fens TjgarTjipi nnx npxbp-ba niyvn-Nb mnSx mnft nao wwEir! on (10) :miiwa -it?x pji ananai anaxi "nip oa—ip>x-ba-nxi ajn-nx p^rj-nxi a^rrnx mm ntys? aw-nm w (11) i=:wii?ip;i nai^n Dv-nx mm ana ja-'w ■'ir'aisn aiaa jria mnVx mm n?;x nBixn-Vs rfi; pa-?x: ivfiV aax-nxi tj-'ax-nx ia? (12) nptii wrtig asj-ia "nairn-x1? :3iiin xb "^xan x1? tnsnn xb (13) PJT71?*?"«? ftnni iiian inax:i ii3in n^ nann-xb ai-i nw "nbnn xb (14) Afoto to the Reading: 1. = Tink 'rw^in 2. A plural noun used as an abstract: "bondage" 3. niian "likeness" 4. "You shall (not) bow down" 5. = ank Tarn 6. xap (adj.) "jealous" 7. See § 161c. 9. 10. 11. 12. ffta "thousand" km here = "to utter" (prob. in an oath); npT3 to absolve, regard as innocent The suffix is objective. "And he rested" = ink tt>7.pn [224] [225] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 13. "to commit adultery" 15. 7? "witness, testimony" 14. a rus "to testify against; "falsehood" to bring as testimony 16. -ran "to desire, covet" against" LESSON 166. Hiphil Verbs: Stems and Inflection (eont.). The stems of Hiphil verbs from roots Ill-He are as follows: Root Type Perfect Imperfect Jussive Imperative Inf.Construct Participle Ill-He nnnn 3-y* nsnn nia-in n3"ia Also I-gutt. ">?! n"?i?n niVyn nVsa Also I- Yodh nrjin -iv nnin ninin niia Also l-Nun nan t ■ na: T- niari nan Remarks: Note that the otherwise characteristic long vowel I of Hiphil verbs is not present in these forms. The stem endings and their inflection are virtually the same as that learned for all other verbs from roots Ill-He (cf. naa, njax ruy); only the beginning of the form marks it clearly as a Hiphil verb. The inflection is given below only in abbreviated form because of the similarities to other verbs already mentioned. Note that in the perfect the stem vowel before the suffixes beginning with a consonant is either e or ?: Perfect: nanrt Imperfect: nan: Imperative: nann nna-in ... "ann n-ann j "ann ia"in rrann I ... nrain etc. nrann etc. [226] [227] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Infinitive construct: niann, pann, plain, etc. Infinitive absolute: npn Participle: nap nana n'ap niana The verbs nbsn, nnin, and nart illustrate various combinations of root types. Their inflection is like that of npn. The jussive forms, like those of the Qal verbs from roots Ul-He, show the loss of the final stem vowel (-eh) and the resultant secondary vowel: yarbeh > *yarb > yereb. Hiphil verbs, then, are distinguished from Qal verbs only by having e and not lore in the first syllable of the jussive (and converted) form: Qal: jan and he built ap] and it (f.) grew numerous Hiphil: ]ah and he caused to build airn and it (f.) caused to grow numerous When the root is I-guttural as well, there is no distinction: Qal: and he went up or Hiphil: and he led up Note that in the jussive form of nan (root nan) the expected *yakk ( x wibw trapx 43 women w'pS vf] D-wpn 56 persons If the counted item is placed before the numeral it may be in the plural: -mxi dV?e> o-imk 31 men [228] lesson 46] 168. Vocabulary Verbs: npn nan pin nprp nnin 7\bi n^nn I nab I nab I nan I riann pn npn ospa aab 46. Nouns : to cause to see; to show (cf. np) to strike, smite, kill (root naa) to give thanks. In the imperfect the h is sometimes anomalously retained: nnin1 = np. (root tit) to give water to, to cause to drink; used as the causative of jtrw. to shoot (arrows); to direct, teach (root nn1) to lead (take, bring) up (cf. .Py) (nby) to uncover, reveal; to go into exile; ^wrnx r\bi he informed me. to carry away into exile haW to learn (tbV) to teach (nam) to be(come) numerous; to be great to increase (tr.); make numerous (w, suff. 'pmpl. -f;?i) statute (pi. -6t) statute (pi. -\m) judgement; court decision (pi. -of) a synonym of ab heart. Exercises: (a) For each of the following jussive and converted forms first give the corresponding normal imperfect and then the perfect. Translate. E.g. 3T -> naT -> nann awn P? yni5i pi^ btf (t) (2) (3) (4) (5) srfi (e) W (7) bt (8) ]ir (a) S#l (ID) nr (is) pi'1 (14) T- (l5) (b) Translate: (1) (2) (3) U) (5) (fi) (7) .bxniv lias n"?a te) " T t ' I T T .p-ra vrxb rrnNi T|-r5n_nK -nk nab (o) .ink inn1? njn-ns man s?na do) .xxaps ink *iapn ink anrn nsan-nx p .-non nb\vb ,mr am -a ,iapnx lana Ab rfsi .nixirnx nipp jyfi1? rip^x ixa .nop] aiun pp-nx aanx pnini •lyaa np§ ^ay-nx nVp nrp .pan xia -p1? px or tfaan rts_nx n1?} nip .nnx crip ''p pw nr [229] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW MS lanVai la-v-fa am rii"jmi a1? (uj ,DBri-]p "?d3 na-irrDJi nanbarria am ai (12) .nbsn D'pnrrVa-nK nto1? nar>H 1311 (,3) »f3$Tl^ QrjN nhinV Dn^p1? ^Krr-nK nbiu (14) .mrr-nK ngT1? nabi isai^ (l5) .p;m bna ch1? rrrn fiftrj ^p-1?? ?|nN nans (16) .npTjbK mn—7k laitin Dp^iia-bNi aaaa1? isnpi (17) .d^.xb thsb Dp-nas-ns nVsn -law noa-ns rttoy -tok mrr d8) .npjnn flS-'JS ,3ir"riK 7a«i (19) (c) Write in Hebrew: 1. I shall give thanks to the Lord. 2. They led us into exile. 3. Teach me so that I may know your (m. s.) many wonders. 4. Deliver us from the hands of our enemies. 5. When he hears about this matter, he will be jealous. 6. You have served them in vain, for they will not give you help. 7. The Lord will reprove his people. (d) Reading: Deuteronomy 6 :1-9. n$? oars -nab*? D^nVg mrr nix iws a'aswani o^nn rrissn nun (1) Majish1? ns* anas org ngg nriK 2?j|s? vnisai rnpn-73-nK -lb^ Tn^k rnrr-riR ktb pa1? (2) ilfa; pantr pabi Tsn 73 ^ip-jai Tjjpi "rpK run1 naa n©K3 ika pann niyNi tjV a™ nfesr1? rnntin bR"™? nuawi (3) ssjaii 3Vn npj ^"7 TnaN nrw nin1 ^n^R nw ^snii?; yaw (4} -:T|nt!n-73ai ^pa-baai ^a^-bpa nw» n« fiarjRi (5) i^aaV1?:; Bi'n ^raa "ais ">e*t nVsn a-ma vm (6) :Tj»ippi IpaBai ^nrta ^npbai t|fr>aa ?|KJi!fa oa fina-n spiaV bdpi33ot (7) jtps pa ^spoV rm t]t Vs niKb 'nrnDpi (s) :Tn»uai ?]rra 'niita-bB onanpi (9) ivoR'.r (0 f/i and roots U-Yodh ';-\!a v the obvious translation (and the correct one) of (g) is "The strength of the Israelites grew more and more severe against the king of Canaan." These constructions, though not too frequent, are troublesome unless understood properly. 171. Vocabulary 47. Verbs: raj (nir) to be a prostitute; to act wantonly.rut a prostitute. -ina ("ina;) to hurry; the inf. abs. nrja is used as an adverb: quickly. yyi (tfiv$ to arrange, set in order; draw up (in battle array), □'"inn (anrp) to destroy, exterminate (often as a religious act of banning). ran (rrri to make ready, prepare; establish (cf. Tbi). ran (pa;) to perceive, consider, understand; to cause to understand (cf. rtra). Ton (to;) to remove, take away, turn away (tr.) (cf. to) . ru (nir) to rest; to settle down. There are two Hiphil verbs related to this Qal verb: (tJ nun (rra;) to cause to rest, set at rest; li) nun (rrr) to set down, deposit, leave alone, trt (orv) to be high, lofty; d-in (n-t) to lift up, lift off. Tt»ri (Tit*) to bring (lead, take) back (cf. aw) xujn (xur) to bring (cf. xa) Nouns: m (w. suff. pi. of) roof Proper Names: TU-ta win; Joshua, the son of Nun. [233] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW inm Jericho, an important city at the lower end of the Jordan valley, motf an unidentified site across the Jordan from Jericho where the Israelites camped before crossing t|le river. arn Rahab, a prostitute in Jericho. JiTO Sihon, a king of Heshbon (east of the Jordan) whom, together with Og, king of Bashan, the Israelites defeated in their passage to Canaan, nil) Og (see Sihon above). Exercises: (a) Translate: .nan ink san (1) .air ink ran (2) .inbirn bsa ink impn (3) •bakb asp #t la'Sn Ct) .ns nso_nR iman (5) .■naki 'bip-ns niann (6) .uSnx-bk lafik a'tr'n (7) .n'yitn ns-ns lannn (a) .-irjan npir-bs a'aakrrnK lapis (») .nxnpb rnna du) .-Vk arik awn (o) .13b ran (7) .a*33ttn-nK iB^n (a) .anb] a:? ii'bK win (9) .isnnk a'snn nan -p nnp (10) (b) Negate each of the imperative sentences in (a): Ex. nafi ink (sari) xnn-bN (c) Translate: .nrua-nN 'nsan (1) .orrap-nx impn- (2) .□ab marrnk nirpn (3) .O'ban bsk 3njn-nk uran (4) .a-prtn nrn-nk pan (5) (d) Convert each of the sentences in (c) to a sequential form: Ex:nmn-nk tram (e) Translate: .ikpp ppn a^aira mm (1) .anns anbN ,-ink iat 'p watf kb Dmppi>-bk dji (2) .natpn 'bp-nti nnan nmk (3) sbx atri pa; i33bi sair? vatsai rrsa Dsn nkT (4) .asn ofp] inpa-nk innnp -mi (5) .iiiay-bxi lam-s-bk ufik awn Kb ana to) -bp ]nin niirs:b nisp-nxi niprrns nnirrnk nam msann fjtg rftfi (7) .a?«n 'm .-it* i^Kb rfrjl Tjpba nppn sian 'a astr'ai pii pan m (a) .'bipa isao* «bi nisy-nK iinn Kb (9) th nasa rrn Kbi ns-bs mi into asn Tina t|nk niann. -i&>x p! do) sin ffsni ,'rBa nwn pn niirsb iaab-bpa nnk ijbrt nirxi niitB-nK nair nt?k .tjari rv Tlqw n"isai ipva-bs nin trap *33n m^nx robirn nixi 'rsa [234] LESSON 47] (f) Translate into Hebrew: 1. He will give rest to his people when he has settted them in the new city. 2. I brought them to the place I had prepared for them and left them there. 3. Where did the men prepare the camp? 4. I shall go with you and give you rest. 5. Do not raise your voice lest they hear and come and slay us. 6. As he led us into exile, thus will he bring us back. 7. He will teach us many new songs so that we may give thanks to the Lord. (g) Reading: Rahab and the Spies (Joshua 2 :1-11). (1) -nR un iaV naxb wit) d'bna d™ trip d-wrj-ja ju-ja serin? nbtpn :n»#-iasMM arn nam run n»« ma ixmi iab=i imm-nki pfcrj :pnkrt-nN nsnb btoir -33» nb^bn nan isa nttfjK nan nasb irrr. ^bab -intn ^jn-ab ikantr'K ^bx a'xpn n'ir'axn 'K'iin nbxb ann-bk in'T Tjbft nbff»i :ik5 ppkn-bp-nN nbnb 1 'nsr kbi D'BjKrj 'bk ika ip nakm Tapani miP3Kn -w-m nty'kn np.ni ^an pka irja ion B'ltfagn labn nak 'nsm Kb ikS; dtonii ^fta niapb nsi&rj -mi ^aia^n 'p DnnnK :ian-bs nb niansn iyvn 'rropa caaapni naan 3nnbsn htji jsj n^P n.nK nap nsfm ^ninasan bs firmn annnk lo-in D^asm :Dnnnk a'pinrj :aarj-bs on-'bs nnbs sni pasff' a-ip npni ii'bs Dpnp,K nbp3 'pi pftrrnN npb nin- ]n3-n 'nsT DTOsn-bK lakni layapn p-ikn 'pw'-bp >°i3fia 'pi inrai tr^ssa aamsa op-asa utpo-a; 'a-ns mm i2u??3in-nij?k "ns "9 do) :onik Dnannn nws aisbi |trab mn "nafia Ttfs '5naKn 'pba •at/? amirs D'nbK »n apnbK mn1 'p ap'apB ir'sa nn lis na£ sbi laaab db™i sarai (11) :nnnn y-ikmbsi bsaa a^tra (to be continued) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (!)) Notes to the Reading: 1. A difficult word, probably meaning "secretly" 2. "ipn to dig, search out, explore 3. "and she hid them" (]ps to hide) 4. owt?n = onk la'&n 5. anbsn = ank nnbsn "and she hid them" (jnp to hide) "stalks of flax" lit. "flax (antra) of the tree". Note that anirp is feminine Often used thus without a preposition in the meaning "by way of [235] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 9. "as far as the fords" (sing. 13. nio-D* The Red Sea; lit rnpvp) "sea of reeds" 10. "(they) have melted away" 14. "that which" 11. m marks the "ton clause as 15. Amorite the object of mj&w. 16. ins) the other side 12. BT'ain to dry up (root tt>3* cf. noa1) LESSON ^ 172. Hiphil Verbs: Stems and Inflection (concluded). Hiphil verbs from geminate roots have the following stems: Root Type Perfect Imperfect Converted Impf. Imperative Inf. Constr. Geminate apri aori apn Also II/III-gutt. inn inn inn Inf. Abs. Participle ap» ¥1? snn Note the general (but not consistent) replacement of e by a in the final stem syllable before a guttural. In inflection the e appears before the guttural whenever the non-guttural counterpart has i: Perfect 3Dn inn napn rriapn orriapn rriäpn l!?iaprt jrrisnn -rriaoq laiapn [255] [2J7] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Imperfect 3DT apn 3 on wan aox apn ■■aon lap; nj'ppn nrapn aoa won (avion) Imperative 57T inn sijpi win • " T mx win wt "T ™"$~!P win »13 wan (ny&an) Inf. Construct apn ■*apq Tjaprj inn waq 1jt3d Participle nana o-apa niaoa in a nina awaa nima Deviant forms are attested, most frequently those showing a doubling of the first root consonant, such as ap; (for ap;). Compare the similar confusion in Qal verbs from these same roots (§126). 173. Verbal Hendiadys and Related Idioms. In the construction aa!j aun and he wept again the two verbs are simply coordinated, both having the form as required by the narrative sequence in which they occur, but in meaning the first serves to qualify the second and is best translated adverbially in English. The verbs most commonly used in this way in Hebrew are: 3tii to do something again ^pia to do something again Win to do something willingly, voluntarily; to be content to do; the imperative is virtually equivalent to "please" ana to do something quickly owizjn to do something early in the day naan to do something much or a lot Examples: nipx np_i arnax aoa (Gen. 25 :1) And Abraham took another wife. lesson 48] limn a?i)3 3OT iftkin ft (Joshua 7 :7) Would that we had been content to dwell on the other side of the Jordan. Da* pV] 3#] (Judges 19:7) And he again spent the night there. nan 'px-nx anaajni Dnanai (Gen. 45 :13) And you shall quickly bring my father down here. DpplT? arcftrn onapuni (Gen. 19 :2) And early in the morning you will go on your way. The two verbs may have no conjunction between them. This construction, termed asyndetic, is common with imperative, rare with narrative forms: aaxis nvax npw'X (Gen. 30:31) I will again tend your sheep. apu> aw (I Sam. 3 :5) Lie down again, lis latiippx Tpix (Prov. 23 :35) I will again search for him. ix-nnx aba Win w (Hosea 5:11) For he has willingly gone after filth. aft.33 np_ bxin (II Kings 5 :23) Be content to take two talents, 'jiap wsnnna i^Hfry Drrxa na (Judges 9:48) What you have seen me do quickly do likewise. Most of these same verbs may also occur with a following complementary infinitive usually with V: Sp^S uniift nw aw^ ,a (Deut. 30:9) For the Lord will again rejoice over you. vrxrrnx natift nii>a Vxi3i (Ex. 2:21) And Moses was content to stay with the man. inx nwsft anaa (Gen. 18 :7) And he quickly prepared it. naV? nqa (II Sam. 15 :14) Go quickly. The two verbs may function together in complementary usage after another verb: nnnp.1? awV ...hor x4? (Deut. 24:4) He will not be able to take her back again. Rarely more than one may appear before the main verb: ixxa lawun nnaa (Joshua 8:14) And early in the morning they went forth quickly... The verbs Dp and aba, especially the former, are employed in a similar construction where a literal translation is awkward or impossible. opTji so used seems to do little more than give a slight emphasis to the fact that some activity is about to begin, corresponding to English "then, thereupon;" the imperative often corresponds to "come, come now, so." E.g. [238] [239] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW rt3E>n;-mp (Gen. 27:19) Come now and sit... (hardly "arise and sit..."). Wf?% uVni?i| Dip (Ex. 32:1) Come, make for us a god who... 174. Vocabulary 48. Verbs : inrj Nouns: Prepositions : iya (root 5?2i) to injure, hurt (dir. obj. or with a/1?); to act wickedly, badly, (root aao) to turn, turn away, turn around (all trans.)- to cause to go around, (root bbn) to begin (usually followed by a complementary inf.). (root iid) to break, vitiate, annul, to do something early in the day (see §173). to be willing or content to do something (see §173). (Niphal) to swear (an oath); to promise (something) by an oath. (Hiphil) to cause to take an oath. (Piel) to let live, to revive, restore to life. (Hiphil) idem (not used in the imperfect). (yap1} to meet, encounter (with dir. obj. or a), (pi. -at) oath (pi. -dr) wall of a city. (w. suff. dual eetrbf, pi. niirn) door (of house or room). through. The translation of this preposition varies widely. After verbs of prayer or entreaty it has the meaning "for, on behalf of." Note its use with verbs of closing: Disia matn and they shut themselves in aarn isa nirr -up the Lord had closed up her womb It also has the sense of "around, surrounding" as in "■is? }aa nnsi You are a shield surrounding me. X'bs beside, in the company of, to the side of. apn bm Bffsitfn TNin yait>a H-ntiin l x>n i n;nn yap nyiatp nain Exercises: (a) Translate: .inisa-ns 'rrrtarj .■"ray ynrft nirr ins jra nb mrr -ysa ynn tjVfn vsh .rzsb ips 73a uti .annia-ns snpfti niaab ftrin .y-inbi niaft bnni (1) (2) (3) (.1) (5) .-ay in-ia-nx -ish (c) •OT^bv, "nana pan1? ftrV (7) .w*r 'p Drrn:n iyv (s) .aarfta Tpsft laftna (9) .ninana ra-srns aosi (in) [240] LESSON 48] (b) Translate into Hebrew using the constructions treated in §173. 1. and we shall bring again. 2. they were content to rest. 3. I arranged it quickly. 4. and early in the day he removed them. 5. and he struck him again. 6. and he prepared again. 7. and they quickly brought it. 8. be content to bring them back. (c) Translate: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) .isůri -pi T'bs ibu'i D3Bh ,rns;i ins rVani ia yjB Ijj? nan1? tf?$n nptzn .ma1? onanrrns -ran sa;i "ina lirsm .nnain nbaai Tsn-rm lasoa n-m t t t : t t - t -.* " \ : t t : .nrr Tya inn trvasb nana .ansa nblrrns nap'i man isa;i .s-na r-iítn-7S aittft npaa nab1? rwasj sin th 05^1 .man -liar nn: «7i anarrns n.»tr Sinn Dra .laňs yisr}) ~ina;-iB hsbb riqa .-nanas? nrn-ns onaasn K7 nab .Bans arftK n Bp1? "nsará iftn (10) .eftíift ni-rft ^-ray n-a-ns 3137 rftsin (11) .iris n-a-nsi nns man; sV »s oris sav/ni (12) (d) Reading: Joshua 2 :12-24. Rahab and the Spies (concluded). -roň *a| ma-ay ans-aa amíryi ion aaay ,n,É,y-,p awa ft sa-isaiya nnyi (12) :nps nis ft annai -ns arftsni mb niz/s-ba nsi 'wns-nsi -ns-nsi ,as-nsi 'as-Jis Driiqnj (13) : niaa wirjip'sa -nna n;ni srri lanai-ns rrárt sb as inmb aannn iaf Da BTOSn rft natn (14) :nasi 7 aft tjbi? iri&in fiftn-riK iab mm iřtajfh jrn nainai naina Tpa řiira '3 6]i7rtn iya ftafta iBinini (15) »307 is? a"!?; nuftti? nafi 'onanai D,PTňn aaa wap'-is lab mjn onb nasňi dc) iDaant? laVn nnsi D^inrj nanyattin ibs ntn l5«aEiB ianÍK10D?pa D-cíasn rjfts nash (17) ia totiĚffin n?s pVrja' naipn "n?n -awn ain mpn-ns ynňa a-sa lanas. nan (is) :nn:?ri t?k 'Bosn tžs n'a-7p nsi Tfts-ns] ^as-nsi ijňs-nsi ntjjs bál D^pa lanisi itiísna iai nsiiin ijira 'riViffl ss;-lv/S 73 n;ni (1») :ia-n:.nn n;_DK w|Hia ia^r mia -qns i^iapvawn nia's i]nyau;B a?pa la^ni ni la'ia'i-ns ^rán-asi (20) qftna •'airn nipn-ns nirpni laby "an1?™ mn-|p BanaTP nasni (21) [241] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW "Vaa ffs-hrj iwpjap a'annrj trw nof'to atf a-ifta way (22) -¥| nN iVnaap pa-fa stfim-Hw way nasn nana n-n BTfiNii -a? la't^i (23) tarns ^niNsan' pari 'aif-1?? wnBa-oJi p-iftn-Va-nK a-£a mrr ira-a srahn?-^ na«^ (24) Notes to the reading: 1. "my sisters" 2. "our lives in exchange for yours" 3. Note the absence of the article on m. 4. ainim = orix Ttifi] 5. baft a rope 6. pVn a windovv 7. Dnana = nnxarn from nam to hide (oneself) 8. aw alternate inf. construct for aw 9. Take adverbially as "afterwards". 10. yi innocent, guiltless. Verse 17 seems to be displaced; see vs. 20 below. 11. "this line of scarlet thread" 12. urn.nin = lank n-nin 13. lajiaaipn = nariM ris^n 14. cnVipni = obx n^ni 15. in the sense "befall" 16. "they have melted away" [242] LESSON 49 175. The Hophal. As in the Piel-Pual relationship, there is for each Hiphil verb a passive counterpart of the type called Hophal. The form is characterized by an H-vowel in the first stem syllable and a in the second. The exact nature of the first vowel depends on the root type, as is seen from the following synopsis: Root Type Hiphil Verb Hophal Perfect Perfect Imperfect Participle Regular TBitfn taipn TKroa I-gutt. TBsm ■roan tijsa l-Nun Tag nan -laa UhAleph K"san KS»n Ksa; nsbb l-Yodh/Waw t-iin TfSi TP1 Tiia Ill-He man ajan nsa* nus Hollow B-prj apjin BpJ" opra Geminate 2?n awn a or aaia The following samples of their inflection will suffice for the remainder: Perfect tatp'n "TBsjrj man miaajn n7n?n (ho'om-) nnaan ...Bl&tfn ...rrrasm ...rvian npjin hap/in • napjin [2«] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW lesson 49] ... •mii" - : t ..."ratfn - : : t . 7U7ÖIK1 -mm r : t ■ t : t nnama Imperfect - r: v v : t Hösn (to'om-) "an ■itt ' "it miasm nrian Participle ibdb t tj T niäira/ri-rasa B"7DSB niiasa ™aa maa Eraaa niaaa 'apw mapjin opra napjia / nap^a Q'apia As the passive of the Hiphil, the Hophal offers no problems in translation when the Hiphil is a simply transitive verb: TBwn he destroyed -bct Tbs>n he threw ibtm TTin he brought down TTin he was destroyed he was thrown he was brought down But when the Hiphil verb is capable of a double object construction, it is the causative portion of the meaning which is rendered passive in the Hophal: Tixrrnx itf'xrnnx nxin He showed the man the light. (lit. he caused the man to see the light). Tixrrnx utkh nxin The man was shown the light, (lit. the man was caused to see the light). imrrnx as>rrnx Taga He brought the people across the river, imrrnx um ipsn The people were brought across the river. Or, when one of the two possible objects is omitted (cf. §157a): □srrnx Tas?n He led the people across. □sn lain The people were led across. Tixrrnx nxin He showed the light, (lit. he caused the light to be seen) lixn ntnn The light was shown, (lit. the light was caused to be seen). Note, too, the impersonal construction with the retention of m (cf. § 154 end): Dnairrnx ft ian He was told the words. 176. Vocabulary 49. Verbs: 1?? pin nan (bipa1) (-©-") (nap*) (pip?) (pin;) (nan") to rule, have dominion over (obj. with a) to be pleasing, agreeable to be(come) angry (by against) to settle down, dwell to become strong, firm, hard to mutter, roar, moan, sigh; to meditate, imagine [244] Nouns: n;ix (no pi.) ^ •hh (pi. nrnx) j ns (w. sufT. 'jpiB; pi. -1m or -dt) time, appointed time (f.). »13 (pi. B^li; constr. ""Ta) kid nil? (no pi.) congregation, assembly Tina (pi. irreg.crnina) young man Other: bis (adj.) uncircumcised; (fig.) inept, deficient Ip-bi? (adv.) therefore Proper Names: pat? Samson nnaan Timnah (or Timnathah), a town held by the Philistines; exact location unknown □Tvrbp The Philistines Exercises: (a) Transform each of the following sentences into the passive, replacing the Hiphil verb with the Hophal according to the example: Emrrnx tran he brought the man .naian bya ftprrnx Tpn .□'inxrrnx ia»i osrrnx a^in .aarrra o^axrrnx nyi/in .rutin cruiihn-nN x^jsin (t) (2) (4) (5) i^xn xain the man was brought .nayarrby niorrnx nbsrn is) .onorj "ipi-nx ib ran (7) .nainn bs» ej'xrrnx yb^n (8) .nia-j nixbpa opnx 'n^in (9) fta-nn-bx inx xa'i (10) (b) Translate: iab£n ntran xaian irxn t - ■ t (c) Translate: (1) (2) (3) (I) nbaan nan -nnöin ftpT aanan Dsn (5) (ß) (7) (8) ■nasrri D'pan DTOxn nor nuaian nnan ,ua buran bimn t : - t -; .U'Sia Tj£ Itfxb nrix jnx .□nfts «]spn OTO'jxrrnx inixnp -nu .Kvn nsn rTÄrrbaa asnn pyn •iT."1n nan;. ia>xp nans Qnftyi ^xie; •'inx niix -ixa .•qVon u»»a lain itf'] .opnx ux ,3 iXTrrbx] ipyn .nbfti oar nan; mrr niinai .vjb ■'nxpn xb sp ■■ax fty qispn-bx .o^sa rt^-bpa nor baa .o^npsn-nx nbuft jxai nsns ab pjjj») .a-fj^s nisya o-sah iaip; xb f?-bi? (9) (10) (11) (12) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) ,(6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) in) [245] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW .bx-iir nvj-bp-bx nwa nxn jpi (u) .natan-bsi nrian ink bj^j nan-nx nao»i (m) (d) Write in Hebrew; 1. The statute was annulled. 2. The work was begun but not finished. 3. He was made to swear that he would return early on the fourth day. 4. He fell from the wall and died. 5. He was taken outside the city and there was put to death (lit. was caused to die). 6. She stood beside the door until they had departed. (e) Reading: Judges 14:1-10. Samson and the Riddle. ítrroíbs niaap nnaana nii>x wn nnáan jíkhíí tťi (i) arris inp nnifi ffnefrp niiaa rtriiana *ps$ni twh "ipxá iaxbi ras1? taj b»á (2) o :nysb 'b ncx nnpb -|bin nrix »p rrox ^as-baai tjtix mapa rxn ínxi ras ft -)ax";i (3) rawa n"it£ S-rr'a ft-np. sto vas-bs itoatp nox5] aft-isn awbaa xrin n»ai orMhsn »j?aa-sin -naxn—a ixtj mrra 'a nrr xb iasi ram (ú ibsaira aft^a BT4iiíbp utop mnx n'sa nani nróan 'aia—rs ixín rrnaan iasi rasi Jicíaiíi tví (5) iirtnpb raxb ran xbi iva ps naixai "lan soitřa «ins>o«ri mrr rrn rb» •"•nbsni (b) intra -ítsx nx iaxbi :riu>ai? fsa -if'fri ntz?xb aa-n t-rt (?) "wiaa !in"iaa' nis? nani nnxrr Bnbpr: nx nisnb apá 7nnnp.b qtsjo aan (a) :2ř3Ti rrnsn xbi ibpxh nnb jnn ias-bxi vax-bx -tbá basi aibn vsa-bs "ínlrn (9) :u/aarj i-n-n rraxri nnaa *a anb fan .-□pnan íten ja -a nnira poai? aer" »»3 rtósrrbs in-áx tví (tu) (to be concluded) Nates to the Reading: 1. "that it (i.e. the situation) was the Lord's doing" 2. naxh opportunity (for a quarrel) 3. Tap a young lion 4. 3Xii to roar 5. nba to rush 6. apt? to rend, tear apart; "and he tore it apart" 7. The suffix is objective: "to take her" 8. nbép carcass 9. nnia-7 (pi. -im) bee(s) [246] LESSON 49] 10. n;ia body 11. "and he scraped it' 12. -"he had scraped" [247] lesson 50] LESSON 177. The Hithpael. Relatively infrequent, Hithpael verbs are distinguished by the prefixal element (h)it- and the doubling of the second root consonant. Root Type Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct Participle Regular bTAr.n Ill-He nbirin n^arr mVann nVana Geminate bbQnr! bbsna In regard to formation the following points should be noted: (a) With roots beginning with a sibilant (o i ei iff a) there is regularly a metathesis of this consonant and the n of the prefix: *hit'sammer > lanum. A further assimilation takes place, wherein *-zt- > -id-, as in *hhzakker > *hizlakker > YJTtri; and *-st- > -jf-asin *hit_saddeq > *histaddeq >p*rro?n, Other assimilations occur sporadically, as in xaan for more regular xaanri. (b) With geminate roots the doubling of the middle root consonant is often given up, as in the Piel verb, when preceding a a: aaarjnrj for iaannn. (c) Roots II-gutt, show either compensatory lengthening or virtual doubling, as in the Piel. E.g. nx-jrin but nmnn. (d) The final stem syllable may have a instead of e. This is normal before gutturals, optional elsewhere: ^mm, STjnri. (e^ With roots I-Waw/Yodh the original i is sometimes preserved, as in roinn (to argue) and sJTjrn (to make oneself known): contrast TVnn (to declare or claim a pedigree) and fsrnn (to conspire against), both with \ (f) Hollow roots seldom occur as Hithpael verbs. (g) Vestiges of a closely related verb type without the doubling of the second root consonant occur sporadically, especially in the verb Tp.spn (note the long a and single p). Inflection is as follows: Perfect bTrinn i^ann nVanri Hariri nbTinn nnVann snTTMiri n4ann Dn^snn nástin nbTariri n-Vann |r.-Vanri 'n'Wirt "-"r/ann tjWbp- laWerin Imperfect bTjrr nVair i^arr bTinn niMann nbann na^anp V?snn nab'psrin VniriF! iVnanri nbanri V>anri naViarw ,lrann nr^ann naV^snri bTinx b^ana nVanx nVana bbpriit Imperative b^jnri rVianri nbanri iVann -bnjriri niMann ■■Vann nrbanrj Inf. Construct nibann Participle d-Viann nbaria o^&P ^pria a-'VVpna ni^-iana nVana nibaria rrVVsna rMana Hithpael verbs are intransitive and often have a reflexive or reciprocal meaning in relation to their active counterparts of the Qal, Piel, or Hiphil type from the same root. The following is a representative list: (a) Reflexive: snprjri t0 sanctify oneself (cf. p'TR; iŤnpn) ^Tanrt to magnify oneself (cf. Via; ^nan' xannn to hide oneself [248] [249] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (b) Reciprocal: nsnnn to see one another (cf. nan) "lain to converse (cf. izii) (c) Indirect reflexive (i.e. to do something for one's self, for one's own benefit or to one's own detriment): ]|nnn to implore favor (cf. bpsnn to pray (see below) TBSii to supply oneself with provisions (cf.Ti provision) (d) Iterative: "l^nnn to walk back and forth; to go continually (e) Denominative :N3ann to prophesy (cf. N-aj) naxnn to become angry (cf. root Classification is often difficult, owing to the lack of data. The verb ibjsfS] (to pray) offers a good example. One's first inclination is to regard it as denominative from n'ppn (prayer), to which it is most closely related in form and meaning. This is too simple an approach, however, since nouns of the type nbpn (with prefixed /-) are often associated with Hithpaei verbs in Hebrew and would appear to be derived from them and not vice versa. There is no Qal verb ^Vs but there are several poorly attested nouns, such as V?B (referee, judge, arbiter), which suggest that there was a Toot verb (Qal) at one time in the meaning "to arbitrate, mediate" or the like. The Piel verb V?s (to mediate, act as an arbiter for) is a denominative fromVpD. The Hithpaei verb, then, would have the force of a causative/indirect-reflexive: "to cause a mediation (by seeking or asking) for oneself." It would thus belong to the same category as jannrt. It is obviously necessary to learn the exact nuance of a Hithpaei verb as part of vocabulary acquisition. 178. Vocabulary 50. Verbs : lannn Harm rt Nan: Nouns: Kainn K33 ibb Vatta rrea to pray to seek or implore favor to hide oneself tearr) to hide oneself to walk back and forth; to go continually or constantly to prophesy (sar) to prophesy (tzhrr) to plow; to engrave (una1) to spread out (trans.) ("IBB?) to count (no pi.) food one who has been anointed, the Messiah Ti? (w. stiff. Tts or -m) strength, might lesson 50] nbpn (pi. -at) prayer byi (w. suff.ftas; pi. -tin) calf nbau (pi. -or) heifer Other: id TO PROPER Names: (adj.) strong, mighty (see §22) (conj.) unless, if not (adv.) thus (generally referring to what follows) Ashkclon, an important Philistine city on the coast, about 12 miles north of Gaza. Exercises: (a) Translate: ■■3hb onsannn nab (i) T|nx -nam jarmrt (2) r'wna b'aVrjnjan oninan (:i) xaannV Vrn (4) sbkJ nVi rbx iny&gnn (5) ixa int 'a wann*] (6> -isa Vbsnnn (7) b'Naanan 'a (8) ■^nVpn nyain (9) ^n'a-Vs Haas do) 'Ninn (11) (b) Translate: .vspa vb) w^B laannna to rrvs a"(i8"%s unto b'be?n bin .nKami np'33 na nawn rtnsn vjn« wan1? "as u>j?aa -ibHb t.T> n??j -jVnnrii |bk3 n?$ i"? 'n'Sw ,nosp toai 'aaVa -vans ,]bki ina ft 'nifrpqi .a'avi-fta ,rr#b *it>% .037 nft-fts rnirr nKpn •infta? 13193 r-iftn-1?? Dn,rii1?»»"riK tEnan lain bn .b'aaian nbpi na^rj sa-uan ibk'3 nsirin anpN-nx mir xsin .*jsni rrrr na ft -iaK'3 ,ank nap? twj-nK otfa nVrn-fta my nria errrns mrp 7713 mj-bv iT-nx nr?a 03 .n»aft ftVsrn b^wrrVs PBSTts f"i§3 grftN mn" "333 inwKi aisrj isaatw raa T?nna a^rftn nirr np-ns isiam ,jsrj tv. ^ina -m ^tavns nitnrft nftnn nn« ninvans nax1? sinn nsa nrr-1™ jannNi .rups nnN -reftta rrcran nra p&ai a'aiya "?n -a "a npmn ^t-nxj (c) Write in Hebrew: 1. The lion was slain and his carcass (rftsa) was cast to the side the road. 2. They searched all that evening but were not able to find the lost k 3. There was at that time no king ruling over Israel. 4. We were content to settle down there. 5. Be strong, therefore, and do not flee from your enemies. d) (2) (3) W (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (til) of id. [250] [251] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 6. The congregation will be destroyed. 7. There was no one prophesying in the land in those days. (d) Reading: Judges 14 :11-20. Samson and the Riddle. :in« rrrji wnffl} a^M inj|"i irriK orróna th (n) ^ ^nyau? kb nnix iran nan-ax nyn aa1? =xa-nT,nx fiuim an1? nax'i (12) titr$a 6nDbn arafeia 'D'rip a'tebte nob -nnai anxxm nrrón ft rvpri anaa niaftn. DTbbsš o'snp crew ft annai ft Tan1? ftaw xV-dxi (13) 'inaynteai ^ny-n miň iD1!?; nÄ nTrjn TJfft fta; xVi ipirua 12D11?3^a ^Ňna an1? nax'i (w tpra-tb n-rnn-nx raV-tri T^'x-nx »-bd fitstow n$ft nax'i 'v'atpri Di«a ^rn (15) "txpn lab Dnxnp 'o«0nftn texa Tax n'a-nsi -nr™ -as -aa1? nn-rn n-rnn l3,aňanx xVi >:,aňxaiff pn nnxni rby yvinw ntex T|ani dej :T?k i^i 'nnln k"? 'axbn • 13. iananx = "m rnftx 14. innp/xn "she harrassed (p-xn) him" 15. An uncertain expression; probably "before the sun had set" 16. nbx to rush 17. nxftn armor 18. nsn to be a companion to, to be "best man" [252] LESSON 179. The Qal Passive. There are several forms, taken by the Masoretes as Pual or Hophal, which must rather be viewed as survivors of an obsolete passive of the Qal. Perfect Imperfect np1 to be taken t1?' - to be born - 11?; to be given Isolated participial forms also occur: bax (eaten,consumed), tiT. (born). That these verbs are not true Pual or Hophal types is suggested (1) by the absence of a corresponding Piel or Hiphil active verb with the appropriate meaning, (2) by the absence of a a -preformative on the- few remaining participial forms, (3) by the irregular assimilation of the b in rip?, a special feature of the Qal not found elsewhere, and (4) by the asymmetry of a Pual perfect and a Hophal imperfect. It is quite likely that a number of other Pual and Hophal verbs belong here, but assignment on the basis of meaning alone is precarious. 180. Polel, Polal, and Hithpolel. In place of Piel, Pual, and Hithpael verbs from Hollow roots there is a derived system of verbs characterized by the reduplication of the final root [253] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW consonant and 6 in the first stem syllable: Polel (active) Polal (passive) Hithpolel (reflexive) Perfect Imperfect Inf. Constr. Participle Daip Dnip aaip" DDipnn □aipiv f BBipa naipa oaipna Typical verbs are aaip (to raise up), nnia (to slay, kill), nan (to raise), ]fa (to establish), and TjiS (to arouse) from the roots Dip, ma, an pa, and "lis respectively. All verbs of this type are rare. In the inflection of the perfect the distinction between the Polel and Polal is obscured: Polel oaip naaip . naaip Polal aaip naaip . nadip Similar forms occur from geminate roots, as fain (to favor; root pn) and agio (to encompass; root 330). 181. Other Verb Types. Biblical Hebrew has a number of verb types not belonging to those already treated. Most of these are so infrequent that a complete paradigm cannot be constructed for them. Given below, with the traditional name of the type, are a few examples. Poel: similar to the Polel of the preceding paragraph but formed from regular triliteral roots. E.g. una* (imperf. isn.OT; part.uhiip) to take root, a denominative from the nounUH&(root). Contrast the Piel verbtfTf (to root up, destroy the roots of). Palal: presumably from triliteral roots with reduplication of the final root consonant E.g. (to be at rest); V'pBK (to be weary). Pilpel: perhaps traceable to reduplicated biconsonantal (i.e. Hollow) roots. E.g. robs (imperf.?aVa*; inf. constr.bsb?; part. Vabga) to sustain, support: bibi (to roll). The relatively frequent verb ninrwrt formerly taken as a Hithpalel form of a root nntf is now known to be a Hishtaphel (i.e. prefix [h]iSt-, root mn). The attested forms of this verb are given below and should be learned. Its inflection is like that of other verbs from roots Ill-He. Perf: 3 m.s. ninnian Imperf: 3 m.s. nirro: Imperative: 2 f.s. Sngfjj 2 m.s. n'lnntbn 3 m.pl. iinnip; 2 m.pl. tirjr?ri • [254] 3 m.pl. iinrwn Inf. Construct: ninntm 2 f-pl-.nnrrori Jussive: innOT lesson 51 ] Participle: mnntra 182. Final Remarks on the Numbers. The numbers above 99 employ the following words: hundred ntta thousand «f>8 len thousand ngnn ia-i Because the gender of nNB is fern., modifiers have the masculine form: nixa vbv 300 niwa sans 400 Constr. Dual Pl. Constr. nsa a;n»a mna nisa trnin niKan Whereas 3203 lira naftip 13000 nuftiiii nniysj 23000 *]b& n«a 100000 ift^ nuibw nKD 103000 nb£ -toy niiftafa) nxa 113000 nbtji niNp vby 300000 tftrt ncftiiKi) ninp wbvi 303000 nufta>i rrtftiiid) niK» tftifii) qVS ra^d) nisa ufte> 303333 The words for ten-thousand are seldom used. 183. Vocabulary 51. Verbs: nnia Tito awn ninrwn s^vin use ttd Nouns: Adverb : nai ^a Proper Names : fty to slay, kill (§180) to set up, establish (§180) to arouse, stir up (§ 180) to raise up, exalt (§ 180) to bow down (§ 181) to take one's stand, station oneself (uemi?') to judge hrta;1) to hide, conceal (pis;) to break down, breach (a wall); to burst out suddenly (a upon); to increase precipitously (in numbers, wealth etc.) (w. art. TiiNn) the Ark of the temple, containing the tablets of the Law (w. suiT. Tiat; pi. -im) sacrifice hundred (see § 182) thousand (see § 182) therefore (usually introduces a divine judgement or declaration) Eli, the priest of the Lord at Shiloh to whom Samuel was entrusted. lesson 51 ] Exercises: (a) Give the Hebrew for the following numbers: 1 2 3 4 5 (b) Analyze and translate the following verbs: . 3554 6. 7325 11. 100000 . 1238 7. 5899 12. 220000 . 9671 8. 2107 13. 460000 . 8442 9. 4960 14. 587963 . 7683 10. 10349 15. 666666 lannia (1) ••aaiann (2) ■nisn (3) -as-Tin (4) d'aaaa (5) naön («) mniBir (7) inn^'i (b) Drni.iann (9) Tirria (10) ^Bainnn (11) nnnuJn (12) (1) (2) <3) (1) (5) (6) (7) (8) (!)) (c) Translate: .us1? "a'x-nK mrr fig .ntn t]a3?-nN obwk 'a *38 'a .urx-by Ti^K-nx 'rnnisn .nstn n-rsna ^natt] Tjipn inina Kb .D^irhT naina isnp'i .^awa xipb Tiiiina rsi .rn&n bvn nasmi idse>' .ixb nsa BhRrj ppn .uaa ■man-'?Ki n'Ss no ft Kfisn •laanpa mnan fri§ np_- S'nn nya (10) .tjbb aw wsTini oris rinpbi btntr upta vrs a^ai? nppN (u) .□is* nai apy: nan (12) .nvr rre»-n« Tonia -dsn nasb ?|a nay spS o ^in-by ?i»/J "vrc lfts iaK*i (13) .?jnN rrais Trnrfty Kb (14) .rnnnn nti« nnrunfty y-$n-nN mn- jaia (15) .nins n-a nusn np.ni Og) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. He was a just and righteous man and walked continually in the way of the Lord. 2. He will heed your prayer when you pray to him. 3. When they begin to prophesy in my name, do not listen to their words for they are evil men, going the way of the wicked. 4. They approached him and bowed down to the ground, for they feared him greatly. 5. This people will increase precipitously and prevail against us. [256] [257] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 6. Our salvation is in his strength; he will not abandon us if we implore favor from (lit. to) him. (e) Reading: Samuel and Eli (I Sam. 3 :1-18). fx onn era;? npr; mn mm -1271 -as1? mn—nx n-roa Vxiac nsam (1) in?? riiri tniia? Vpr «•? anin3 iVnn rr»i iaipaa aa» ftsn tnnn Di«a vn (2) ra-rfrx pnx ow-n^x mm Virna asip VxiaEh ^nap: anti ambx nai (3) ^aan nax;i bxiniff-Vx mrr xnpn s^SSfe] nVj aa» aw mxip nax'i i1? nxn^—a -aan -tax*] -Vy-b'k f-m (5) ,l? nxnp "a -33n nax'i ftsryiS tV:] btnaw apTJi Vnibb Tts Nip mm ^p'si (0) :aaw ai© "aa "nxnp naxn :mm nan rbx nVr on6i mn—nx in; trj| Vwam (7) 13)5 ft nxnp -aan nax'i fts?-1™ TjSfh Dp;i m^wa b>xiati>-xnp mm no*] (8) nyaV N-ip mm »a 4s T*a» saw 'a mm nan friain m^x xijr-os mm aai? -!||? VmsBft fts? nasi (g) :iaipna asun Vxiaiv f?y_ -a nan ^nny nax'1 bxiaip Vnto 'd»9a-d»6a tnps asM mm «a;i (10) :;1/!!?? "naftsn isaiff-Va nu?x Vxnira nan nicls -aix nan bmawftx mm natn (11) :ratx 'nip •snVai Vnn ima-Vx -Jinan neta-Vp nx ft?-1?*? trps xmn B1>| (12) •ma nanV aftVpa -a in;-nii>N i»rtsa nVisr-is; ima-ns -ax upip-,,a ft -rnam (13) :aa i^nna jfti iD^iirns nnaaai nata ft^-ma |i» ihd3iv-dx fts maft -nsa^a jabi (14) -nx mana xm Sxiaoi mm ma ninVn-nx nnp5] nparrna; Vxiat? aasn (15) :ft5?_l?x nnxnan ^aan nasa -aa bmaw nax'i Vmatf-nx fts xnpn (re) nai b-rftx Tp-n^ir ^na -aaa nnan xa-Vx ;]ftx nan n™ nann na nax'i in) itj'^k nan-nujx nain-Vaa nan -aaa inan-bx Tor :nu?sr va-ua aion mn mm nax'i ia?aa nnD kVi d-nann-Va-nx bxiaip ft-wi (is) /Vote.? /o Reading: 1. Note the series of disjunctive clauses giving the setting and explaining the circumstances of the narrative to follow. 2. THD3 pin a frequent vision. Note the asyndetic clause: "there being no frequent vision." 3. nna weak (of the eyes) 4. na light, lamp 5. naato be extinguished, to go out (of a fire or light) 6. mB,7B fem. of the ordinal used adverbially: "for the third time." 7. An idiom: "as (he had) at the other times." 8. VVsto tingle. The form nr'j'sn is unusual; it looks like a Hiphil verb but is generally taken as a Qal. 9. Normal use of inf. absolutes (see § 129); translate: "from start to finish." 10. Ti» is in construct with nwx and hence with the whole following clause: "for the iniquity of (the fact that) he knew." lesson 51 ] 11. an1? is reflexive here: "they were bringing a curse upon themselves." 12. nrjs to rebuke 13. ox after a verb of swearing has a negative force: "I swear... that the iniquity... will not be expiated..." 14. nxna a vision 15. Cf. remarks under mpin in § 165. [258] 1259] lesson 52] The use of object suffixes for the 2nd pers. pi. is so infrequent that we have omitted them from our table; they were presumably of the forms -kern and -ken after all types of stems. LESSO 184. The Verb with Object Suffixes. A pronominal direct object may be suffixed directly to a verb rather than to the object marker r>K (,ns etc.): ink Tpih - ■ t nnk nn - WŕrS"i I saw him. ann He killed her. though There is no difference in meaning between the two constructions, there do appear to be stylistic preferences. As with the noun, the major problem is to accommodate the proper form of the suffix to the proper form of the verbal stem. The following table shows the object suffixes as they appear after various types of stems: A. Post-consonantal, B, Post-vocalic, C. Post-consonantal, stressed unstressed unstressed 1 c. s. -únl -3- -ni -tú 2 m. s. It -(ajkä 1- -kä f -kä 2 f. s. iz -ek f- -k -ek 3 m. s. irr/i-n- -ô or -á/iú i-/in- -hü or -IV 1-/ÍH- -hü or - 3 f. s. -äh n- -hä "t -:äh 1 c. pi. 13-t -anti 12- -nü 13- -nü 3 m. pi. D7 -äm D— -m °- -am 3 f. pi. It -an 1- -n lr -au [260] 185. Object Suffixes on the Perfect: 3rd pers. masc. sing. irnnu? or nasi tt i t : laňat) n?1? he observed me he observed you (m.s.) he observed you (f.s.) he observed him he observed her he observed us he observed them (m.) he observed them (f.) The suffixes used are those given in column A of the preceding table. Because the suffixes are stressed, the propretonic vowel of the verbal stem is reduced to a. In Piel verbs, however, where the propretonic syllable is closed or at least unchangeable, it is the pretonic vowel that is reduced: ,3ttipa he sought me. A further difference with Piel verbs is the change of e to e before the suffix of the 2nd pers. masc. sing.: Spjfjga he sought you. The following list includes all of the main types of Qal, Piel, and Hiphil verbs as they appear before the suffixes: Qal Piel Hll'hil ats rity xsp rna cm aap l?v TS H3S? t • Tap vvsm trspri TBsrt T"iin aort -ňtií 'í&sľ ^a ••úap 'ífMl "n'píĽ'n ■,3ď,ľau?n "3ŕ-)in "Jüan íiats I :.t-! w ppa etc. íjs'sari ?IT"iin poq [267] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Remarks: (1) Verbs from roots \\\-He, regardless of the conjugational type, have a shortened form before the suffix: naa -* -aa nay -» -ay nban -►-ban (2) A variation between e and it is found in the reduced syllable of verbs like ttflUi thus either ui"ipq or umi?n;. 186. Object Suffixes on the Perfect: 2nd pers. masc. sing. urnaE/ you observed me innnaE* l\pnts$ you observed him nnnatp you observed her urnac you observed us annai? you observed them (m.) jrnattf you observed them (f.) The endings are exactly the same as those of the 3rd pers. masc. sing, verb; it is convenient, therefore, to describe the stem change as £TJ&B? -» ntBf (note the propretonic reduction) and to specify the suffixes of Column A above. Thus Qal PlEL rnäu? urnaiy innate najy inaiy nnbiy 'annbiff innbt!) nxSa Unxsa inxsa umaa imaa naii' "anair inai? map "aniap iniap ™pß -aniiip.a inöpa nnbe> "rjnVty innbu? nana t i --- unpna may ■■array imay rniton un-iaiyn iniairn nyöipn ■•ansaipn inyatfri -anxsan inxsan Hpyn urnayn in-rayn m^nn umion imxnn mfrim "ania'isn inia^n mäpn uniapn iniapn nnpn urVhpn ininan etc. Remarks: Only the Hiphil verbs from roots I-gutt. require comment. We noted at the end of §158 that the converted perfect napxm has a-ä instead of the usual e-4, as in naaxn. This same substitution is made where pronominal suffixes are added to the converted forms; thus: Tfrtayn I stationed you -» yrnaym and I shall station you It is interesting to note that the stress is the same in both of these forms, and that the substitution is morphologically rather than phonologically de- [262] LESSON 52] lermined. There are, moreover, a few instances where this replacement is not made. 187. Vocabulary 52. Verbs: oxp (oxa;) to refuse, despise, reject 7|ba (^ba1) to rule (a /by over); to be /become king Tap (isp?) to reap, harvest irbp (aba;) to swallow nbp (nbp1) to pardon, forgive (+ b with person or thing) Tib (lis;) to rebel (a/by against) bis? (biro;) to stumble, totter Tyn (tst) to warn (a) Nouns: nfya (pi. -hn) deed, act, work mt (pi. -jot) olive-tree, olive ni? (pi. -hn) chief, officer Tap (no pi.) harvest, crop; time of harvest "ia (pi. -im) people, nation; sometimes synonymous with ay in referring to Israel, but more often used for non-Israelites. Proper Names: nanRamah, a town in the hill-country of Ephraim; home of Samuel. Exercises: (a) Transform the following according to the example and translate: Ex. uinn -» tx ann he killed me □rnat d) lauat? (2) -arJTpb (3) imp Oi) nntosn (5) innaEf (6) rnsap (7) Tj-ipa (b) naaa (») t t : ibxa (id) (b) Transform the following according to the example and translate: Ex. "anna© (11) innaiy (12) flips (13) □tap (m) yidxb (15) nnx mx (1) inx npaa (2) uns xra (3) ianx nfia (.1) onx mr (5) •-nx airi inx -isp (6) ?]nx a) nnx nap do) ■•aann inx nrro (11) tix nia (12) inx mftn (13) inx may (14) lanx aao (15) (c) Translate the following. Replace the nominal object with the appropriate pronoun, suffixed to the verb. [263] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Ex. x-aarrnx bbn -» ftVn he praised him -wrrnx unp (1) □ftirrnx nay (6) rni?-nN nix (7) ntosan-nx ins (s) iaurnx main (0) inrna-nx a-ipn (10) (d) Transform the verbs of Exercise (c) to the 2nd pers. masc. sing, and add the object suffix of the 1st pers. pi. E.g. tfTp -»rurtp -> lanw-rp (e) Give the Hebrew for the following orally; use object suffixes when possible. oian-nx ana (2) msprrnx -p.? (3) ntftarrnx nby (4) rnxrrnx rxa (5) ayn-nx Tarn (11) Diftrrnx tf-an (12) afta-iarrnx mmn (13) inix-nx nxnn (14) -qbarrnx mnn (15) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X 9 10 And he will gladden us. And he will comfort them. And you (m.s.) will cause them to swear. And he will bring you back. And you will take me up. And he will strike him. And you will save her. And he will throw them. And he will warn them. And you will plant it. (f) Write in Hebrew: 1. And when they rebelled against him, he became very angry and sent his men that they might put them to death. 2. But when they came to the city, they saw that the people had fled and had abandoned their houses, their property, their crops, and everything that belonged to them. 3. When the people saw the deeds that their chiefs had done, they rebelled against them and slew them. 4. Why should ( = shall) I bow down before these idols of wood and stone? There is no breath of life in them, nor can they act in my behalf when I pray to them and call in their name. (g) Reading: I Samuel 8:4-22. The Evils of Kingship: :nnn-in bxiaurVx ixau bK-yv", up] "?a ixapn-i (4) nappw1? uVna-w nny minna uftn Kb mini narM nrix nan iftx nax*] (5) loiarrbaa -bn bvnati bbsm v&stfb -xp bxmw -ysa nain stj (s) :mm ■ioxb tjj-ix Kb -a mbx nntr—wH bbb asn bipa sat? Vxiaii'-Vx mm -ibx*i (7) '.arrbs "ftBo wsa ,tik-,3 lesson 52] na»3 2"aiiy:i mn arrnyi D-msaa onx vftsn oi'a to"i©x DTOBnftaa (s) :?jJ?-Da n-ro nan |? anrot uvbn ifta? "iy$j Tj^jfn osifa aFft n-rarsi ana rsn isn-a 3Tjx aVipa saw" nnyi (3) drifts i^a inKB D-Vr^n ayn-ftR mrr "la-r-ba nx bx-BB nan''- (10) lnaanaa ft aftn np_: oa-aa-nx aaftg nfg iftj&n asttto mm m -ibx'i (11) :ina?na up1? ix-}- njhpai -ftp nissfti imxp nspSi 5i^,nn irirft-, o-©Bn —ltyn a-obx Htff ft *awb) (12) G:iap"i ftai inarfta inipifti ninapVi 'ninpnft np* □p-nua-nNi (13) n'-tas1? -nai np" D-aion op-rrn op-a-ip-nxi a?-nnt?-nxi c14) :T,,"!?»V-i va-np1? »nira: ap-anpi Dp-yin (is) ntosn np; oaniorj-nKi o-man aa-Tina-nxi na^ninDtf-riKi aaHay-nxi (16) nnpjfta1? rD-npy1? ft-rnn anxi nipy: naaxis (n) oi'a aans mm nasr-tfti az>b annna nt?x oaaba -apVa xinn oi'a onpyn (is) :xinn naftsf n-n; -ox -a xV riax"i bxiaiif bipa vb©1? ayn iaKB:i (is) na-riBqbB-nx Bnb-i ira?1? xs;i uS"?b -apsiiJi opan-baa iariax-oa la^ni (20) stasr uma 9Bia-n am -ip-i-ba nx bxiau satf-i (21) ■tfix-bx bxiaff nax'j iba ar\b nabam abipa saw bx-aaiftx mrr nax'i (22) :iTsb tra la1? bxnr A/ofe.v the Reading: 1. The suffix is objective: "to judge us" 2. uitsn = -nx iais:- 3. -a ^x but, however 4. The infinitives can be taken gerundially, continuing the preceding sentence: "appointing (them) for him (self) as..." 5. cnri land to be plowed 6. aa"),chariotry 7. nnpn perfumer; nnap cook; npxbaker (all feminine) 8. nirs to tithe, exact a tenth of 9. ana-n = anx ia-m [264] [265] LESSON 53] LESS ON53 188. Object Suffixes on the Perfect: 3rd pers. fern. sing. The feminine ending -ah is replaced by -at or -at before the pronominal suffixes, which have the forms given in Column C, §184: 'irrtoitf she observed me wniatp she observed us ?[rnDtii she observed you (m.s.) ■qniati; she observed you (f.s.) inrrtn/f j she observed him annas* she observed them (m.) iniaw i Tirffam she observed her Peculiar features of this paradigm are (1) the restoration of the full vowel a in pretonic positions, (2) the assimilation of -at + hit and -at + ha to -dttu and -dttdh respectively. A survey of extant forms: Qal PlEL HlPHIL nats nufpa nnay nrätfri nrn&'n ^aTS ••ajrilv -an'prri ■'ariTiyn [266] 189. Object Suffixes on the Remaining Forms of the Perfect. These offer no new problems, other than the alterations in the form of the subject suffix: (a) The 2nd pers. fem. sing, ending -/ ~* -ti- (b) The 2nd pers. masc. (and fern.?) pi. ending -tern -» -tii- All the remaining stems, then, end in a vowel, to which are added the suffixes of Column B, § 184. Here is a representative sampling (cf. also the Exercises): ■■rrnniy you (f.s.) observed me 0"rnat» you (f.s.) observed them T|'jjnpit! I observed you (m.s.) I'rnau? I observed you (f.s.) n-rn.aiii I observed them (m.) 'jnnatp they observed me ■qnaW they observed you (f.s.) wriatt? they observed him arias/ they observed them ■■iiirnBti/ you (pi.) observed me Wiii-tBU/ you (pi.) observed him ?]i5"ibu; we observed you (m.s.) miriaii/ we observed him Note again (1) the shift of stress and resultant propretonic reduction; (2) the restoration of the full vowel in inriBti* etc.; (3) the possibility of confusion between the 2nd pers. fem. sing, and the 1st pers. com. sing, with -ti-. Qal PlEL HlPHIL 190. A Group of Irregular Qal Verbs. There are several Qal verbs which have e or i in second stem syllable before the pronominal suffixes. Two of these fih» and bxs/ have unusual forms even in the 2nd pers. pi. of the non-suffixal paradigm: nrfttw you asked; am")? [267] wrnati ntf imnati Trais in'nats iniärs tiKSjtj wriKsa iniNxa imfrx-i "H!/p_a inwp.a ™pa iniii*pa vpäs imfas iaa imas wrona ona inia-ia 'niiitm inniBu/n inirau/n imriftsn ft»n inftsn -nia^n imrMa'B/rt INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW you inherited. Below, for reference, are the anomalous forms of the f0Ur important verbs of this type. Regular forms also occur in some instances arm or inn to love 3 m.s. 3 f.s. 3 m.pl. 2 f.s. 1 c.s. to inherit 2 m.s. 3 rh.pl. "ft1 to bear ?Ktf to ask 13'tJlf T$t£" nne>t 2 m.pl. d:tot 3 m.s. -ftm? 1 c.s. vnVsu? 3 m.pl. ui7SSf 2 m.pl. arftNK; iarw wngriN "aianK wji-tV; imii>'t irriftNty 191. Vocabulary 53. Verbs: ban - T rnra ma T T Nouns: b33 T t * a-irj Other: nrr ■trr ftarr.) to spare ( + inf.: to spare oneself the trouble/expense of doing something); to pity ( + ?») IDTOP) to restore, make good, recompense (nBB?) to anoint (njrr) to despise (spa1) to split to help (kd-p) to cure, heal; P h?n idem, (pi. -im) lamb (male) (pi. -or) lamb (female) bosom (w. suff. "a-|rjj pi. -or) sword (f.) (adv.) together, all together "3'"raw 2pi (conj.) because T?3 (prep.) before, in front of; w. suff. -to etc. Also lift odS a rare syn. of "non-existence"; "3 oa§ (conj.) except that, save that ProperNames: jna Nathan, the prophet riHW Uriah 1?ti Hittite (adj.) Exercises: (a) Transform the following according to the example and translate. "Jiijy -ntt nt| they helped me lesson 53] ™ip (i>) fri-fa (u) (7) Drvasm (12) B'n-raft (s) "iin-iam (13) imaaaa (9) irrfnao (h) 'i'fjisij (10) T^Vn? (is) (b) Transform the following according to the example and translate, ink Ti^n -> irrrVtn I saw him inirnxp. (1) (2) (3) (-1) (s) ]ns 'ntosn (1) lafm no1?!!? (2) Drw way (3) ink mrnya (4) nn« iaaii> (5) ins wgta (a) Dnk wfs (7) -ns win (b) □riK niftin (9) nnit Ti'Sa (10) ans nrny (u) Tins irptf (12) iriN 13-!3 (13) nriK Timn (14) tin nnta (is) (c) Translate the following. Replace the object with the appropriate pronoun suffixed to the verb. arrnVg-nK iary ainrrnjj ,ni3B nnftiy-ns rrtb DsrrnK iay d^inarrnN hok "T31-nK 1DXB aftnrrnK la-ify lai-sp-nx inp? (1) (2) (3) (-1) (5) (g) (7) (3) □nferj-nN ia»fin (?) Cfais Dnyua (10) B'xyrrnN wpj (11) □^axrrnN iana (12) D'traarrnN "nyap (13) a'tVrj-nR nftyn (14) iparj-nx oW (15) (d) Write in Hebrew: 1. We shall continue to meet him. 2. They began to approach the city in the evening, before the gate had been closed. 3. At that time there was no place for us to settle in, so we continued travelling. 4. Even in this congregation there are unrighteous men who do not heed the word of the Lord and who take pleasure in nullifying his statutes. 5. Prophesy now to the people, for evil days are coming and they will not be able to hide themselves from the terror which is about to fall upon them. 6. Bow down before the one who has made you and give thanks to the one who has delivered you from your distress. (e) Reading: II Samuel 12:l-15a irw inns T»l t>rt o'tfax ft "iaxsi rftx sin inftx l^a-nx nm- n^ffl'i (1) 2;BfK*1 into TtfS [268] [269] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW nsa nann pai mn s-vrsb (2) nm via-ai/i iH8 bnani -imrn říJj? new napp nrjK nóap-ntt 'a Va-ps ©Pi (3) sjiaa ib-mm aawfn ip-nai nnuín siaaai taKň «inea npn i1? xnn nik1? miffi?1? inpaai iaKša nnp.V barn >"Wjfe$ trá1? qbrj »33 (4) :vb« Han utkV sniíin ttftnrt tfttg nippp-nN :nxi niton uřxn °niň-j? -p mm 'H jna-bs nnksi nka í^íja nn npnrpí (5) iban-KV naíK Vsi ntn nanrrriN niys? nc?řt apů wD?ň»an» aVt£ nipppn-raii (g) 'ŠÁg mn1 nás na ur«ri nnx nin-Vs im nnN'i (7) : Visti Ta TňVsn -páxi Vřnti?-Va? nnimi Vxnizr ma-ntt nV námi n^na manK -tia-nNi máňx n-a-nK p nariřti (a) "smnpi narjp p npóki osa dki intix-nxi anna m:)n -nnn njnns n« -rsía sin nitis1? rfisr nan-nx mia i?na {9) i2:riai; ria anna nann inkí ntiíó p nnp1? "Win mníš ntik-nx np_ni 'iňu 'a aps> dVís-ts nmaa ann merrs1? nnsn do) :ntiřtV sf| nvn1? TinV- -ňnai Trs1? Ttia-nN vmp.Vi pan mn tVs d-pa -aan mn; ibn na in) :rwn tiafn ■•rsí^ mtia-Ds; aptii :«to»rj naii Vkiěp-Vs iji nín nann-nx rrós« "a«i 'nnáa rras nns r? (12) lA pup map mn—as TjpVSjt jna natn mn11? TtKůri jm-Va nín innn (13) :nian :nia; nia tjV i^mpn ran na mn nana mn-1 "--pp-nx pka Yxa-'p opá (14) ňmp-p jna p| (15) Notes to the reading : 1. nnx pausal form of nnx 2. tixn (or tin) poor (adj.) 3. mm = nnx mm 4. np morsel 5. Oia or oa cup 6. TP traveller 7. Note the construction ti-x1? mtip to the rich man, where the noun is in construct with the definite adjective. 9. "deserving of/sentenced to death" 10. Note § 161(d) II, 12. 13. 14. 15. "and if (that were) too little, I would add unto you (i.e. increase your wealth and prestige) so much more" TiBS) '13 the Ammonites nn6a secretly; nn6 secret -a'k may have been inserted at an early date to prevent the verb )'H1 from having mn' as its direct object. The word must be ignored in translation ys? = inf. abs. (irreg.). niV! a rare type of verbal adjective: "born" [270] LESSON 54 192. Object Suffixes on the Imperfect. When the form of the imperfect ends in a consonant, the suffix - take the suffixes given in Column B, §184. But even in these forms the a vowel of the stem is restored. Contrast Qal PiEL HlPHIL nneř naii*: - : • 312' NSB1 73ÍT »T w. srxa: Tni* 3D-1 ■•anasr iniaV inbpir irr-ibn iniiT " Tl innate1 'UP. ^pna: inirate: in tnv inárp: ináo'' isate1 : ! ■ HBT I I ' hot: issa* 173K1 t MÍT 130' T i ■ itepp1 inVte: i IT t iTřJiiř wáa' 13 Ď1 'anach inrta1?: 'iont]*' -aiHsa: inftpK1 ima-r. iniárte: iniáo1 TŠiSřr1 I ■ ^iižiprr iniTpte: inik'sa: iniŤnř iniárp: iniáo1' The distinction between short (jussive, "converted' is not retained before pronominal suffixes. and normal imperfects ink laten -» inTnte'i and he destroyed him Note that the -a- in the final stem syllable of the Piel imperfects such as nVte: does not conform to the rule given above and is reduced: innate'. Note also ln?3K\ " i The object suffix -ka (you, m.s.) may be added directly to the imperfect stem, in which 6 -* o and e -* e\ a remains o; f remains i. rinn nate: ijns ]fV ijnk tepT [272] ^nk nbte; -* ^n1??: (but note Qal ■ink Tate: -» ^TSt£ Verbs from roots Ill-He drop the final -eh before the suffixes: Qal narr i ia4 nip: Piel rnx: i is?' •tnj-a? HlPHIL f|KT 7]ŇT inby: *[?/»: n^sp 193. Object Suffixes on the Imperative. The suffixes used are the same as those found with the imperfect. The general similarity with the imperfect is such that no new principles are involved' in the attachment of the suffixes. The following examples should suffice: Qal "TO •^Bte mate •oinate "ain i;n -run sate ^aíate ispte -aisate ssa ^aKsa ' " T 1 INSp 'aiksa na inaa 13| iniáa B"te ino'te ■btS iniSpte 3D inao lao imao Piel te'j?3 infp.a itepa imte'pa nbte inňVte inbte inifrW ( - HlPHIL inten intTO'n iTBten iniTHten wain lann imann nbsn wbsn ibsn inibs-n 194. Object Suffixes on the Infinitive Construct. Because of the ambivalence of the infinitive with regard to voice, the subject suffixes learned in §115 may have an object value in translation. E.g. "he sought my killing" may refer to "my killing someone else" or "my being killed." In the first person singular the ambiguity may be resolved by employing -em as object versus -i as subject: ia"in versus 'alhn In the third person singular masculine it is possible to use -o as opposed to -éhú in this same way. In general, however, it is necessary to translate the infinitive plus pronominal suffix as the context demands. This is analogous, of course, to the situation when a noun follows: vrK Jňn "killing a man" (objective) or "a man's killing (someone)" (subjective). 1273] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 195. Vocabulary 54. Verbs : nan pud SfBJ awn Nouns : nann nua nVna sinr flKT own d3.'3k Other (ntr) to turn aside, incline, thrust aside (all transitive) (nap') to turn toward, turn (both trans, and intrans.) iv/tr) to leave, forsake, abandon (afciir) to think, devise, reckon, impute (pi. -dt) supplication (pi. -of) righteousness, righteous act (pi. -6t) rain (pi. -dt) property, possession, inheritance, portion (pi. -unj-dt) arm; (fig.) strength (usually fern.) fear; used also as the infinitive construct of n't (constr. jint) (adj.) foreign, strange; fern, nnpa (adv.) truly, indeed Exercises: (a) Transform according to the example and translate. Ex. ank "iBtvri -* a-iawn you shall observe them am ntr (1) ink io«a; (2) nnk dVbI (3) tin EterVsl Ct) una nru (5) ank nan (e) t » t ink inwa {7) ank nrp? VbIj (10) ■"nVna-ns jn (11) iaw'-nN nam (12) [274] onwa-nN in-atn (13) rhsrrnN Nan (14) lesson 54] BWBTfld sua (is) (d) Write in Hebrew. 1. Let my supplication come before thee, O Lord. 2. He will continue to give rain upon the earth. 3. Who is that strange man the elders are speaking with? 4. Fear of him fell upon them and their hearts melted within them. 5. I shall walk in truth and righteousness all the days of my life. 6. The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom. 7. Even the strong will fall before him. 8. Because you have slain his anointed one, you also shall die. 9. Have pity on the poor, for there is no other to help them. 10. I will not heed your prayers and your supplications. [275] LESSON 55] LESSON 196. Conditional Sentences. Any two clauses, the first of which states a real or hypothetical condition, and the second of which states a real or hypothetical consequence thereof, may be taken as a conditional sentence. Because conditional sentences entail a logical and (usually) temporal sequence, they form a natural subgroup related to the narrative sequences. Conditional sentences in Hebrew may be virtually unmarked; the translation of certain sets of clauses in a regular future narrative sequence often requires a conditional sentence in English: nni vax-nx atsi and if he leaves his father, he (i.e. his father) will die (Gen. 44 :22) ••ai-iqi bmy satin and if Saul hears (about it), he will kill me (I Sam. 16:2) Many such occurrences are ambiguous, since a non-conditional translation can also be found. In a series of three or more clauses, it is only a matter of the translator's judgement where to end the protasis and begin the apodosis. In poetic, aphoristic, or legal styles an otherwise unmarked participial protasis is not infrequent: nav nia iaxi vax nam and if a man slays his father or his mother, he shall be put to death (Ex. 21 :15) r\av nia ima xxaai naai trx axn and if a man kidnaps a man and sells [276] him, or (if) he is found in his hand, he shall be put to death (Ex.21:16) These may also be translated non-conditionally as "Anyone who slays... shall be put to death" etc. Conditional sentences marked by a special conjunction "if are of two types: (1) those introduced by DX, |n, or % which are real, fulfilled,,or fulfillable and (2) those introduced by r? (neg. "bib), which are unreal, contrary-to-fact, unfulfillable. Type (1). The protasis (the "if'-clause) may have a perfect, imperfect, or participial predicate. It is difficult to maintain these distinctions in translation. The perfect sometimes has the value of the English perfect or (perhaps over-correctly) of the future-perfect, but more often takes on the value of the Hebrew imperfect in its general present-future function. Thus, although one may make a valid distinction between ... jn ,nx5p ox if I have found favor... ... jn xitax ax if I find favor (in the future)... that same distinction becomes artificial if applied, e.g., to X&b7 rem tik mas ox .am? nnrui ...asnx ...nay-ox If you cross over with me, you will be a burden to me (II Sam. 15 :33) If they cross over with you, you shall give them... (Num. 32 :29). Both protases refer to future events as conditions. It is always possible to justify the use of the perfect in the protasis as representing a completed action of accomplished state in the mind of the speaker. It is difficult within Hebrew itself to predict the choice between the perfect and the imperfect in the construction with the same meaning. Whatever the original distinction was, it has become obscured in Hebrew of the biblical period, so that both verbs will have, in general, the same range of translation values. The apodosis corresponds closely to a clause in a present-future sequence: W9 + perfect (converted) u'3 (optional) + non-verb -I- imperfect (disjunctive pattern) ws + non-verbal clause imperative None of these offers any special problems in translation. The following examples illustrate the more frequent combinations of the possible clause types: wrtibn no uatin-OXi And if we stay here, we shall die (II Kings 7:4) tjV "nxtim . ..spfs vntfan «b ox If I do not bring him back to you... [277] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW I shall be accountable to yo (Gen. 43:9) IT Vk1? «r|3 insai U§V» of WTjJti dk If we forget the name of our God and nK'"ipTn: «ftg extend our hands to a foreign god will not God find this out? (ps' 44:21) nrmty na nssn rV'OR mm And if you are not pleased with her you shall send her forth (DeuV 21:14) lX?P ™? d3-«pn rrp-081 Even if your sins are as scarlet, they shall become as white as snow (Is. 1:18) rnas] ... ^kct kv frtt~m mm And if a man comes and asks you. you shall say... (Judges 4 :20) A clause introduced by the particles in, '§ and "rot (cf. §70) may also be equivalent to the protasis of a conditional sentence. It was pointed out in a previous lesson (cf. §138) that ok has a negative translation value as part of an oath formula. The expression jfe dn has thus a positive value in the same context. utn3 Drnan; rV-ok ... -jR-n As I live, I shall do to you as you have O?1? PlfJjN 73 spoken into my ears (or: as you have confided in me) (Num. 14:28) ...yjftri kVdk ~\wb ...mm »30 And Moses swore saying: "The land ^tlJ1? HTjfi .....will be an inheritance for you... (Joshua 14 :9) Type (2). Contrary-to-fact conditional sentences introduced by lb are too infrequent to allow a meaningful analysis. Here are some typical examples: Tna-VT Tim ?» -ra a^Brj iV If there were a sword in my hand, I would surely now kill you (Num. 22:29) BBS iT3ip: 5o||| if they were wise, they would understand this (Deut. 32:29) asm -nrirj rV anis omnn i1? If you had let them live, I would not kill you (Judges 8:19) nVi? u*a npb-xb uiVan1? mm yon ^ If the Lord had wanted to kill us, he would not have received an offering from us (Judges 13:23) rtFiir-'? -1? mn ... 'as m^s ^ If the God of my father had not been 'ii-irrW off} on my side, you would have sent me away empty (Gen. 31 :42) [278] lesson 55] The particle may also be used in the sense "would that" without a following apodosis: lT!?n ">aSa atfjjl U^ia vVi Would that we had been content to dwell on the other side of the Jordan (Joshua 7 :7) 197. Concluding Remarks on Clause Sequences. The syntax of Biblical Hebrew presents difficult and often insoluble problems. Given the unknown numbers of sources, writers, and editors that have had a hand in the formation of the text, together with the grammatical schools of the later traditionalists, we can never be sure how much reliance (grammatically speaking) we may place in the textus receptus and, consequently, how refined our analysis can be before becoming meaningless. The narrative sequences presented in this grammar are a good case in point. To maintain that these are-the sole devices pertinent to the syntax of tra-clauses would be false in the face of the many obvious exceptions. But because most sequences can be reduced to these patterns there is certainly some value in regarding them as standard. The evolution of Hebrew toward the post-biblical type replaced most of the older converting sequences by simpler non-converting ones. Thus, a formal tendency directly opposed to an earlier one must have been a work in the latest redactions of the text before it achieved its fixed form. Certainly some of the inconsistencies in verba! usage and clause syntax are to be attributed to this influence. (a) Further remarks on the present-future narrative sequence (lb-c). This sequence, characterized by a continuing series of converted perfects, may be led off by a variety of clause types; we have already mentioned leading clauses with verbal (imperfect) and non-verbal predicates. The verb mn in a leading clause requires special consideration. By virtue of its double meaning "be/become" it may be used to describe a non-punctual past tense situation (e.g. "there was a famine in the land"). If a narrative sequence begins with a clause containing the verb mn (or tot), the real nature of the sequence is not clear until we reach a continuing verb. Contrast ...na^sa tti ynfta ain mn There was a famine in the land and he used to go down to Egypt... (habitual) There was a famine in the land and he went down to Egypt (specific; punctual) '...na^sa tti f"$| ain mn The leading clause of the present-future sequence may thus be redefined as comprising the formal subtypes: [279] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (a) imperfect (b) non-verbal clause (including those with participial predicates) (c) conditional clauses, with perfect or imperfect finite verb in a present-future meaning (d) the verb mn in a non-punctual sense all continued by wa + (converted) perfect. (b) Conjunctive, non-converting sequences: (1) perfect + wi + perfect (unconverted) (2) imperfect + wa + imperfect (unconverted) (3) imperative + wa + imperative The third of these sequences has already been mentioned (§107) and is included here only because of its formal similarity. Sequences (1) and (2), however, are new and because they are by no means uncommon deserve some comment. They seldom occur in punctual narrative and are used mainly where there is a simple listing of clauses without an explicit expression of logical or temporal consecution; they may thus be defined as conjunctive but non-consecutive. But when they are used in a consecutive series it is usually to continue a disjunctive clause rather than in the main narrative. For example, suppose that in the main narrative a person has been mentioned about whom the writer wishes to supply additional information. Such information is usually introduced by a disjunctive formula (verb not first). It is often the case that this explanatory disjunction will continue for several clauses before the writer returns to the main narrative; it is in this type of sub-sequence that (1) and (2) are frequently met in a consecutive sense. Note, for example, I Sam. 23 :20, concerning a certain Benayahu: nun-jiN nsm it mm and he is the one who went down and killed the lion... Another use of sequences (1) and (2) above is an analog of the imperative + W3 + cohorlative sequence, in which the second clause is best translated as a purpose or result clause (cf. § 107). Thus corresponding to a hypothetical (but normal) sequence of the type (lb): rnÄn rnaai ift arnri Make room for us, so that we may be fruitful in the land we have the statement of fact in Gen. 26:22: >nxä irnsi mm S'rnn nns;—s .. for now the Lord has made room for us to be fruitful in the land. (c) Finally, note the unusual sequence occurring in each of the three passages outlined below as illustrations. We are dealing in each case with a punctual, habitual sequence. Circumstantial information about action which lesson 55] is prior to the clause that will follow is introduced by wa + imperfect (converted), best rendered "and when he had done so-and-so..." Such clauses are conjunctive by definition, but because of their formal departure from the sequence in which they occur, they clearly mark an anticipatory temporal subordination. Illustrative Passages I Sam. 17:34-5. In this passage David describes his prowess as a shepherd. The sequence begins with the ambiguous verb mn and is uniformly with converted perfects (lb), with the exception of uph which belongs to the peculiar type mentioned in the preceding paragraph. [In this and the following passages only the leading elements of each clause are given. Clauses irrelevant to the discussion at hand are omitted. Indentation indicates subordination or disjunction. The reader should compare our outlines with the original text.] x\iys mn nsn I (your servant) was a Note ambiguous hayah. shepherd... nXJl X31 and (whenever) a lion would come NiMi and take ■TiNiS;] I would go out rrom and strike m,vh%i\\ and rescue D|?ji and when he attacked me Anticipatory subordination 'nptnm I would grab him Resumption of main sequence. vnam and beat him vrram and kill him Job 1:1-5: rrn etk There was a man Beginning of the main nar- rative ; note ambiguous hayah. fflnn it^Nn mm and that man was Continuation with wahdyah - t t t : marks the sequence as type lb (habitual). Ht}?] and when there was born Anticipatory subordination, to him continued by two consecu- tive clauses, TTi and his herds had reached (the extent of) 'mi and he had become great 137711 his sons used to go Resumption of main narrative ifosn and make [280] [281] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW vbw and send WilTl and call wjSjn 'I th 3i*8 nax *b 1KBJ1 ftlR wnai and when the feast days had run their course and he had sent and had sanctified them he would get up early and send up offerings for Job said perhaps they have sinned and "blessed" Another anticipatory subordination marked by wa + jm. perf. (converted), complicated by a temporal clause insertion with ki. Resumption of main narrative Simple subordination with ki. Quotation, beginning a secondary sequence (type 3a). Disjunction marking the end of the general introduction to the narrative. Note the correct reversion to the imperfect in the final disjunction. ninr roa thus he used to do I Sam. 1:1-7. nnx tf*N vm (and) there was a certain man ™??? Up (and) Peninah had children xnn tii-xn nbm arn tpi nan (and) that man used to go up and when, on a given day he had sacrificed Beginning of main sequence, followed by four disjunctive non-verbal clauses (omitted here). Continuation of main sequence, still with the ambiguous wayhi. Continuation of main se-quence,now clearly habitual, with the converted perfect. Anticipatory subordination, doubled here with a temporal clause. Continuation of main sequence. Disjunction for contrast. Note the correct reversion to the imperfect. Main narrative. End of main sequence, as marked by the disjunction. At this point in the narrative the writer turns to the specific occasion of Hannah's encounter with Eli and employs the regular past-punctual sequence, beginning with the wayyomer of vs. 8. [282] jrr nan?i jrui he would give but to Hannah he would give nnns nnpsai ni?»! 13? and her rival would vex and thus he wouid do lesson 55] 198. Vocabulary 55. Verbs : naw (nam;) ann (dot) 7nan Crnar) nVa (nVa-1) Nouns : Adj: Proper name ana na? SJtliB ran Vna nmia ■nna (sna;) (*]3g2) (str/D1) to contain, sustain, support to lead into exile; N. passive to be compassionate toward to divide, make a separation between to complete, bring to an end; + inf. ■ t° finish doing to bow down to become angry to rebel, transgress ( 3: against) (no pi.) a cry of joy (less commonly, of supplication) (no pi.) iron (w. suff. "St??; pi. -1m) transgression, sin (pi. -6i) rest, resting-place blessed Solomon Reading: I Kings 8:22-30; 44-58: Solomon's Prayer. ijDwrj Tsa Ens'i !?H"# 7np.-73 nia mn" nata -aa1? nbbii? -rain (22) nau? nnfla yn^-7111 ^fia o^ipa bt/jr maa-px 7xnir mVx mm niixh (23) lOaVVpa mis'? Dpbnn mnas1? isftni rvnarj •nm ova mfys Tjrai mpa nanni h nnjn-nra nx -ax Tin II??1? ">f8 (24) nna:-X7 nax1? iV rinan n»x nx px Til ^nas?1? nbii? 7xni?: mbx mm nn?? (25) ■<3b| na1?1? oann-nx map na£-DK pn 7xnur xop-ns af -asVa kt'R ift :'aab na^n niyxa ;*a« "f?l Tt??? nnan nivx 2mn3n xa ia(J: Vx-jiv1 mVx nasi (36) -'3 ix T]i737a: R7 a^ftirn w? fffiisrj nan ynxn-7» BTJ7X 32?; Baaxn *p (27) jvraa nwx nn mpn ■tor n'rprin-bxi nanrrbx snw> nbx mn' inanrrVxi 7|ia?s nVpn-bx «mS8? (28) :Bifn map1? VVpna ^nav ■•at? nn: nnfix n?x aipan-7x aVi n1?:1? mn marrVx ninnp tiffig nin1? (29) :mrt Dipsn-VR T]T3i; Vpsm nit>x n'jprin-bx sat?1? Biff upon nnxi nn Dipan-7N iV?sm n»x: Vxnfc* Tjasn sjnas nann-7X ni/aun (30) innVoi risraEh D^rj-Vx Tinaiff Dipa_7R main ?Ki wiisv-bx la-nax-as vm ntf^a «A» -q'^Vk mrr (57) ms -mx roDiuai rpm rrrisa Tbaibi vamr-baa nabb rbx uaab rrianb (58) r4 '.■ "! tt(- It vi t : ■ : ■ 1 tt: t: t t t t ■ "ti - : :umaK-ns Afoto /o j7;e Reading: 1. Note B^ipwrj in the sense "heavenward" and "in heaven" throughout this passage. 2. The plural form in the consonantal text is pointed as a singular. 3. The nars should be correlated with the 'a n,x:"Since even the heavens and the heavens' heavens cannot contain you, how much less this house which I have built." 4. mam continues the sequence of vs. 26. 5. Defectively spelled !)|,» in the original text. 6. Here in the sense "toward". 7. Idiomatic: "if they lay it to heart, consider it". 8. msn to sin 9. ran to act wickedly 10. pas = nips 11. Idiomatic: "and you make them an object of compassion". 12. ma a furnace 13. The form ap instead of BpTJl marks this as the first main verb of a new sequence. Compare the discussion at the end of §132. 14. a:?-ia (dual) knees 15. Adverbially: "in a loud voice". Appendix A a classified list of nouns The following list contains all the nouns appearing in this book, classified according to the vocalic pattern of the absolute singular. Nouns of a given pattern are included under a single number; differences in the inflected form, such as construct or plural, account for the further subdivisions. The principal forms are arranged as follows: absolute construct singular with absolute construct singular singular 1 pers. sing, sufif. plural plural Other forms with pronominal suffixes are listed under the appropriate stem. When an entry presents a virtually unique type, parentheses indicate a conjectured, but securely based form. E.g., ("-a;) "my sea" is not attested, but the form is reasonably certain because nm "her sea" is attested. The same suffixal forms are given for each noun for the sake of consistency. Square brackets enclose conjectures which are probable, but not as firmly established as those just mentioned. Dual forms may be found in §92. I. Monosyllabic nouns with a normally changeable (reducible) long vowel or a (plural §34; constr. sing. §§73, 75; constr. plur. §§78-79; w. sufif. §§85, 88, 96): [284] [285] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW la. r T "T niT niT hand (tf D3T IT {^niT) 1 b. on 01 a-ai "?| blood nm (<»$ (os'aij lc. as "38 niax nias father aa'as -nias Id. ns TS 'nx BTjH 'nx brother oo'rw t^ftK TN ITJX le. D" tt o;/a: <*&;) — sea 2a. as DS "8S o'as 'aas /'as people oaas ••• ■ ■ ijas ' 'as aa'as Also: f]K nose Q'?n lifetime f)? palm 73 (ôt) garden an f im) festival IS mighty (adj.) 2b. "iit> poor (adj.) 'rj alive (adj.) d3-I© f]!? children 3*1 numerous (adj.) Note: With def. art.: osn fan arn t")| o'lt? '-ito 'Iff chief D3'-|i? Also: na bitter (adj.) na (7wJ adversary "is (im)steer hsn) sn evil (adj.); wickedness (noun) 2c. nn rnr) -inn t t 2d. tj 3a. fs 3b. na [2S6] ornn oTin ľ? oona ha) ['S») TJSS a"!? 'Tp /'"in mountain 'nn Q'lS side ("73) Dans D'ss 'SS tree ('Its) (03'3S) D'na na sojourner ns oo-na 3c. I? 3d. aw 3e. yn Also: bx (im) god D'SB inward parts "II'1? (oaaa) "01? '01? appendix a] nn ŕíííí) dead person in (im) companion 3f. 73 3g. nan TO (D3an) m fire (xun) %a 0'33 M? son 1?? '33 a?'3a 'ae> niai? niatt> name ijaur ('niaffl) 'an o'sn 'an arrow 'sn aa'sn o?2n 10 grace TP. er"l a1? (6t) heart W' (du.) teeth D'Vba • t : 'Vps a 1 • shadow ('Htm) o'Kon ■ t -: '«an 'son sin D3'XUin II. Monosyllabic nouns with a normally unchangeable long vowel (plural §34; constr. sing. §73; constr. plur. §§78-79; w. suff. §85): 4a. tu; TIS '"TBI D'TI? 'Ttf song a?Tií rjTlP D3'Ttt? Also: Tp (6t) wall an (im, r [) quarrel 4b. TS TS 'TV ons """!? city (D3TS) .TT» ns aans 4c. O'K ttns 'B>'K D'tiax '»3X man (aatp'ct) (rfliŤK) 'i?5íí (D3't?3X) 5a. n> ni?ip nibip voice D?'?ip 'niVip nix (im) light nit fd/J generation's fowl nix (or) sign Tin splendor "lis (di) hide •via fd/J cistern 3ia good (adj.) 1«!! small cattle 'ia (im) people ns power nils (im) head of cattle [287] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Note: The once attested plural d-ljttf represents a rare alternative in nouns of this type. 5b. or DV (•ar) o-p; •a; (oaar) 5c. uířti IffřH "rán D'lirKT 'Bin ODBKi □3'IľNT 5d. lir -is/ii? "TS /"ll? [D'!!?! DOTS 11? "if? Also : □ň í integrity an multitude 5e. pn -prj/pft □•pn 'iľ.Rn '""?.*» o=pn li™ 6. DID mo "DID D'pio "DID 0301D TJPIO 'DID aa'tno Also: mb (or) tablet lis rock nn fť)/; w d;: ay might statute III. Dissyllabic nouns with penultimate stress (the Segholates) and related rarer types (plur. §§19, 50; constr. sing. §§73, 75; constr. plur. 99-w. suff. §§99, 104). 7a. lbů "pľP 03370 □•37a ±bk "pVa king □3'370 Also: 13$ (im) stone ipr) ftoij kindness 13$ ('//«; servant (ím) thousand a*in (ot) sword 03» (imjót) bone H$ f''"/1 cedar tVJ (frwj boy sní evening H$ fó/; earth «]a| (Í/bJ silver a^á fřmj image "ia| řířříj man DtJ (im) vineyard pp. (im/ot) horn I?| f/ílíj vine Drft bread bin (du.; pi. ř/«) foot Tit f'mJ way ^pi f»fj soul iau (im) oil 7b. ttií [255] "nn/mn ("'TTü' ^Tin) (D3Trn) Q,1in "TTn room hmi (oo'-nn) Similarly:73rj (im) vanity 7c. t?Ŕ. "l?p. 'T?P. 0?-)3p d'-np "T3p grave ap'lPp Also: flmj rain idol Bŕaŕ (ó/J sun "iní remainder righteousness b0 (ř/7!J shekel ^3? (7/77,1 lamb 3"1p. midst Tjtif (im) deception Tlj f (7)7,1 vow chariotry (1777,1 corpse (im) breaking 8a. inj Šlí oVjO ■ t : ('sVp) seed oosnt rock The following may belong here or to the next type (8b); evidence insufficient, rips' (Jm) Passover rtT dm) month np3 trust 8b. naj nai 'nat Tjrjpr □3H3T D'tjai 'npT sacrifice •nai d3'n3T Also: vů (im) stroke vvě (im) transgression nnp (tin) opening pin □01173 □ "117". "1171 "TM young man D3'1»3 Also: 7sá (im) master nai (im) woods bm (im) wadi iné (ipríp) (im) dread *1S$ (imJ gate 10a. ISO "iso ■"IP0 Tf-IDD 031D0 D'-lDp "ISO —id p book DO'IDD Also: pas) (im) valley Ľ30? ffetj rod [2S9] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 10b. 11» Its 'TIS nans Qi"ns! tj» flock ms asms Also: abri fljMJ fat pbrj (im) share bis (froJ calf its) help 3|$ herbage 11. tznp TIP, IflP - t't ■ -il-r: holiness Also: bnä (7/wJ tent U'R (du.) ear baft food 1"$ (dt) threshing ni'S neck floor tiift (im) month B^ns noon TOTi darkness on© (iwj root ip'a morning auna loins The plural forms of briR (tent) show some irregularities: ft nit aftnx aftntta aaftntt 12a. m'R 12b. arii am 7™ D?n")K □33m ninisj nirn« faawiniR) way breadth Also: "iKn (w. suff.rwn or mrt) form 13a. r| if? BSS'S nirn nirs eye spring Also: Vn (?/nJ strength £J wine [290] 13b. mi TV1" (tpt) APPENDIX A] olive-tree Also: b^K (/»jj ram 13c. tri 14. (s);j 15. ma Din"! ,n*3 (K)'l - a-na ) (nsa) ('axt) nn«a d-3KT mijja "3N1 shoulder honey remainder well wolf V. Dissyllabic nouns with an unchangeable a in the first syllable and an unchangeable long vowel in the second (plural §19; constr. sing. §73; constr. plur. §§78, 79; with suffixes §85). 22. mas iiaa niaa oamaa T"03 Also: nibK (im) god, God (]iiRn) nix ark 91*11 (dt, im) arm B'maa -iiaa 'Toa aa-riaa first-born □ibn (St) dream aim, (dt) street man (im) ass bttai? left-hand IK? Nile 23. biaa biaa ftiaa d-biaa ftiaa boundary [291] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Also: ttfwf clothing ana (im) cherub urn declaration EtoT property 24. Vsb ft^n) Cpsa) | oft-p (ft"»») robe VI. Dissyllabic nouns with normally changeable vowels in both syllables (plural §19; constr. sing. §§73, 75; constr. plur. §§78, 79; with suffixes §85). 25a. T3T IP "IP TF1 anaa naT word "TaT Also: tj?a large cattle T|£ precious (adj.) sun evil (adj.) pa flesh tb>; just (adj.) ptf booty pm strong (adj.) pa (at) rain 25b. prj TTfj PPÄ! Tpvrq 1 o""nq -TTq ftp D3ftP splendor Also: a TN man (-kind) pn slain (adj.) pj? (7»iJ assembly ant T t gold 15? (60 r'ver 3 an hunger new (adj.) 13» fft«J cloud aan t t wise (adj.) TBI? for; dust 25c. ans (una) (aapp) ftps) BWTS TZhD ft?p) (ayps) horseman Also: pn ffmj engraver 25d. pa Vaa (ftaa) (pa;) aftaa (ftpa) ft?? (BpftaaJ camel 25e. ap aVt| "sbn pp. — - milk 26a. m IP-f TO (pr) /-apt elder Also T33 heavy (adj.) Bp' complete (adj.) [292] APPENDIX A] IM glad (adj.) r7wj neighbor 26b. ">P nan ftp niTsn nipn courtyard Also bp uncircumcised (adj. 26c. pa r|na> -Bra niona nipp shoulder Also P ; moon TV (du.) thigh bp uncircumcised (adj.) 26d. up tfta (-Hp) B-sba (■•Kba) full (adj.) Also: sax thirsty (adj.) sap unclean (adj.) 26e. 13? 'aap (?]33o) anaa (*»a) naa (oa^aB) shield 27a. aab aa1? aaaab B1pB pipa mal pa niaipa place aapBipa [293] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Also: fhK (im) lord pKJ majesty rian roar lias glory piy1? (6t) tongue py fo/j guilt |i3s north Di^w fim; welfare 29b. liaa 30a. aina 30b. -nn3 30c. snaui ns7» 1SB dtbd {"?»«) refuge sins "ajma DD3in3 ^ama Here belong all Qal passive participles. trans -sins -ama ds-sto mna B13t£> mmaii1 niaistí ds'nivuiif written (adj.) young man week VIII. Dissyllabic nouns ending in -/ (§ 112). 31a. »31» 31b. ■'sn ns '"73 "13 a?,a 49. rtii» [296] rro rnip TO "If ITS niTL? nrw table blind 7 throne altar poor (adj.) warrior lower (adj.) - inner (adj.) righteous person pillar mouth sheep/goat field APPENDIX A] Also: ns; (adj.) beautiful nsp end nap (im, 6t) reed ntip (adj.) hard, harsh 50. rapn napn (q'spn) ras») property 51. nans nana vapn/iTapn Also: nntia banquet niann -annZ-ann mann Also: npa (at) staff 52. nnx — njffga f~ímj deed niann camp nxnn appearance - lion XII. Feminine nouns m-dh (plural §53; constr. sing. §76; constr. pi. §§78, 79; with suffixes § 85). nau> mas 53a. nati 53b. nnx Also: nna (at) heifer nan (6t) evil 53c. nna - (tuip) -rns a-aiii niaw/'ai? ninas ni-ix year distress Likewise participles of Qal verbs from hollow roots, like op, ato etc. mas Tjaa Tina sacred high place 53d. nati t t 53e. nnx t t 54. nat» na':1 (nax) ns» (tisb) Tax TiJSlI - - lip Also: nan rage nxn (6t) hundred 55. nVi» nVi» Tibi» ! nTpB -na«? ninax ninnx nix» nix» nT» congregation nxp corner nibi» nibis maidservant counsel Also: nain (at) wall naiu welfare burnt-offering nnin (öt) law, Law [297] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 56. nra nra j — — understanding 57. nat? (nax) (nas) 1 nias (niax) cubit Also: ; rn fofj wild beast 58a. n33 nap nisp nias corner Also: -cm (öij measure 58b. nirá rmk 'niiiN | P"f'? woman 59. nprn npn 'njsj'n nipn nipn statute oOa.npba naba 'naba 1 "iaba niaV? queen 60b. r\bm nbna | r>ib*na nibna portion Also: nans love fn»3 (ot) girl 61a. nyaa nypa 1 nisaj niyaa hill Also: MKT fear nnaii? fjoy nnair (ot) maidservant nriaa r<3i; gift nbato (6t) cloak 61b. nisa nisa nisa commandment 62. npnn "■nsnn j riisnn nisnn reproach Also: nbay (at) heifer nny nakedness 63. naan naan naan | niaan (niaan) wisdom 64a.nana nana nana | niana niana blessing Also: npns (ot) righteousness naan myriad nbbp curse nparc desolation 64b.naTN natx Tianx 64c. nnya ni«a - mans mans nnsa nnya land/ steppe cave [295] 64d.naK17n nattba n3ttl?D (niasVa) niaxba task 65a. nbaa 65b. nbttii? 65c. nana 65d. nana nbaa nbaa T?!?aia inbaa nbiw nana ("nana) ^pnna nana mana mana (niVaa) corpse request niana beast pond Also fern. adj. and stative participles of the type nnaa. 66. nriay mriny n-par | - - work 67. nNian nwan nNian | nimari rrtwan product Also: nVinn (ot) maiden TiVtah deliverance naian understanding 68. nbpn rbpn Tibsn nibpn nibpn prayer □aribpn ^inV'Qri Also: nbaa (ot) scroll nbnn praise nann supplication nbpa (60 highway nbnn beginning 69. njns ninit njnN. j - - possession 70. nabaa npbaa niaVaa niaVaa kingdom Also: naabH (ói) widow 71, naana naana (naana) 1 niaana niaana chariot 72. nnairá t t : ■ nnéířa nnsiM ninawp ninpEia family Also: nanba (naňba) war 73. naaiin nayin niayin niasin abomination (ninbin) ninbin history [299] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW XIII. Feminine Nouns in -/ (plural §62; with suffixes §111). 74. na 75. ns 76. DDK 77. rftt 78. nsrt 79. nwnj na nit lift nuíŕn •na ins? rvua ninsr nirt?! mia (tsi) (nins) ninbn Also: TWp\ bow 80. (n7^ia) nn^ia "rnVin 81. mawa moula -n-mitin 82. nKtpn 83a. n-sn nKpn (iron) nnatpo Also: n^San beauty •roten | nisan (wan) I BTvin nnau/a niNan (Tran) daughter time truth door knowledge bronze (fetter) kindred office spear Also probably the following (insufficient attestation): rens pact rvnrjH close h*3Sl captivity 83b. mna (nnsa) *rrisa ninsa (ninaa) Egyptian (fem.adj) Also the many other fern. adj. ending in -//, such as rpvhv third, for which we have not made separate classifications. 84, nrrs 85. mabo noVa "niaVa 86. mnu nin« Timt [300] nŕaba (ni'nR) ríms (nvntí) testimony kingdom sister XIV. Masculine nouns in -ah. 87. nW - - I rnV? 88. rrns nrra ("Jina) I nins/niqs appendix a] niV1? night nina/nins governor [301] appendix b] Appendix B qal verbs: the principal parts according to root types The following is a classified list of all the Qal verbs appearing in this grammar. Under the heading "imperfect" are included: (1) the normal imperfect, (2) the jussive (if it differs from the preceding), and (3) the converted imperfect. Under "imperative": (1) the 2nd pers. masc. sing., (2) the 2nd pers. fem. sing., and (3) the "emphatic" form of the 2nd pers. masc. sing, in -ah. Under "inf. constr.": (1) the free (unbound) form of the infinitive construct, and (2) the inf. construct with the suffix of the 1st person singular. Under "other": (1) the active participle, (2) the passive participle, and (3) the infinitive absolute, in that order. The numbers in parentheses refer to the paragraphs of the grammar where the full paradigms of the form in question may be found. Minor deviations from the given type are indicated in parentheses. Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct Other- l.Triliteral roots with no phonetic peculiarities (called Regular or Sound). la. aro (43) nriD] (do) ahs (102) ahs (im) 3iya (26) 3V)3 (128) aro"i 'an? nans 'aria aina aaa to steal Til to tread yns to break out fens to spread 8>"j7 "1dj nna ana 10b nan Tin Tjwn "«9 nao to seek, inquire to remember to cut to stumble to write to capture to sell to rule to rebel to drag to rule to close to count to attend to to gather ■>3R to bury ■PR to become angry "WR to harvest nw'P, to bind together TO to pursue hi? to burn nam to break naw to cease, rest ]3ej to dwell nntf to observe to judge to pour wan to catch hold of Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct lb. nab («) na1^ (94) iab*\ -mb to learn - t aan to ride lc. anp U:i) anp- (94) anpn Ya to be big mb to dress Id. naa (87) naa; (94) "^aa'i IP] to be old nnu to be pure naa to be heavy na> (102) ""Ts'r maS) anp (102) T!R nanp naa (102) -naa yd1? (114) naVi "tab] Other tab (2ti) -nnb (128) niab aaw to lie down anp (im) -anp ainp anp to approach 7331(114) taa! 'naa naa PR T?R? ('J4' TDP^ asn to be hungry Vow to be low (TOR) (87) PUR (to be small) [302] [303] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 2. Roots II/IH-guttural; U/lU-Alepli 2a. Perfect "ina (48) [304] (94) "ina to choose |na to test Tya to burn bsa to redeem "iya to rebuke psn to cry out osa to reject 2b. BOK> (48) saip; (94) Baun no? sba rna nai - t »13 - t niiia nbp B5B - t BOW to trust to swallow to split to flee to sacrifice to bow down to anoint to pardon to meet to hear ssai to create .Kita to find 2d. Kba (87) sba- (95) sbo'i T I sba to be full ins (102) -ina 1ot (102) ■Bote' nyrjttí | 2c. HSB (52) NSp: (95) HUD (102) "SSI? nssa sba (102) Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct "ina (114) ,_ina bas Other "ina (35) Tin? (128) Tina to do to laugh to cry out to wash pny to laugh bsw to ask uniff to slaughter pns BÓI!Í (im) fa| i ijajj (35) Biattf (128) Biaip BířS nns »np nx"i Baiy nato natí nba* ypn to rebel, err to open to tear to kill to be sated to rejoice to forget to send to thrust, blow ska (114) -sua nsb (35) K13B (128) NÍ3B (128) snpT to call son to heal Kba (114) - Kibo (128) Wiř to hate 3. Roots I-gutturai (not l-Aleph) 3a. Perfect Imperfect Imperative TAB (48) TOB: (1(13) TOB <103> HOB moB ■qan to overturn rqn to kill onn to break down (tr.) (also onrr) nan to gird hair) □bn to dream Van to spare Tpn to explore (also nprr) w~m to plow aon to reckon (ai^rr) 3b. pm (48) pjrr (103) pm (103) •p;n inn to honor hT_rr) Vin to cease (ViitO 3c. son (52) kot (103) (to sin) 3d. rpn (48) pan: (103) (to take pleasure in) 4. Roots \-Aleph Perfect Imperfect 4a. -ion (48) nos-. (108) -ibtn ")ps to collect, gather 4b. bas (48) bas- (108) Vain Imperative ion dos) "ids mos bás (ma) -bas nbas APPENDIX B] Inf. Construct Other TOB (ill) TOB (26) •""IBB TiaB (128) T1BB (128) tfpn to withhold ("prr) lay to serve nay 10 cross ara to abandon -ny to help (also niy;) Toy to stand any to give as pledge ipy to arrange pin (114) - "pin - pirn (128) pin lo be strong sun du) son (35) •son - Inf. Construct Other t5s (114) -non "IDS (26) TOS (128) TOK (128) "ids to bind, take captive bas (im) -bas bas (26) bias (128) bias (i28> [305] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 13n to perish tnu to seize (miř or ířw) 4c. Perfect Imperfect arm Us) 3|iRj Oos) am am' am to love 5. Roots l-Nun Perfect Imperfect 5a. boj (43) bb' (us) 113 to strike 11| to vow tipa to forsake 5b. aii (43) sr (us) »1=1 5c. »13 to touch »D3 to plant NIM (52) Kir (lis) NÍT1 (to raise up) 5d. jna (49) $5 (us) (to give) 5e. np.b (48) np.: (lis) (to take) Imperative am (las) bbi (us) ,l?&3 nbsi »;. (11s) "»? n»i Nti (118) nstff ]FI (us) 'in nan np (us) mp nnp VaN to eat ion to say hnn»i) Construct Olhvi nans (114) -nans anŇ (35) aimt (i28) Dt?ít (dbíki) to be guilty Imperative Inf. Const rue t Other bsa (ue) ,I7D3 bpi (26) (blD3) (128) Vim (i2s) "7D3 to fall lata to guard ml (11s) TSJl »13 ■■SS3 »13 (35) »113 (128) »113 (128) »01 to set out mt (us) K|a (35) N1i?3 (128) NTO3 (128) nn (ns) jna (20) Tin 71m (128) Tina (128) nnp. (us) np> (35) 'nnp rnpb (128) nip1? (128) appendix b] 6. Roots l-Yodh Perfect Imperfect Imperative 6a. atr (43) aft (120) au> (120) atfjh 'ati nam it to go down "l^j to bear (a child) 6b. »t_ (48) »t (120) an (120) »mi (to go forth) ton n»n (to know) 6c. ns; (52) «x; (120) ns (l2fl) ns'l "ns nNS 6d. tím (43) tirr (i2") nti; to be upright ry; to advise 6e. ]sr (87) ]t?" (120) - (to sleep) 6f. Nm (87) NT" (120) NT (102) —r t • t: (to fear) 6g. ns; (43) hs; (ns) - is; is'ihxn (to fashion) 6h. pa; (43) pit; (ns) px/pir (ns) (to pour) pxi Inf. Construct Other naf (120) Tiasi at!?1 to dwell air (26) ate" (i2s) n»n (120) 'FlTJI st (35) srn; (128) sít (128) nNS (120) NX' (35) tins NÍS' (128) ntn (120) T.rn vh' (26) mi; (128) ttfVT (128) tin-1 to inherit 1^ (120) 133 (2G) npá (120) [J07] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct 6i. Sir (87) 731s (120) - rfry (to be able) 6j. t^ri (48) (l2(l) nVi (to go, walk) 7. Hollow Roots (U-Wawi Yoclh) 7a. ■q1? (120) H37 nil (120) ■■1137 Other #J (2G) 7,1771 (128) 7b. 7c. 7d. 7e. apy (64) Dip; (124) nip (124) Dip (124) □ P (C4) "Blp - Dpji naip Dip (128) na to sojourn r? to be scattered 70 to circumcise to fast na to rest (mjl) IS to besiege hx»i) □a to sleep np to arise 01 to flee 37 to be high no to turn asidehph) n to run to arouse oneself to return □if (G4) B"$"J (124) d'iy (124) n^plow (124) aw (m) Bit>; ■,p,i& "EOT O'W (V2&) d|»;i nKTiii □ie; (12a) 73 to rejoice 0ii> to put, place 11 to judge no to sing ft to spend the night nip to set, place na (87) ma; (124) ma (124) ma (124) na (87) nb; - (to die) na;i niB (i28) 123 (87) tP3; (124) U?3 (124) (to be ashamed) K3 (64) S31 (124) t t sin (to come) S3 (124) •si nxfi S3 (124) "S3 S3 (64) S3 (12B) 8. Roots Perfect Imperfect Imperative 8a. nap (57) nir (122) naa (122) '3s] nj3 to despise na? to weep (7|3'l) naa to build nVa to reveal; go into exile nai to be a harlot nSp to be done, finished nns to ransom naa to turn toward 8b. nSy (57) rr>a: (122) nbv: (122) 7»i nnn to conceive nan to camp nVu to ascend, go up Inf. Construct niaa (122) ■•niiB appendix b] Other nail (41) "iis (l28) nas (12B) napr to acquire n*)p to meet ns"i to see (n-n) nan to be many nan to pasture (an5]) n3B to take captive nrro to drink (n#i) n?n to hang t t ° nun to wander lost ni7» (122) nVii (41) n7i) (12a) 8c. nm (57) nm; (122) nrq (122) irr "in nan to mutter, meditate nan to roar 8d. n;n (57) n;rr (122) n:n (122) »3? "fi n;n to be 8e. nps (57) nas1 (122) 3tT nas to be willing 8f. noa (57) ntr (122) npa (122) 0; D"l nas to answer ni»s to do, make nim (122) "rmq njn to see nnn to be angry nvn (122) n*n to live nss to bake nioa (122) nm (41) 'iiri (128) nin (128) npa (41) "ica (128) [308] [309] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (to stretch forth) 9. Geminate Roots (a sampling of major types only; for details see §126) Perfect Imperfect Imperative Inf. Construct Other 9a. 330 (08) ab;/3nr (120) (to surround, go around) 9b. -n_N (68) nic (12«) (to curse) 3b (126) »30 in (126) 30 (126) aab (26) SIS? (|28) 2130 (128) TmH (128) 9c. dp (87) Bn- (l2fl) an -an (12c) SI to be bad an to be finished, completed bp to be light, contemptible Appendix C the derived conjugations: a synopsis'1 [310] Niphal Piel Pual Hiphil Hophal Hithpael 1. Sound Triliteral Roots (141) (149) (154) (158) (175) (178) Perfect an?: ana ana a'ron anarj Bnann Imperfect an?' bp?? ana* aNao; an?; anarr Jussive aira? an?: ana;1 an?: an?; 3n?n: Imperative 311371 an? - anon - anann Inf. Construct anan an? - anon - aronn Inf. Absolute ah?; ah? aha anan anan anann Participle ansa ansa aroa anaa aroa anana 2. Roots I-guttural (excluding l-Alepli) Perfect nas: nay tbs T»»n lavrj larnn Imperfect "Tasr nasr -ras: Tav: nai>; na»n: Jussive nas: nav: n»ir nas;: nasT nairn1 Imperative naan ibs - nai?n - n»snn Inf. Construct irsan nas - rain - nssnn Inf. Absolute nain iWs ibs nasn nasin nasnn Participle lasa nasa nasa Tara lasa nasrna (141) (149) (154) (158) (175) (178) The same root is used to illustrate all the conjugations of a given root type, regardless of whether it is attested in that particular form or not. References are to paragraphs in the body or the grammar where the complete paradigms may be found. [3U] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW Niphaf Piel Pual Hiphil Hophal Hithpael 3. Roots II-guttural (141) (149) (154) (158) (175) (178) Perfect TO? to TO P?P PP TOnn Imperfect pa; to: TO: to': TO?: Jussive to: TO? TO: to: pair Imperative TO* to pan — ppn Inf. Construct pan TO T-pn TO1?* Inf. Absolute TO? TO - pan pan pann Participle Tj-jna TO? TOn TOa TOP0 4. Roots Ill-guttural (141) (149) (154) (IGO) (175) (178) (excluding Ul-AIepli) Perfect a?pa satf Imperfect pa*: pi?1 Jussive pw; rait*: Imperative sap vait/ Inf. Construct pp pa> Inf. Absolute viatz>a »bp Participle ynw sap 5. Roots Ill-zt/e/j/i (143) (151) Perfect Kpa ksb Imperfect Kp: Kp: Jussive xp: msb1 Imperative xsart xsa Inf. Construct Npn xp Inf. Absolute xpa xp Participle Kpa Kpa 6. Roots 1-Nim (143) (149) Perfect bpa baa Imperfect bar bar Jussive bap bay Imperative bean baa Inf. Construct baan baa Inf. Absolute ban baa Participle bpa baaa 7. Roots \-WawfY0S1 (143) (149) Perfect aana asr Imperfect aa/j: atf*! Jussive aa>r 311*]: [312] spp pa>: »'Bit?: pt?: »»irj - sap - ijpp - yawn pais spp (154) (160) ksb k'xan sap yaiP1 PP sbbb hub1 xsb1 srsa; Nsan K'san Kaan xp; KSB1 (154) baa - \ - \i *?ar t \ ! (154-) 315" - \ 3gi11 3b" (158) b'sn b^: p: 'pfj b-pn ban b'sa (163) apn aar (175) ban be1 bB1 ban ban baa (175) atfin atp aun1 pnp IfBp1 santth pnp UBnfflB (175) (178) xxan xxann NaP? Kajaä: Nxariri xxann XXBB K'XBB KXBB XXBnB (178) bpann ^an; ^?3n: bairin baann ^sann bpana (178) aapn 3^:n: auJT1 Imperative Inf. Construct Inf. Absolute Participle g. Roots W-WawjYotlh (Hollow) Perfect Imperfect Jussive Imperative Inf. Construct Inf. Absolute Participle 9. Roots l\\-He Perfect Imperfect Jussive Imperative Inf. Construct Inf. Absolute Participle 10. Geminate Roots Perfect Imperfect Jussive Imperative Inf. Construct Inf. Absolute Participle appendix c] Niphal Piel Pual Hiphil Hophal Hithpael zmr\ a?: aciri a©: - as?: atjia aap (146) oipa aip: aip: aipn aipn aipa aipa (143) naaa naa1 W naan niap naaa naaa (146) aaa - t ae; ap: apn aan aiort aaa acra aap 3iahn atfin aPa 3unn 3©:p a?:nn ■- aapn atvia aspa (151) naa naa: ia: naa niaa naa naaa (151) ap aap: aap: aap aaa 33db 33db - - 1 t VI (154) na3 t \ naa: maa naaa (154) 330 3301 33d1 (169) (175) 0"P apn apn a'p» (ice) napn nas1 napn niaan nap naaa (172) apn ap; apn aprt pn 30b (175) spin apv aoi1 aoia op.in - — Bp.l1-- apin - Dpp - (175) (178) nap naann naa; nap; —— l3ir- - naann - niaann nap "- naaa naana (178) aanpn aap: aap' aanpn aanp apart aapa [313] Appendix D chronological table Patriarchal Period, as reflected in the traditional accounts of Genesis The Exodus The Conquest of Canaan The Period of the Judges Reign of Saul Reign of David Reign of Solomon Division into the Kingdoms of Judah and Israel Fall of Samaria (cap. of Israel) to Assyria Fall of Jerusalem (cap. of Judah) to Babylon The Babylonian Exile Post-Exilic Period (Persian domination) Beginning of Greek Rule (with Alexander) [314] c 1900-1500 B.C. c 1280 c. 1250-1200 c 1200-1020 c. 1020-1000 c. 1000-961 c 961-922 922 722 587/6 587-538 538-332 332 grammars W. Gesenius, E. Kautzsch, A. E. Cowley: Hebrew Grammar. Oxford, 1910. G. Bergsträsser : Hebräische Grammatik, Leipzig, 1918. Reissued in Hildeshcim, 1962. text and versions B. J. Roberts: The Old Testament Text and Versions. Cardiff, 1951. F. M. Cross: The Ancient Library of Qumran. New York, 1958. Biblia Hebraica, ed. by R. Kittel and others. 3rd edition, Stuttgart, 1937. history and archaeology W. F. Albright: Archaeology and the Religion of Israel. Baltimore, 1946. J. Bright: A History of Israel. Philadelphia, 1959. R. de Vaux: Ancient Israel, Its Life and Institutions. New York, 1961. [315] hebrew-english glossary] hebrew.english glossary Verbs are listed according to the root. Conjugationa! types are abbreviated as follows: Q qal N niphal P piel Pu pual H hiphil Ho hophal Ht hithpael Po polel All other words are listed alphabetically as they appear. References of the types Ale and B3c refer to the Appendices A and B respectively. All other references are to paragraphs in the grammar. K ax (-01)father,ancestor (Ale) lax (nam) to perish, be destroyed (B4b); H Taxn to destroy, kill nax (nam) to be willing (B8e) truly, indeed; however |3 ft (im) stone (f.) A7a Ornate Abraham btjx Abram = Abraham DTK Adam; man ;mankind(80) [316] nttns earth, ground, soil (A64b) fix (ím) lord, master (A29a) arm (anm) to love (B4c) nanx love (A60b) iX or -lix (im) light (A5a) ftniX Uriah t • nix (ót) sign, omen (A5a) TX then, at that time ]Jx (du. o:im) ear(f.) All nx (otjk) brother (Aid) inx one (m.) IP" ninx sister (f.) A86 npx tnx (tnx11) to seize, grasp, take hold of (108, B4b) inx (annx) other; fern, nnnx, pi. nnnx -irjx after (prep.); afterwards nrjx after (prep.); +"WX after (conj.);+i? afterwards sanx nnx one (f.) nsanx n:TO_1X from what place, □■'»3"1X from which? TX (im) enemy (A35) where? mix na^/Tx how? in what manner? "IS nirx dread, terror (cf. A55, 56) nnx Vi there is not, are not (-|"IX) nb-x where? {DTtfjxkian, husband (A4c) surely, doubtlessly; but, yift however tr'x 73X (brw) to eat (B4b) nox Sa'ft food (All) am 7X to, toward 7X (im) god; God (A3b) n"?ft these; 40 Dnbx gods; God (59;cf. A22) (im) thousand (181; A7a) ax if -nx/nx ax (niax) mother (f.) A3e -nx/nx nax (ninax) maidservant, fern. RX slave (A54e) nrix (]BX) n. laxa to be confirmed, jinx verified, trustworthy; H, raxn to believe, trust nnx surely, indeed bianx -iax hax*) to say (B4b) nax truth (A76) rnft whither? "nix we (81) ^x 1(81) "pax 1(81) a TDX (im) prisoner (A28a) (nbtr) to gather (B4a) hbx.l) to bind, take prisoner (B4a) (du. n?|x) nose, face; anger (A2a) + n except that, save that (conj.) near, beside, by (A 10b) four (f.) four (m.) forty ark (of the covenant); w. art. rinxn (A22) accursed (A30a) (ninx) lion (cf. A3 lb) !ionT(A52) H. T-ixn to be long; to lengthen hix;) to curse (B9b) (6t)Tearth, land (f.) A7a fire (f.) A3e (D'tito) woman, wife (A58b) (BtfR*) to be guilty; (adj.) guilty Ashkelon who, which, that (rel. pron.); that, since, because (conj.) dir. obj. marker with, together with you (f.s.) 81 you (m.s.) 81 (6t) she-ass, donkey (f.) A29a you (m.pl.) 81 yesterday you (f.pl.) 81 you (f.pl.) 81 in, with (instrumental); (+ inf.) when, while [317] INTRODUCTION TO BIBL -ixa (61) well, pit (A20a) -r?i (im) garment (A7c) (Ttii) -ra1?alone, only; 142 nana (6l) beast, animal; 80 (A65c) (xia) K3 (xia;) to come, enter '(B7e); H. to bring (pa) H. pan to perceive, consider, understand; to make understand 113 (6t) pit, cistern (A5a) (una) i»'a (wia:) to be ashamed (B7d) nj3 (nixOto despise (B8a) "iina (im) young man (A30b) fna (|n3;) to test, try, examine "(B2a) ana hna*) to choose (obj. with 3) B2a npa (nam) to trust, rely (B2a) pa between; 47 nr3 understanding, percep- tiveness (A56) Tpi (n-m) house (A13c) roa (naT) to weep, mourn (B8a) vbz (sbT) to swallow (B2b) '1173 not(negates infinitive ;'l 15) )3 (a-1!!) son (A3c) naa (nam) to build (B8a); H, caus., N. pass. "lUSJa for the sake of, because of is a through; around; on behalf of; 174 'jpaa in the eyes of, in the opinion of byi (im) lord, master, husband, owner; 121 (A9) "i»3 (isaO to burn (tr. and intr.) B2a; P. to burn (tr.), consume completely SSib profit, advantage;us|_na [318] L HEBREW what profit is there? (A8b) spa (sggpj to split (B2b) 1P3 morning (All) ipr3 (large) cattle (coll.) topa) P.tfpa to seek Xia (xia?) to create (B2c); N. pass, rria covenant, treaty (A83) rna ftrsfi) to flee (B2b) (lia) P.ii? to bless nsia (6t) blessing (A64a) iiP3 flesh, meat;lirs-bs mankind (A25a) na (niaa) daughter (A74) 3 "?xa (Vxr) to redeem (B2a); N. pass. 113.1 (im) warrior, hero; + Wi idem (A43) nyaa (6t) hill (A61a) ITjas mistress, lady (cf. A81) Vila big, great (A29a) ^"I? t0 be(come) great, big; to grow up (Blc); H. to magnify, make great "la (B"Ta) kid (A3la) (aw) ii (i?a;) to sojourn, dwell '(B7a) (Ta) bi (Tr) to rejoice (B7b) ibi tubs') to reveal, uncover; go into exile (B8a); N. pass.; H. to carry away into exile ivbi Gilead oa also, too, even bai (trbm) camel (A25d) ja (niaa) garden; ]m, §21 (A2a) 3?a (sir) to steal (Bla) -1573 hsi") to rebuke (B2a) ii (im) sojourner, resident alien(A3b) (aha) P. Kill to drive away nan (im) word, thing, matter, affair; 131_I7S because of, for the sake of hat) P. 131 to speak, talk v>2i honey (Al8) ii (im) fish (cf. Ala, lb) nan fish (coll.) A53a 1)1 David Tn (im, 6t) generation (A5a) inn Dothan (pi) pi (pT) to judge (B7b) bi poor; §22 (A2a) tM, (du. on1?!; pi. 6t) door (A77)' ' oi (im) blood (Alb) (doi) oi (dt) to be silent, astonished (B9a, c) TVh (im, 6t) road, way (m. or f.) A7a till (wit) to inquire, seek, require (B2a) n n n n the def. art.; §14, 18, 21 n n interrog. marker an (defective verb) give! come! let's...! 119 bit) Abel nan (nan-1) to mutter, moan, t t T 1 V roar; meditate, imagine (B8c) xin he; that Kin = KTi; see 87 xn she, it; that rrn (rrrr) to be, become (B8d) byr\ (im) palace, temple (A34) I1?? fyVJ) to go, walk; H. 1,l?in to cause to go, HEBREW-ENGLISH GLOSSARY] lead; Hi. to walk back and forth, to go continually (B6j) (bbri) P. bbr\ to praise; rribbn Halelujah, Praise Yah (well) oVn hither an they; those 1? if nan see §135-6 raft they (f.); those (f.) nafi hither, to this place, here in Conn) mountain (A2c) ain (airr) to slay, kill; N. pass. (B3a) nin (nirp) to become pregnant, conceive (B8b) 1 1 and; 17 i T nxt this (f.); 40 naj (nap) to sacrifice (B2b) n3j (im) sacrifice (A8b) ni this (m.); 40 srvj gold (A25a) ni (im) olive, olive-tree (AI3b) 131 har) to remember; N. pass.; H. to mention, cause to remember (Bla) 13} remembrance, memorial (AlOa) la; (im) male (A25a) na; (nar) to be(come) a prostitute, harlot; nai a harlot (B8a) pat (psr) = p»a to cry out (in distress) B2a li?4 (]p.r' to be(come) old; (adj.) old (Bid) [319] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW ipj (im) old man, elder (of city) A26a (pi.) old age(cf. A23,30a) (im, 6t) arm; fig. strength (A22) seed, offspring, progeny (A8a) D'a?! silt in! (Nan) N. xarn to hide (intr.); Ht.sarmn tohide(intr.) bin (birr) to cease, stop; 117 (B3b) tfin new (A25b) rtin Eve (mn) Hist. niqnten to bow down, humble oneself (6t) city-wall (A55) outside; na»n, nyirin (to the) outside; b yinn outside (prep.) (pID?.) to be(come) strong, firm, hard; (adj.) idem (B3b) (Norr) to sin (b against); H. to lead into sin (B3c) (nispn) sin (A82) living, alive; as-lives (in oath), 1.38 (A2a) (rrrr) to live, be alive (B8d);P. n;n to let live, revive, restore to life; H. n;rm, same as P. (6t) animal, living thing (A57) (nftjn) army; strength; b;rt -visa warrior (A13a) life, lifetime (cf. A2a) bosom (cf. A3b) wise; wise man (A25b) wisdom (A63) milk (cf. A25b) (6t) dream (A22) npin PI? Npn mron '0 rrn rrn t " o,'n PTJ apri man abn Bibq [320] abn linn Van ©an ntean BTran ID (bbn) H. bnn to begin (bbn) P. bbn to defile, pollute, dishonor (abm) to dream (B3a) (im) he-ass, donkey (A22) fifth (ban:) to spare (B3a) five'(f) five (m.) fifty grace, favor (A3e) (Tin;) to favor, be gracious toward (B9a); Ht.iannn to seek or implore favor npn (im) kindness, mercy, proper conduct vpn (fbrr) to take delight in; to desire (B3d) rsn hair (A3lb) pfi (im) statute (A5d) npn (6i) statute (A59) anil (61) sword (f.) A7a anh (Mt.) Horeb nnn (mjp) to become enraged, angry (B8c); used impersonally with b or with n,X (onn) H. GPnnn to destroy, exterminate (often as a religious act) tenn (wirp) to plow; engrave (B3a) T|E?n (T)terr) to withhold, keep back for oneself (B3a) aten (aterr) to think, devise, reckon, impute (B3a) 7jten darkness nri Hittite |nn father-in-law (A35) U nap (natr) to slaughter (B2b) nap" a slaughtering (A8b) ym good (A5a) no children (coll.) A2a one before, not yet;Bn.pa idem; 121 (b»r) H. b'Xin to be willing, content (173) nk; The Nile; river ntea; dry ground (cf. A70) T (du. ayim; pi. 6t) hand, side (f.) Ala (nT) H. nnin to give thanks S7T (»t) to know (B6b); H. to make known, teach, declare nnin* Judah mn1 Yahweh, "Jehovah," the Lord (59) dv (pi. o,a;) day; Bi\n, Di»a today (A5b) aav by day, in the daytime nor Joseph nrr together nn; together (au1) ap^to go well with (b) B6d (na1) H. rrpin to reprove; to decide ba; (bar) to be able; to prevail against (b) B6i i1?; hb;) to bear (a child); N. pass.; H. to beget,, engender (B6a) lV« (pi. im) boy (A7a) a; (pi. D'ff) sea; nn* seaward, westward (Ale) pb; the right hand (f.) A28a (nm) H. ffpin to add; to do something again; to continue doing something np; beautiful,handsome(A49) aps: HEBREW-ENGLISH GLOSSARY] because(+inf.); ntex )«! because Jacob (xx;) to go out, to go forth (B6c); H. caus. (as11) Ht. airnn to take one's stand, to station oneself nx; hx") to form, fashion (B6g) (rp1) ypr:io wake up (B6d) np^ precious (A25a) *Hl tH"1«) to be afraid (of: TB, -"apa) B6f.; N. to be dreadful, terrible nxT1 fear (A61a) TT, to go down, descend (B6a); H. caus. pbtem; Jerusalem (mi H. nnin to shoot (arrows); to direct, teach nn; the moon teT (ten") to inherit (B6d); to dispossess bxnte; Israel te; there is, are ate; (ate".) to sit, dwell (B6a); H. caus. ninte? (pi. 6t) salvation, deliverance (A67) d^Kvate1 Ishmaelites ]te; (]t^;) to sleep (B6e) (ste1) H. ytein to save, deliver ite; (nte1;) to be pleasant, agreeable (B6d) nte; just, upright (A25a) (in') N.nnia to be left, remain inn1 Jethro a like, as; (+inf.) when, as nteN? as, according as naa (nap;) to be (come) heavy, [321] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW important, serious; (adj.) idem (Bid) niap glory, honor (A29a) pa" (im) lamb (m.) A7c npp (6t) Iamb (f.) A61a rb thus, as follows 7rt3 (im) priest (A35) 3313 (im) star (A33) (yd) N. pa to be firm, fixed, established; H. pn to prepare, establish; Po. |p to set up, establish (ins) P. nrp to hide, conceal 1 because, since; for; that; □N -a unless, except that, but rather Dp today, this day "bsps all, each, every; presuf-fixal ~bz> 138; Tgg-'ra everything which (cf. A5d) np (nbp1) to be depleted, finished, at an end (B8a); P. to finish, bring to an end 'p (im) vessel, utensil (A3la) |p thus, so; ]3~by therefore; ]ob therefore |3 honest, true (A3b) juip Canaan 'zvyz Canaanite K03 (6t) throne (A41b) (nos) P. nptocover, overwhelm pp" silver, money (A7a) p (du. D.^3; pi. 6t) palm or hollow of hand, sole of foot (A2a) (ids) P. ids to atone for, make atonement DTib (im) vineyard (A7a) nis (nis-) to cut (Bla); ni3 mia to make a treaty d'*? Chaldaeans "?p (Vp;) to stumble (Bla) ans tap?) to write (Bla) n|n3 or nj>l3 (6t) tunic (A79) b to, for P not, no lap "saying" (used to mark a direct quote) a>. (60 heart (A3e) aab (60 heart (A27a) -lab see (na) - i ]lb Laban npp" (60 flame (cf. A7I) nib (61) tablet (A6) Bib Lot pb/pi1? unless, if not nnb bread, food (A7a) (on1?) N. Dp3 to fight xb)b night; at night (A87) (yb) ]b (p;) to spend the night T(B7o) isb (npO to capture (Bla) pb therefore ip (ipW to learn (Bib); P. in1? to teach np" why ?(np before » n n)74 jsA1? so that, in order that "3D1? before, in front of, in the presence of p.1? (np.?) to take (B5e); N. pass. nKij?1? toward, against, to meet (125) ISO very, much nKB (60 hundred; 181 ykn from where? VSNB food (A38) naiNB anything; w. neg. nothing (A67) (|Kn) P. |«n to refuse op (dko;) to refuse, despise (B2a) d,"113d (pi.) sojourning, residence (A30a) npaa (6t) plague, stroke (cf. A73) 131» wilderness (A37) lip (lb;) to measure (B9a) sup why? Tin Midian It i ■ na what? (ina) P. inn to hurry; ip quickly nib death (A 15) (ma) na (ni»;) to die (B7c); H. man to kill; Po. nnia to kill (Via) p (bp) to circumcise T(B7a) nara (61) altar (A41c) nana (6t) camp (A51) npa (6t) staff, rod; tribe (A51) pa rain (A25a) -a who? d?b (pi.) water isa hp;) to sell (Bla) Kba (pa?) to be full, filled (B2d); (adj.) idem; P. Kba to fill pp (im) messenger, angel (A38) nppa occupation, work (A64d) pa lodging place (A29a) nanVa (6t) battle, war (A72) pb (im) king, ruler (A7a) pa bfajH) to rule, be (come) king (Bla) bsba above (adv.); (+ b) above (prep.) ja from; some of nrua (60 offering (A6la) (ooa) N. on; to melt nana number; b ison rx is/ HEBREW-ENGLISH GLOSSARY] are innumerable; 'wax ippa a few men (A37) bsjb a little; up earn little by little: uyn lis in a little while nttwa (im)deed, act, work (A51) Rita (ksb:) to find (B2c); N. xataa to be extant; H. x-atan to present mata (60commandment(A61b) •pa Egyptian; fern, mpa d'pa Egypt; na^xa toward Egypt Oipn (6t) place (A29a) mpn cattle, property (A50) npa appearance (A51) bap (im) spy, scout (P. participle) tib hp?) to rebel (Bla) nasia (60 chariot (A71) npa Moses ni»B (ntfrr) to anoint (B2b) bp (bp?) to rule, have dominion (over: a) Bla Dp from there; thence nap place of confinement, jail (A37) opp (im) judgement, court decision; manner (A37) nnp banquet (A50) X3 particle used after imperative, jussive, or co-hortative; 102, 105 (VN3) P. ?X3 to spurn (Has) N. Kin, Ht. Hasp to prophesy p3 intelligent, discerning (A29a) (033) H.trantolookat (bN, by) N-p (im) prophet (A28a) [322] [323] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 211 (Ill) W iuii) TTJ TT3 (ma) (ma) (oia) nbna (ona) "ran* Birra naa sua (7133) nsa soa 71>1 -isi [J24] the Negcv. nsaatn) toward the Negev, Southward' before, infrontof(cf.A7b) H. ran to tell (Who touch, strike (BSb) (na*) to strike, smite (B5a) N. u>aa (ar) to approach; H. ffl'an to bring near or Tji (im) vow (A7c, 10a) ("it) to vow (B5a) (6t) river (A25b) na y grass, herbage (coll.) AlOb nii>s (nil's') to do, make, act, bring about (B8b) "Til's tenth; fern, mmtos -ill's* ten (f.) nil's -teen (m.) nnifs ten (m.) rrws -teen (f.) □"nil's twenty Til's rich (A28a) ny (Im, 6t) time (f.) A75 nny now, then, (and) so then sas nns na (sap*) to meet, encounter (-nx/3) B2b (nnp*) to ransom (B8a) mouth; "Dp ,"p-7y according to; "P3 [325] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW (sbs) a-nufts aus boo nins (mo) fcns nns nni according as; inx no unanimous, in agreement (A48a) here Potiphar N. xbsi to be wonderful, marvelous Ht. r>snn to pray the Philistines lest, so that not (rup") to turn (toward) (tr. & intr,) B8a (pi.) face; up1? before, in the presence of; upa, upVa from before; ud-V» on the surface of, up against. 100, 101 (A89) (a'Vpa) idol, image (A7c/ 28a) (im) time; a,avD twice( A9) (ips;) to keep one's promise to; to pay attention to; to visit; to appoint; to pass in review (Bla) (6t) cow, heifer (A53b) fruit (A3la) Pharaoh (ViB') to break down, breach, burst (out) Bla H. nsn to annul, cancel (ehd;) to spread (out) (tr.) Bla (b-uhb) horseman (A25c) (nnp;) to open (B2b) (im) opening (A8b) small cattle (sheep and goats) cf. A5c (6.t) army, host (A25e) righteous (A46) p*l| nprs (mV) (bis) (tis) TiS ■re (ribs) Bb| pvs ms righteousness (A7c) (60 righteousness, righteous act (A64a) noon (cf. A 12b) P. nis to command, charge, appoint 153 ds (d«r) to fast (B7a) "is (ms;) to besiege, confine (B7a) (im) rock, cliff; (fig.) support, defense (A6) (d"'?i?s) shade, shadow, protection (A3f) H. rrbsn to make prosperous; to be prosperous (im) image, likeness (A7a) (im, St) rib, side (A27b) small, young (A28a) (p»s;) to cry out (in distress) B2a (50 distress, trouble (A53b) Tjr> (EHp) m> (aip) (vap:> to gather; Ht. to gather (intr.) (im) grave, sepulchre (A7c) hap;) to bury, inter (Bla) holy east; nanr) eastward; b ui$n to the east of (cf.' A7b) (im) holiness (All) P. Enp to sanctify assembly, congregation (A25b) (60 voice, sound (A5a) op (aip;) to arise (B7a); H. b-pn to establish, set up rp. (V?p) (lUp) rüg TP ->?pT "TR n1Pt a* mp aap small, little, unimportant; also ]p/pT (cf. A25d) Cain (60 wall (A4a) C?pJl) to be light, of little importance (B9c); P. VVp to curse P. «p.p to be jealous (of: nx/a); to be zealous (for:V) (n3p?) to acquire, purchase (B8a) end; ypa at the end of (A3e) end, border; -spa at the end of (A49) harvest, crop; time of harvest (A28a) (flip-) to be(come) angry (againstft?) Bla ("tap") to reap, harvest (Bla) (tap?) to call, name, summon, declare, read; ( + Vx) to call unto; ( + "?) to summon (B2c) (*np;)a common variant of nnp (anp;) to be near, draw near, approach (Blc); H. anprt to bring near, present midst, interior; a"ir>a in, within, inside of (A7c) (nip?) to meet, encounter, befall (person usually object) B8a; N. nnpa idem (person usually subject; object with zlbxiby) near, close (to: bx) A29a (sip;) to rend, tear (B2b) difficult, hard, harsh (A49) HEBREW-ENGLISH GLOSSARY] "itfp (nop?) to bind; to band together, conspire(B 1 a) nxn »xi na-i -jra-i nn 'an) (yn) pin-i ynu apn I jyan VI (nxm) to see (B8a); N. ntan to appear; H. man to show Reuben (o"WN"i) head, top, chief first (A45) much, many, numerous (A2a) (nan;) to be(come) numerous, great (B8a); H. nann to make numerous, great; to do (something) much fourth; fern, n-yan (du. Bftj-j) foot' (f.); ftna in the following of, belonging to (A7a) (rpT) to pursue, chase, persecute (+ nnx) B1 a (60 spirit, wind, soul on (bit) to be high, lofty (B7a); H. ann to lift up, off; Po. oai-i to raise up Y1 (fa;) to run (B7a) broad, wide (A25b) distant, far; pinna at a distance, from afar; of old (A29a) Rachel (pirn?) to wash (B2a) empty, worthless, idle (cf. A3b) (a?-);) to ride (Bib) (moveable)property(A23) creeping things (coll.) (im) friend, companion (A3b) evil, bad, wicked (A2b) [326] [327] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW 3sh an nsn nm (isn) KPT nn (pi?) nafy t " 7Nait> n»is> n nato t : • nbafc? Katr npúř pw i? •P-lp famine (A25b) (arm) to be(come) hungry (B2a); (adj.) idem (A26) (im) shepherd (Qal part. act.) (n»t) to tend flocks, shepherd (B8a) s?n (j?t) to be bad, wicked (B9d); H.vnnto injure, to act wickedly (net) to heal, cure (B2c) (nrv)to kill (B2b) only firmament (A28a) evil, bad, criminal (A25a) W (6t) field (A49) afc> (d'Mirtto put, place; to make (x) into (y) B7b old age, grey hair (cf. A 56) left (hand); north (cf.A22) (nafo?) to rejoice (B2b); P. nato to gladden (St) joy (A61a) (6t) cloak, outer garment (A61a) (naif?) to hate (B2d) (du. D^jJiDto) lip; language; edge (A53d) (im) sack (-cloth) A2a (im) chief, leader (A2b) {epfr) to burn (tr.) Bla; N. to burn (intr.) (7Ntf?) to ask, inquire, request (B2a) 7kb? Sheol (-we/) N. nNu/a to be left over, remain, survive nasi (naitf?)totakecaptive(B8a) nyias? (6t) oath (A67) [328] (i?31?) ya| nyaw trope/ nau? nací (aiB» he? anty (Tttř) (ití/) aas? natp DDL? (DaV) BÍ71P 'B/'Ti/ n7Ľ? irjbí* (ľpii?) (D7BÍ) e?7KÍ nu?7tii seventh; fern. tfíSKti N .s?au?a to swear; H. Vatt?n to cause to swear seven (f.) seven (m.) seventy hattHto break, smash (Bla) (nairf?) to cease, rest (Bla) (nina?) sabbath (f.) cf. A82 emptiness, vanity; KitJ/b in vain (A16) as? (aittŕ) to return, go/ come back (B7a); H. TB/fJ to bring back (im) a head of cattle (A5a [note]) (one/?) to slaughter (an animal) B2a (im) song (A4a) -lit? (tup) to sing (B7b) n&> (n,iý;) to put, place, 'set (B7b) (aattf;) to lie down (Bib) (naur;) to forget (B2b) Shechem H. a-aitpn to do something early in the day 173 (paf?) to settle down, dwell (Bla) peace, well-being, health; 7 D17UÍ7 7Ktt? to ask about someone (A29a) third; fern, rni/ftii/ (nbii??) to send (B2b); P. nbtt? to expel, send forth, let go (ôt) table (A40) H. Tbtfrt to throw P. tŕ?ý to restore, make good, recompense three (f.) three (m.) as? Dili hfív) Vkidti? b'atí 'rati? BBIľ nab© nabw t i O'lbw 17de? 1BE? - t iff jíeíbuí nasi b?3u/ nnpu? ap? bbúí TJQU? Vbe* (npe?) thirty (6t) name (A3d) there, in that place; natp thither, to that place H. "ratt/n to destroy Samuel heaven(s) eighth; fern. n,3,au? (a^) to be desolated, appalled (B9c); (adj.) idem eight (f.) eight (m.) eighty (s?BU*?) to hear; heed, listen to (a/1?;+7ip!?) B2b; N. pass.; H. yati/rt to tell, declare, proclaim hb»?) to watch, keep, observe (Bla) sun (A7c) Samson (im) year (A53a) second; fern, rva?? two (m.) (im) gate (A9) (6t) maidservant, fern. slave (A61a) (ubb??) to judge (Bla) (im) judge (A35) (■qiau??) to pour, shed (blood) Bla (7Bi»;) to be(come) low (Bid); H. "rpu/n to lay low, abase H.nptjri to give water to, cause to drink hebrew-english glossary] (ms?) P.nTjtf to serve, administer vim six (f.) na/B? six (m.) •tt/ffl sixth ayvi sixty nra? (nris??) to drink BTJllii two (f.) n is'n form, appearance (A12b) Tjiň midst; '•pna in the midst of; mna from the midst of (A15a) niibin (pi.) history, genealogy (A73) nnin (ót) law, Law (A55) nbnn beginning, first occasion (A68) nann (ót) supplication (A68) nnň under; instead of; nnáa beneath (adv.), (-I-1?) idem (prep.) nbn (rř?rr) to hang (B8a) Sian yesterday (nan) an (div) to be finished, at an end; to finish (doing something) B9c nnaan Timnah, Timnathah t t * ■ nyn (n»n?) to wander lost (B8a) nVpn (ót) prayer (A68) Ě?pn (tobrr) to seize, grab (Bla) ,yi2/n ninth; fern, rry^n sefjji nine (f.) nycin nine (m.) d'yon ninety english-hebrew glossary a: (see §14) abandon, to: ary ,1101 abase, to: V-pii/n Abel: bar} ' able, to be: 73' [329] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW ENGLISH-HEBREW GLOSSARY] above (prep.): by; (adv.) Vsjiia Abraham: arnax according as: ntex? according to: 3 ,-t?b /p-Va .'p? accursed: mnx acquire, to: n:p act, to: ntos?; to - - wickedly: snn act: ntosn Adam: anx add, to: »poin administer, to: nnte advantage: advice: nxy. afar; from —: pinna affair: nan affliction: nnx ,'js afraid: xt; to be - - : xt after (prep.): nrm ,nnx (conj.): ntex nnx afterwards: nnx .'a~nnx again: ni»; to do —: Tpin ,ate against: 7» agreeable; to be - -: nte; alive: ijjj to be —: n;rt all: 73.-73 alone: —12b also: aa altar: rota although: see §§135-136 and: 1 angel: nrx1pa anger: «ix angry, to be(come): rnrjj he became - - : 17 nnrt; f]xp animal: nn ,nnna annul, to: npn anoint, to: ntea answer, to: n:y another: nnx anything: nnixn; anything + adj.: 73 + adj. appalled, to be: ante appear, to: nxn: {330} appearance: nxna appoint, to: nps ,nix ,ate appointed, to be: as: approach, to: tea: ,anp ,3npn arise, to: Dp ark: jinx arm: sins 1 army: "rrj ,x?x around: ns?a arouse, to: nniy arrange, to: ijny as: a + inf., ntex?; as X lives: "n ascend, to: nby ashamed, to be(come): te3 ask, to: Vxte ass: (m) nian; (f) jinx assembly: bnp .nny assistance: nis? astonished, to be(come): ai_ atone for, to: na? attain, to: a'ten attend to, to: npa B bad: m ,sten t t bad, to be: in band together, to: ntep bank: npte banquet: nntea battle: nanba be, to: rrn tt bear (child), to: lb* bear witness, to: TSTj beast: nana ,n'n t •■ i T beautiful: na; because: 'a ,]yl + inf., ntex ]ir ,ntex/-p api because of: main .na^-by become, to: nn ( + W befall, to: nnp ,xnp ,xnp: before (prep.)'apT-.n:}; (conj.) *3ob + inf., antXa) beget, to: Tbin begin, to: bnn beginning: nbnn behalf; on - - of: ns?a believe, to: raxn belong, to: useb ntex (§72) or (§93) ftana ' below: (prep.) nn$j (adv.) nnfta beside: 7Xk ,~r-by besiege, to: nx better: comparative of "good" between: pa big: bin: big, to be(come): blj, bind, to: ntep birds: lis bless, to: rpa blessing: nan? blood: BT book: npp border: nsp bosom: pn bow down, to: ninnten boy: T?J ,ns?: bread: onb break, to: nate, npn break down, to: rns bring, to: xran, anpn bring about, to: ntey bring across, to: vavn bring back, to: B'ten bring down, to: nnin bring near, to: snpn, te'jn bring out, to: X'xin bring up, to: nVsri; ( = rear): bii broad: 3nn brother: nx build, to: n:a burn, to: (intr.) nnte, nya (tr.) into, nya burst out, to: pnp bury, to: nap but: i, T|X, ban but rather: ax-n by ( = near, at): 7XÄ Cain: pj> calf: bzy, nbiy call, to: xnp camel: bm camp: nana can: ba; Canaan: jsa? captive, to take: npb, nate capture, to: 10b cattle: (large) npa; (small) jxx; a head of--: nite; (as property): n:pn cease, to: nate, bin chariot: naana chase, to: nnn chief: texn, nte children: nB,D',:3 choose, to: nna circumcise, to: 7B cistern: nia city: "PS cliff: to cloak: nbate close (adj.): ainp; to be - - : anp close, to: n:p cloud: j:» come, to: xa; see also "to go" come back, to: ate come to an end, to: nba, on comfort, to: an: be — ed: oru; commandment: mxa t 1 - command, to: nix * t ' commit (a sin), to: xun companion: an • conceal, to: nnp, nnpn conceive, to: nnn concerning: by confine, to: nx [331] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW confirmed, to be: ]BX3 congregation: Vnp, nil) consider, to: aty'n console, to: ana be - - ed: ana; conspire, to: ")ii*pT consume, to: Vax; be—ed: bpxa, content, to be: Txin continue (doing something), to: f counsel: nsi? count, to: npp countless: = without number covenant: nna cover, to: no? cow: nns create, to: xna creeping things: iMrt criminal (adj.): Siin crop: map cross, to: nas cry ( = weep), to: roa cry out, to: prat, pvt cure, to: not curse, to: nnx cut, to: rna D darkness: i\wn daughter: na David: ytc ■ T day: dt| by - - : Dai" daytime; in the —: aav dead: na death: ma V t deed: ntraa defence: ms defile, to: V?n decide, to: rrain xnp, S'Tifl Tit - nintp; ip declare, to: deliver, to: deliverance depart, to: depleted, to be(come): n?a deposit, to: rran descend, to: TV descendants: snt desert: nana desire, to: ypn "ilia desolated, to be(come): bb» despise, to: oxn, nja pin destroy, to: anqn. Tntc'n, Tagn destroyed, to be: tax die, to: na difficult: nopr discerning: rial dishonor, to: V?n distance; at a —: pinna distant: pinn distress: nnn, 'is? TT ■ T, do, to: niy»; to— early in the day: b'aii/n do again, to: «poin, atf donkey: (m) nian; (0 jinx door: draw near, to: anp, wai draw up (for battle), to: Tjnr dread: na-K dream: aftn to--: a^n ~t ~ T drink, to: nra>; cause to - -: nptfn drive away, to: (0'na dry ground: ntva] dwell, to: ac;, na, p»: cause to —: anznn each :7a, BhK (see §123) ear: )fR earth: ynk, nsnx east: DlŠj to the - - of: *? onpa eat, to> Vax - T edge: nsiff Egypt: trisBi Egyptian: nsa eight: naasi, naaw eighty: a-iottf [552] Eli: fts? elder: |pi; ( = older) use: Vila emptiness: xto empty: pn encounter, to: nnp, xnp, nnpa, xnpa end :fp, nsp; at the - - of: ypa, 'spa; to be at an - - : an, n*?a T t enemy: a;k engender, to: nftin enter, to: na entire: 73 establish, to: fan; be - - ed: paa eternity: aViu Eve: mn even (adv.): aa evening: ani> every: Va; everything (which): nwx ba (§66) evil (adj.): in, sreh evil (noun): in, nin evil, to be(come): sn exalt, to: xim, ann, aain except (that): DK"'?, "a t>D$ expel, to: nVs; extend, to: . npa, nbuj exterminate, to: nya, onnn eye: yi; in the — s of: -rsja face: B'aa fall, to: Vdj famine: a in far: pinn; as--as: 7S fashion, to: mr ■ t fast, to: as father: aw father-in-law: Wh favor: ]rj; to seek - -: Tannn fear: nxm female: napa few: npoa (§86); annx (pi. of inx) field: nnto ENGLISH-HEBREW GLOSSARY] fifth: Tjftjq fifty: B-iyan fight, to: arjVa filled = to be Tüll find, to: KSB finish, to: n"?a finished, to be: nVa, an fire: u/K firm: pm; to be(come) —: pm, jiaa firmament: srpn first: jiU7«-i fish: st, nan T TT five: «ton, nBpn flame: nan1? flee, to: nna, oi -TT flesh: n»a flock: nni following; in the — of: ftana food: anb foot: 7jV for: (prep.)nsa; (conj.): -a foreign: npa forever: a'pir'p, Deisms forget, to: rptf form: nxn form, to: nx"1 1 - T forsake, to: air, tff'pa forty: B'lianx four: sanx, nsanx fourth: 'Iran fowl: »]ii? friend: in from: ia front; in - - of: "isb, TJ.} fruit: ne fuIl:X7Bi to be(come)- -: Xt/B G gain: lis| garden: ]? garment: gate: -117$ [555] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW gather, to f3j?t genealogy: nitbin generation: Tin give, to: ]na give birth to, to: "J1?; gladden, to: nnip glory: Tins go, to: Tjbrj; to cause to —: Tbin to--continuously: pnnn go around, to aap go back, to: ys go down, to: TJJ go forth, to: xx; go up, to: nby go well with, to: 3D" god: bx God: B'.fyg, bx gold: an; good: ait); to make — (as compensation): aba! grab, to: fc>pn grace: |rt gracious; to be — toward: ran grasp, to: rnx, jrmn grass: auto grave: nap great: bins; to become--: bnj; to make--: bnan grey hair: narti ground: nans; dry--: ntiar; onto the - -: nana grow fond of, to: (-rya in xxa) grow up, to: bna guard, to: nasa, nati guilt: py guilty, to be: Dtfx H half: -sn hand: T handsome: no1 7 t hang, to: nbn hard:, ptrii (= difficult): nttffj harsh: ntip harvest, to: nsp harvest: TXf> hate, to: xato he: sin head: tixn heal, to: xan health: nf?f hear, to: 2bb* heart: ab, aab heaven(s): d^b heavy: nap; to be - - : nap Hebrew: nay heed, to: snip ( + b/a; bipb/a heifer: nnB, nbas t t t : V help, to: "HJJ help: n»s) herbage: atii) herd: nns> here: nb see also § 135 hide, to: (tr.) Tnon, nrp; (intr.) nnpa, xana, xannn high, to be: tn hill: nyaa history: ninbin hither: obrt, nan Hittite: inn holiness: wip honest: ja honey: ©an honor: niap horse: did horseman: Bhp host: xaat house: n?i how?: np-X however: nx, bax hundred: nxa hunger: a an hungry, to be: ayn hurry, to: nnn hurt, to: inn husband: b»"X i I: -ax, -aax idle: pn ' idol: Dbá, bpé if: DX, jrti if not: xbrb, -bib image: oba important: nap in: 3 indeed: bax, Daax inherit, to: bít inheritance: nbna iniquity: |iy injure, to: inn inn: ]iba innumerable: b nppn px inquire, to: itfTJ, bxti inside: rrina, anp_a instead of: nnň intelligent: )iaa Israel: bxnč; is (see "to be") it: xin, ten Jacob: apar jail: naipa jealous, to be: xap Jerusalem: abtiiT Joseph: t\ov journey, to: 1703 joy: nnaiii Judah: nniT judge, to: odbí ; judge : upu» just: nft K kid: na kill, to: inn, nan, Tpxn, nnia king: to be(come) - -: Tba know, to: a?t ENGLISH-HEBREW GLOSSARY] L lamb: tiap, niyap land: fjjjs, nanx language: npis law (Law) nnin lead, to: Tbin lead across, to: Tpyn lead into sin, to: x-pnn leave, to: aty, tipa leave alone, to: rrin left, to be: nxtia, nnia left hand: bxat/ left over, to be: nnia lengthen, to: (tr.) Tnxn lest: ip lie down, to: apti life: 0*0, tipa lifetime: D^n lift up, to: xtoa, ann light: nix like (prep.): 3 likeness: obi) lion: nx, nnx lip: npti listen to, to (see "obey") little: ]bp, )ppr; a little: uya; in a little while: aya nil?; little by little oya uya live, to:nn, ifflfr to let - -: nn it -! t • living (adj.): 'n lodging-place: ]iba lofty, to be: an long, to be: Tnxn look at, to: can lord: px, by? Lord: nin1 Lot: nib love: naqx love, to: anx low, to be(come): bpti; to lay —: b'DBJn [335] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW M magnify, to: Tian maidservant: npK, nripB make, to: niyy; to - - a treaty: nna nip male: ipi man: 0"N, DiK; young - -: i»5,una old--: Jgi mankind: DTK, "HWrVa T T T T T manner; in this —: )p, na many: a*] marvelous, to be: Kbpa master: by±, jik matter: iai measure, to: Tin meat: lira meditate, to: run meet, to: nip, Kip; see also nKipV Tit Tl T -I | * (§ 125); in? melt, to: opa mention, to: Tan memorial: iai messenger: Tjij'pa midst; in the — of: Tna; from the - - of: ^inn might: TV, yiir mighty: 1S7 milk: abn mistress: maa TV I money: nop month: tflrj moon: nT morning: ipa Moses: rwa mother: on mountain: in mourn, to: npa mouth: ns much: (adj.; an; (adv.) ika, nanrr N name: oil name, to: Kip t' T narrate, to: isp, Tan Nathan: ]na nation: Dy near: (prep.) bsk; (adj.) aiip near, to be: an/? Negev: aai new: Bin night: rt^»5 Nile, the: ik? nine: yitfn, ajntffl - " T I • ninety: o'ytfn none = no one, not one (cf. §65 end); use negative with verb or predicate noon: D^ns north: bxhw, lbs nose: Ik not: K4?; there is - - : pK not yet: Dlp(a) now: nay; see also §135 number: isoa T I ■ numerous: ai O oath: ninai? obey, to: bipbls sattr observe, to: iaii> occupation: naxba offering: nnaa officer: ib, Cíp offspring: yii olive (-tree): rpl old: ipj; old man: idem old age: Erfflpl, naw omen: niK on: by, a one: ink, nrjK only: pi, -na1? open, to: nns opening: nna opinion; in the - - of: "Tya oppress, to: nay [336] or: iK order; in -- that: ]vfcb other: irrx outside: fin, m»ii(n); outside of: b ywa overtake, to: aisn overwhelm, to. nop own, to: (use idiom for possession with b) owner: byi palace: Vp-n palm: ia pardon, to: n*?o peace: uSbti people: Dy, ns perceive, to: pan perceptiveness: na'a perform, to: nipy perish, to: las permitted, it is not - - : b pK ( + inf.) persecute, to: 111 person: ttfsl, vrs Pharaoh: ninp Philistines: o'nB'bp pit: lia pitch (tent), to: npa place: oipp place, to: }na, ato, rw, Tnyn.a'xn plague, to: iaa plague: npap plant, to: npa pleasant: lana pleased with, to be: x was pleased with y = y found favor in the eyes of x pleasing, to be: itf? pledge; to stand as - - for: aiy plow, to: ©in portion: nVru pollute, to: bbn ENGLISH-HEBREW GLOSSARY] poor: b"! pour, to: iptf praise, to: bbr\ pray, to: bbpnn prayer: nbpn precious: ip; pregnant, to become: nin prepare, to: pan presence; in the — of: •up1?, ia5 present, to: k'an, anpn, xrsan prevail, to: bb- priest: jna prisoner: TDK proclaim, to: Kip., yiin profit: ysa progeny: sni property: tfon, napa, nVna prophesy, to: xaa, kaann prophet: K'aa prosperous, to make: rrbsn; to be - -: rrbsn prostitute; to be(come) a - - : naj prostitute: mi protection: lis protest, to: Tyn punishment: py purchase, to: nap pursue, to: 111 put, to: ob, nil put forth, to: nbw quickly: ina R rain: ipa raise, to: kbj, Din, aaii; (= to rear) bii ransom, to: nis read, to: Kip ready; to make —: pan [337] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW reap, to: nxp rebel, to: Tin rebuke, to: nin reckon, to: 3ten recompense, to: D^te redeem, to: 7Xa refuse, to: oxa, ]xa rejoice, to: nnte; cause to -remain, to: (= stay) 3EŤ;( = over): nnia, nxtea remember, to: tot -t remembrance: npj remind, to: nmn remove, to: Ton remove completely, to; nya rend, to: repent, to: on: reprove, to: rrpin request, to: ©nn, bm require, to: tenn rescue, to Txn; to be — ed: residence: oniaa rest, to: npte, na; cause to - - restore, to: obv return, to: ate revive, to: nn, nnn rib: sVx rich: ntoi? ride, to: 3?n right hand: PBJ righteous: pns righteousness: pn_$, npnx river: nn: road: rock: nix rod: nt?a roof: aa rule, to: bwn, tjVb run, to: fl Sabbath: nate sack: pte; sack-cloth: idem sacrifice, to: naj sacrifice: nai sake; for the - - of: nia»a, nan-Vy salvation: n»:lte, Samuel: Vxiate sanctify, to: tenp, tenpn -: nate sandal: byi be left save, to: srtein. Tan say, to: nax, nan sea: a-1; seaward: nn1 second: 'ate secure, to be: lis: see, to: nnn seed: in! seek, to: tej?3, tenn seize, to: mx, pnnn self: teal ( + suffix) sell, to: npn send, to: nbte Vx: send forth, to: nbv) servant: npa) rr:n serve, to: nps serious: npp; to be —: npa serpent: ten: servitude: nniay set, to: jro, ate, nte set at rest, to: rr:n set down, to rran set in order, to: ipy set out, to: so: set up, to: TBsn, a*8Ri settle, to: (tr.) atom settle down, to: TO, ]3te seven: V3te, nsate seventh: ''snte seventy: D^ypte shade: 7X shadow: Vx shame: mns t : she: ton Shechem: sate shed (blood), to: irate [338] shepherd: nan; to—: nan Sheol: 7Xte shoe: 7»J side: T; at/to the - - of: sign: nix silent, to be: on silver: «1,05 since: see §135; ( = because): n sinful: vn, sten sing, to: nte sin: nxon sin, to: npn: cause to —: X'-pnn sister: ninx sit, to: ate; six: tete, ntete sixth: tote sixty: otote sky: a:6te slaughter, to: nap, ante slaughtering: naii slave: (m) 12$; (f) nnx, nrrpte slay, to: ann, nan, nnia sleep, to: |te;, a: small: lop, T?$ smash, to: nate snake: ten: so that: lyn1? + imperf. or inf. so that...not: ]S soil: nanx sojourn, to: na sojourner: na sojourning: aniaa sole: n,? some (of): IP son: 13 song: nto sorry, to be: an: soul: teal, nn sound: 7ip south: pa; spare, to: ban speak, to: npn spend the night, to: ]b english-hebrew glossary] split, to: ypa spread (out), to: tenp spring: yi, nxa spurn, to: oxa, px: spy: Vana staff: nop stand, to: nay, 3SJ; to take one's—: a?™ star: aarb station, to: Tarn, a^xn; to - - oneself: ax:, axnn; to be — ed. 3xa steal, to: aaa still (adv.): ni» stone: 13& stop, to: npte, bin strange: npa strength: 7nj, is; strike, to: npn stroke: yaa strong: pm, iy to be(come)—: pm stumble, to: 7tea surround, to: 330 summon, to: b xnp sun: tea© supplication: nann support (fig.): nix surely: 73X, oaax surety: (see pledge) surface; on the — of: 'ap-1?? survive, to: nxtea, nni: swallow, to: y"?a swear, to: uatea; to make - -: V'aten sword: anfi table: jr/to tablet: mb talk, to: nan task: naxbn, nniay take, to: npb take across, to: nnyn take away, to: Tpn [339] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW T take captive, to: "D1?, nniff "tit take hold of, to: rrjK, won take prisoner, to: nob, idk take pleasure in, to: pn teach, to: "raft tear, to: ppT tell, to: Tart temple: Vdti ten: py, npy tend (flocks), to: run t t terror: na'k test, to: ina that (conj.): ^p that(reL): px the: see §§14, 18, 21 then (at that time): m then (and - -): y, (and) so then: thence: ap there: aw therein = "in it" or "in them" there is/are: w* there is/are not: px therefore: Jp-by, fab thing: pa, naixa think, to: awn third: 'tfftjsJ three: una/, nptt" thirty: a^wbw thousand: nbS throne: pa through: pa throw, to: iftp thrust aside, to: np thus: 7a, na till, to: pn, nay time: ay£, ny time; at that - -: tk to: b.bx today: Dp, Dp together: pj, larg together with: db, nN too (= also): oa too: see § 31 [340] top: »Ki touch, to: Baa toward: Vs, mipb, p travel, to: Spa transgress, to: lay treaty: rpa tree: r» tribe: npp trouble: ■us, mat ' t: t t true: ]p truly: ps, D38K trust, to: pap, nap trustworthy, to be: jptta truth: not? tunic: nana, nana turn around, to: app nrp turn aside, to: npa, p; (tr.) np turn away, to: (tr.) -ran, aprt turn toward, to: naa t t two: a^W, a*by twice: O'Bss U unanimous: ps np uncircumcised: bis under: np understand, to: pp understanding: nra unimportant: )0j? unless: DK 'a, Kbft until: p until now: narjni; up against: ■pfty up to: IS upon: bs upright: p; utensil: fta vain; in - ■ K-wb valley: pay vanity: K\w verified, to be: taga very: Tp, nap vessel: ftp vineyard: an.| visit, to: pp voice: Vip vow: Yt_| vow, to: ina W wake up, to: p" walk, to: prj; to - - back & forth: prmn wall: Tj? wander about lost, to: nyn want to, to: ran, np war: npp warn, to: TIKI warrior: "rial wash, to: pi watch, to: ptv, pa water: a*fo we: pix weep, to: naa well: pa, Tia west: a; westward: naj when: P'3 + inf. whence: piSta where?: naK, nb'K which: pN while: a/a + inf. whither: najj who?: "a ENGLISH-HEBREW GLOSSARY] who(rel.): pN whole: ba why?: np, nab, yip wicked: p. Bp wide: am T t wife: ntra wilderness: pip willing, to be: na«, "pp wisdom: npn wise: oan with: a, ay, nx withhold, to: pn without; use px write, to: ap woman: nox wonderful, to be: Kpa wood: yy word: pa work: npxp, nTias, nt?p; T3B, niyy worse: (comp. of "bad") worthless: pn year: naiy yesterday: bianx yet: lis you: nrix, m, anx, jnx, nar-iK young: T»at; - -man: T»i, nina zealous, to be: sap INDEX References are to the numbered paragraphs. For the location of verb forms and paradigms see the table at the end of the Index. accents, pausal 152 adjectives: demonstrative 40 forms of 22 use of 23 with kol 66 aleph, quiescent 8 alphabet 7 article, definite 14 'titer 32, 55, 70 VtoVi, with suff. 18, 2! 37 bagadkapat consonants 4 clauses: conditional 196 conjunctive 98, 107, 132, 135, 136, 197 V42] disjunctive 132, 135, 136 temporal 110 sequences of: the narrative sequences 98, 132, 197 summary of sequences 197 sequences with imperative, jussive, or cohortative 107 syntactic types of: w. adjectival predicate 23 w. adverbial pred. 16 w. existential pred. 37 w. nominal predicate 60 w. participial pred. 26 w. verbal pred. 45 cohortative 106-107 comparative 31; w. stative verbs 87 compensatory lengthening 6 conditional sentences 196 conjunction wa-, forms of 46 consonants 1 construct chain 72 construct state 73 (see also nouns) daghesh: conjunctive 155 forte 9 lene 9 defective spelling 8 directive -all 58 disjunctive clauses 132 divine name 59 'en 37; w. suff. 133 furtive pdtah 6, 10 gender 12 gutturals, special features of 6 hälak, an idiomatic use of 170 häyäh, use of 61 hinneh 135; w. nä' 136 hiphil verbs 157-8; 160, 163, 166, 169, 172 histahawäli 181 hithpael verbs 177 hithpolel verbs 180 hophal verbs 175 imperative 102 imperfect, meaning of 91 infinitive absolute, use of 129 infinitive construct, use of 115 interrogative Im- 54 jussive 106-107 köl!kol- 66; w. suff. 138 mapptq 9 maqqep 15, 155 matres leetionis 8 metheg 11 index] narrative sequences 98 niphai verbs 140-1, 143-4, 146 nouns: gender 12 number 13 plural: bakör, däbär, tnäqöm 19 melek 19 mispäl, mizbe"h 25 'öyeb, kökäb 25 'iwwer, kisse' 25 monosyllabic nouns 34 zdyit 50 'ehyon, gibbar etc. 50 nouns in -eh 50 fern, nouns in -äh 53 other fern, nouns in -et etc. 62 with directive -äh 58 construct state: use of 72 forms of 73, 75-6, 78-9 with pronominal suffixes: general 85 'äb, 'äh, peh 88 ben, sem 96 segholates 99, 104 feminine nouns in -eilat 111 pari etc. 112 nouns in -eh 116 dual 92 pausal forms 152 number 13 numbers: cardinal: 1-2, 119 3-10, 130 tens 161 11-19, 164 21-99, 167 100 and over, 182 fractions 161 multiplicatives 161 ordinal 77 [343] INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL HEBREW index] oath formula 138 object marker 27; w. suff. 38; retention with passive verbs 154 object suffixes: on perfect 184-6, 188-9 on imperfect 192 on imperative 193 'öd w. suff. 137 orthography 8-11 participles: active (Qal) 26; see table at end of Index passive (Qal) 128 pausal forms 152 perfect, meaning of 44 piel verbs 148-9, 151 pilpel verbs 181 poel verbs 181 polel verbs 180 polal verbs 180 prepositions: in general 15 ba, la, ka + noun 29 min + noun 30 with pronominal suffixes: ba 38; la 38; ka 65; 'et (obj. marker) 38; min (65); 'im 69; 'et (with) 69; 'el 83; 'al 83; lahat 83; "aliäri 83; ben 142 compound 100-101 pretonic reduction 5 proclisis 155 pronouns: demonstrative 40 independent personal 81 interrogative 82 relative 32, 55, 70 resumptive 70 suffixed: see nouns, prepositions, verbs propretonic reduction 5 pual verbs 154 qal irregular verbs 190 qal passive 179 retraction of stress 155 sequences: see clauses shewa: rule of 5; rule of - w. gutturals 6 sounds of Hebrew I stative verbs 87 stress 3: shift of w. converted perfects 98 syllabification 2 verbal hendiadys 173 verbs; see following table virtual doubling 6 vowel points 10 vowel'reduction 5 vowels 1; names of 10 yes 37; w. suff. 133 [344] »NUN« (IN N Tt-Ti-'a-rf^roo^t-oo (N M CN M OS " CO in pi N N N (S t N mOOOOcONOCo St ?5 M IN N N (N CN rnaCCOCOOOOOVOCO ^. 3 a' - ^ m rl n in on o o — in n pi ■<3-ooo — . u ea D. D. a D. .5 t 3 C C a. >u -H ^ pi ^ co in m p> p> p- on m co \D t*~ P^ r«i — rt- *o m oo ^ vi. VI n0 is- -p- m On r*i vi co ■3- *3* *n \c p- r- m 0\ co vi oo -3- *3- in v> p- i— pi - Tt a m rf vi in vo t— I— —< on co 'n CO -3- vi in p^ —• on o v co ■st *d" v( <© t— — On •Tf OO VI oo ^ ^ in in — ON ^ CO V) QG TT m VI P- P- CN * » 1 » tj- v> in r*- p- < a. r ► a n on jn- — © —5 j tu o a. X on X h < Is < .. < a a a. — -c 1= eo o fc pi — ** > m u. b E g W ft! » I 1 5j